CODEX SUPPLEMENT: IMPERIAL FISTS
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
CODEX SPACE MARINES – SUPPLEMENT UPDATES
With the release of the 2020 edition of Codex: Space Marines, it
is necessary to update the Codex supplements that were written
to work alongside its predecessor. These updates ensure that the
rules presented in this supplement work smoothly and ‘as intended’
with the latest Codex. They involve such things as adding the Core
keyword in the appropriate places and attaching appropriate labels
and categories to psychic powers and Stratagems. They also include
updating certain weapon profiles to match changes in Codex: Space
Marines, and readjusting certain other rules to take into account
their altered efficacy when used in conjunction with the new units
and rules presented in Codex: Space Marines.
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Page 51 – Captain Lysander, Abilities, Teleport Strike
Change to read ‘(see Codex: Space Marines)’.
*Page 51 – Captain Lysander, Abilities, Icon of Obstinacy
Change to read:
‘While a friendly Imperial Fists unit is within 6" of this model,
each time a Combat Attrition test is taken for that unit, it is
automatically passed.’
*Page 51 – Captain Lysander, Abilities
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Rites of Battle (Aura): While a friendly Imperial Fists Core
unit is within 6" of this model, each time a model in that unit
makes an attack, re-roll a hit roll of 1.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: IMPERIAL FISTS
*Page 52 – Tor Garadon, Abilities, Signum Array
Change to read:
‘In your Command phase, select one friendly Imperial Fists unit
within 3" of this model. Until the start of your next Command
phase, each time a model in that unit makes a ranged attack, add
1 to that attack’s hit roll.’
*Page 52 – Tor Garadon, Abilities
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Rites of Battle (Aura): While a friendly Imperial Fists Core unit
is within 6" of this model, each time a model in that unit makes
an attack, re-roll a hit roll of 1.’
*Page 53 – Pedro Kantor, Abilities, Chapter Master
Change to read:
‘In your Command phase, select one friendly Crimson Fists Core
or Crimson Fists Character unit within 6" of this model. Until the
start of your next Command phase, each time a model in that
unit makes an attack, you can re-roll the hit roll.’
*Page 53 – Pedro Kantor, Abilities, Oath of Rynn
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Oath of Rynn (Aura): While a friendly Crimson Fists Core unit
is within 6" of this model, add 1 to the Attacks characteristic of
models in that unit.’
*Page 53 – Pedro Kantor, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Rites of Battle (Aura): While a friendly Crimson Fists Core unit
is within 6" of this model, each time a model in that unit makes
an attack, re-roll a hit roll of 1.’
*Page 56 – Abilities, Legacy of Dorn
Change to read:
‘Whilst the Devastator Doctrine is active, each time a model with
this ability makes an attack with a Heavy weapon
against a Vehicle or Building unit, if that attack has a Strength
characteristic of 7 or more, add 1 to the Damage characteristic of
that attack.’
*Page 57 – Warlord Traits, Architect of War, rules text
Change to read ‘(see Codex: Space Marines)’.
*Page 57 – Warlord Traits, Refuse to Die, rules text
Change to read ‘(see Codex: Space Marines)’.
1
*Page 57 – Warlord Traits, Stoic Defender, rules text *Page 60 – Stratagems, Bolter Drill
Change to read: Change first sentence to read:
‘Stoic Defender (Aura): While a friendly Crimson Fists Core ‘Use this Stratagem in your Shooting phase, when you choose an
or Crimson Fists Character unit is within 6" of this Warlord, Imperial Fists Core or Imperial Fists Character unit from your
that unit has the Objective Secured ability (see the Warhammer army to shoot with.’
40,000 Core Book). If a unit already has this ability, each model
in that unit counts as one additional model for the purposes of Page 61 – Stratagems, The Shield Unwavering
determining control of objective markers.’ Change to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the end of your Morale phase. Select one
*Page 58 – Relics of the Fists, The Spartean, Abilities Imperial Fists Infantry unit from your army that is within 3"
Change to read: of any objective markers. Until the start of your next turn, add
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the 1 to the Attacks characteristic of models in that unit, and when
Look Out, Sir rule.’ resolving an attack made against that unit, add 1 to the saving
throw (excluding invulnerable saves).’
*Page 58 – Relics of the Fists, The Banner of Staganda, Abilities
Change second sentence to read: *Page 62 – Geokinesis Discipline, psychic powers
‘The bearer has the following ability: ‘Banner of Staganda The following categories apply:
(Aura): While a friendly Imperial Fists Core or Imperial Fists BLESSING WITCHFIRE
Character unit is within 6" of the bearer, each time a model in 1. Tectonic Purge (Aura) 2. Wrack and Ruin
that unit makes a melee attack, add 1 to that attack’s hit roll.’’ 4. Fortify 3. Iron Inferno
5. Aspect of Stone 6. Chasm
*Page 58 – Relics of the Fists, The Eye of Hypnoth, Abilities
Change second sentence to read: *Page 62 – Geokinesis Discipline, Wrack and Ruin, rules text
‘The bearer has the following ability: ‘Eye of Hypnoth (Aura): Change second sentence to read:
While a friendly Imperial Fists Core unit is within 6" of the ‘If manifested, select one Building unit, or one enemy unit that
bearer, each time a model in that unit makes a ranged attack, is wholly on or within an Area Terrain feature and is within 18"
re-roll a wound roll of 1.’’ of and visible to this Psyker.’

*Page 59 – Special-issue Wargear, Fist of Terra, weapon profile

Change the Damage characteristic to read ‘2’. IMPERIUM NIHILUS: VIGILUS
*Pages 60-61 – Stratagems
DEFIANT UPDATES & ERRATA
The following categories apply: Since the release of Imperium Nihilus: Vigilus Defiant, a
BATTLE TACTIC STRATEGIC PLOY REQUISITION number of the rules presented there have been superseded
Bitter Enmity Pain is a Lesson Champion of Blades by those found in Codex Supplement: Imperial Fists, and
Bolster Defences Close-range Bolter Fire Sentinel of Terra others require updating so that they interact correctly with
Sappers Stubborn Defence Gift of the Phalanx new rules presented in Codex Supplement: Imperial Fists.
Bolter Drill Clearance Protocols This has necessitated the following changes to Imperium
Tank Hunters Nihilus: Vigilus Defiant:
Praetorian’s Wrath
The Shield Unwavering ERRATA
Slay the Tyrant Pages 179 – Imperial Fists Siegebreaker Cohort
A Hated Foe Add the following text to this page:
‘If you have created your army using the additional rules
*Page 60 – Stratagems, Bolster Defences found in Codex Supplement: Imperial Fists, you cannot
Change to read: select The Eye of Hypnoth Relic, or the Indomitable Warlord
‘Use this Stratagem at the start of your Movement phase. Trait from this Specialist Detachment. They are replaced
Select one Imperial Fists unit from your army that is receiving with a new Relic and a new Warlord Trait with the same
the benefits of cover. Until that unit makes a Normal Move, names in Codex Supplement: Imperial Fists.’
Advances, makes a charge move or performs a Heroic
Intervention, each time an attack is allocated to a model in that Page 179 – Stratagems, Seismic Devastation
unit, add an additional 1 to any armour saving throw made Change the last sentence to read:
against that attack. You can only use this Stratagem once.’ ‘Each time you roll an unmodified wound roll of a 6 for an
attack made by that unit that targets an enemy Vehicle that
*Page 60 – Stratagems, Close-range Bolter Fire phase, that attack inflicts a mortal wound in addition to its
Change first sentence to read: normal damage.’
‘Use this Stratagem in your Shooting phase, when you choose an
Imperial Fists Core or Imperial Fists Character unit from your FAQs
army to shoot with.’ Q: Can an Imperial Fists successor Chapter use the Imperial
Fists Siegebreaker Cohort Specialist Detachment Stratagem?
A: No. This Stratagem is not an Imperial Fists Stratagem.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: IMPERIAL FISTS 2

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Grav-gun 18" Rapid Fire 1 5 -3 1 Each time an attack made with this weapon is allocated to a model with a Save
characteristic of 3+ or better, that attack has a Damage characteristic of 2.

MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES

Power fist Melee Melee x2 -3 2 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: IMPERIAL FISTS 3

 CODEX SUPPLEMENT: IRON HANDS
Indomitus Version 1.1

These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
*Page 53 – Iron Father Feirros, Blessing of the Omnissiah
Change to read:
‘At the end of your Movement phase, this model can repair one
friendly Iron Hands Vehicle model within 3" of it. That Vehicle
model regains up to 3 lost wounds. Each model can only be
repaired once per turn.’
*Page 57 – Warlord Traits, Adept of the Omnissiah, rules text
Change to read ‘(see Codex: Space Marines)’
*Page 58 – Relics of Medusa, Betrayer’s Bane, Abilities
Change to read:
‘Each time an attack made with this weapon’s meltagun profile
targets a unit within half range, that attack has a Damage
characteristic of D6+2.’

*Page 58 – Relics of Medusa, The Ironstone, rules text

DESIGNER’S NOTES Change to read:
CODEX SPACE MARINES – SUPPLEMENT UPDATES ‘At the start of each battle round, select one friendly Iron Hands
With the release of the 2020 edition of Codex: Space Marines, it Vehicle unit within 3" of the bearer. Until the start of your
is necessary to update the Codex supplements that were written next battle round, when resolving an attack made against that
to work alongside its predecessor. These updates ensure that the Vehicle unit, if the bearer is within 3" of that Vehicle unit you
rules presented in this supplement work smoothly and ‘as intended’ can reduce any damage suffered by 1, to a minimum of 1 (this is
with the latest Codex. They involve such things as adding the Core not cumulative with any other rules that reduce damage).’
keyword in the appropriate places and attaching appropriate labels
and categories to psychic powers and Stratagems. They also include *Pages 60-61 – Stratagems
updating certain weapon profiles to match changes in Codex: Space The following categories apply:
Marines, and readjusting certain other rules to take into account BATTLE TACTIC EPIC DEED STRATEGIC PLOY REQUISITION
their altered efficacy when used in conjunction with the new units Machine Methodical March of the
and rules presented in Codex: Space Marines. Mercy is Weakness
Empathy Firepower Ancients
Vengeance for
Souls of Iron Scion of the Forge
Isstvan V
UPDATES & ERRATA Wrathful Machine
Spirit
Mnemonic Auto-
savant
Cogitated
Martyrdom
*Page 53 – Iron Father Feirros, Signum Array
Reject the Flesh,
Change to read:
Embrace the Paragon of Iron
‘In your Command phase, select one friendly Iron Hands unit Machine
within 3" of this model. Until the start of your next Command Bequeathed by the
Engine Purge
phase, each time a model in that unit makes a ranged attack, add Iron Council
1 to that attack’s hit roll.’ The Gorgon’s Rage
Optimal Repulsion
*Page 53 – Iron Father Feirros, Master of the Forge Doctrines

Delete this ability (the bonus has already been accounted for in
its Blessing of the Omnissiah ability). *Page 60 – March of the Ancients
Add the following sentence:
*Page 53 – Iron Father Feirros, Rites of Tempering ‘You can only use this Stratagem once per battle.’
Change to read:
‘Infantry models in friendly Iron Hands units have a 5+ *Page 60 – Souls of Iron
invulnerable save whilst their unit is within 6" of this model.’ Change the Command Point cost of this Stratagem to 2CP.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: IRON HANDS 1

*Page 61 – Cogitated Martyrdom
Change this Stratagem to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the start of the Shooting phase. Select one
Iron Hands Infantry unit from your army. Until the end of the
phase, when a friendly Iron Hands Character model (excluding
Vehicle models) within 3" of that unit would lose any wounds as a
result of an attack made against that model, that unit can attempt
to intercept that attack. Roll one D6 before any rolls to ignore
wounds (e.g. The Flesh is Weak, Adamantine Mantle etc.) are
made; on a 2+ that model does not lose those wounds and that unit
suffers 1 mortal wound for each of those wounds. Only one attempt
can be made to intercept each attack.’

*Page 61 – Machine Empathy

Change the last sentence of this Stratagem to read:
‘That model can use that ability again.’

*Page 62 – Technomancy Discipline, psychic powers

The following categories apply:
BLESSING WITCHFIRE MALEDICTION
1. Blessing of the Machine God 3. Fury of Medusa 2. Objuration Mechanicum
4. Psysteel Armour 6. Machine Flense
5. Reforge

*Page 62 – Reforge
Change the second sentence to read:
‘If manifested, select one friendly Iron Hands Vehicle model
within 3" of and visible to that psyker (you cannot select a model
that has already regained lost wounds this turn).’

WEAPON UPDATES
MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Servo-arm Melee Melee x2 -2 3 Each time the bearer fights, no more than one attack can be made with each servo-arm.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: IRON HANDS 2

 CODEX: GENESTEALER CULTS
Indomitus Version 1.2
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons
appear in this publication, they are updated to match. We have
also updated the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that
would explode or inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that
they now only do so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in
question, and the updated profiles for them, are found at the end
of this document, and should be changed wherever they appear in
this book.
Having updated several weapon profiles, we have also reviewed
those Relics that replace one of the updated weapons. As a result,
we have decided to update a few Relics to ensure that they are not
worse (e.g. have a lower Strength characteristic) than the weapons
they replace.
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Page 78 – Abilities, Cult Ambush
Add the following:
‘Matched Play: In matched play, units set up in ambush
using this rule do not count as being Strategic Reserves or
Reinforcement units.’
Page 79 – Cult Ambush, Revealing Ambush Markers
Change the last sentence of the first paragraph to read:
‘Note that unless these units actually move during this
Movement phase, they do not count as having moved in their
Movement phase for any rules purposes, such as shooting
Heavy weapons.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: GENESTEALER CULTS
Page 81 – Magus, Abilities, Spiritual Leader
Change to read:
‘<Cult> units (other than Psykers) within 6" of any friendly
<Cult> Magus models at the start of your opponent’s Psychic
phase can attempt to deny one psychic power manifested within
12" of them that phase as if they were themselves a Psyker
(measure range to any model in the unit).’
*Pages 83 and 102 – Jackal Alphus and Ranged Weapons list,
Jackal sniper rifle, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
Page 90 – Locus, Abilities, Unquestioning Bodyguard
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time a <Cult> Character model (other than a Locus)
loses a wound whilst they are within 3" of any friendly <Cult>
Locuses, you can select one of those Locuses to use this ability
instead of using the Unquestioning Loyalty ability (pg 78).’
*Page 91 – Sanctus, Abilities, Camo Cloak
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to this model while it
is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to any
armour saving throw made against that attack.’
*Pages 91 and 103 – Sanctus and Ranged Weapons list, silencer
sniper rifle, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
Page 92 – Kelermorph, Abilities, Heroic Deeds,
Heroic Inspiration
Change this ability to read:
‘If this model kills any enemy models with its ranged weapons,
then until the end of the phase, after resolving its attacks, re-roll
hit rolls of 1 for attacks made by friendly <Cult> Infantry units
whilst they are within 6" of this model.’
*Page 92 – Kelermorph, Abilities, Gunslinger
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for a ranged attack made by this
model, you can ignore the Look Out, Sir rule.’
Page 95 – Atalan Jackals, unit description.
Change second sentence to read:
‘It can include up to 4 additional Atalan Jackals (Power Rating
+3) or up to 8 additional Atalan Jackals (Power Rating +6).’
1
Page 98 – Cult Leman Russ, Abilities, Emergency Plasma Vents
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Instead, for each hit roll of 1, the bearer suffers 1 mortal wound
after all of this weapon’s shots have been resolved.’
*Page 98 – Cult Leman Russ, Abilities, Grinding Advance
Delete the second sentence.
Page 100 – Cult Chimera, Transport
Add the following:
‘Each Astra Militarum Heavy Weapons Team takes the space
of two other models and each Ogryn takes the space of three
other models.’
Page 102 – Ranged Weapons list, mining laser
Change the weapon’s Damage characteristic to ‘D6’.
*Page 108 – Brood Brothers
Change the penultimate sentence to read:
‘Brood Brothers Detachments do not gain Command Benefits.’
Add the following paragraphs at the end of the Brood
Brothers rules:
‘Orders
Brood Brothers units that have the Voice of Command or Tank
Orders abilities (see Codex: Astra Militarum) cannot issue orders
to any unit that has the Genestealer Cults Faction keyword,
nor can they issue orders to units that they would not have been
able to issue orders to before they gained the Brood Brothers
keyword (e.g. a Brood Brothers Company Commander cannot
issue orders to a Brood Brothers Ogryn unit or to a Brood
Brothers Tempestus Scions unit).
Transports
Brood Brothers Taurox Primes can only transport 10 Brood
Brothers Officio Prefectus Infantry models or 10 Infantry
models that replaced their Militarum Tempestus keyword with
Brood Brothers.’
*Page 109 – Cult Creeds, The Hivecult: Disciplined Militants,
rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time a Morale test is failed for a unit with this Cult Creed,
until the end of the phase, halve the number of models that flee that
unit due to failed Combat Attrition tests (rounding fractions down).’
*Page 109 – Cult Creeds, Rusted Claw: Nomadic Survivalists
Change the second sentence of this Cult Creed to read:
‘If a Biker unit with this Cult Creed Advances, until the end of
the turn, all models in that unit treat all Pistol and Rapid Fire
weapons they are equipped with as Assault weapons. In addition,
Biker models with this Cult Creed do not suffer the penalty to
their hit rolls for Advancing and shooting Assault weapons.’
Page 110 – Stratagems, They Came From Below…, rules text
Add the followings:
‘Any units set up underground in this way cannot arrive on the
battlefield during the first battle round, and in a matched play
game, if they haven’t arrived from underground by the end of the
third battle round they count as having been destroyed. You can
only use this Stratagem once per battle.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: GENESTEALER CULTS
Page 110 – Stratagems, Lurk in the Shadows, rules text
Change the third sentence to read:
‘Until the end of the phase, enemy models can only shoot that unit
if it is the closest enemy unit that is visible to them.’
Page 111 – Stratagems, Lying in Wait, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem when you set up a unit from your army as
reinforcements that has the Cult Ambush ability and that was set
up underground.’
Page 111 – Stratagems, A Perfect Ambush, rules text
Add the following:
‘You cannot use this Stratagem on a unit that disembarked from a
Transport this turn.’
Page 112 – Stratagems, A Plan Generations in the Making,
rules text
Add the following:
‘You can only use this Stratagem once per battle.’
Designer’s Note: This publication went to print before the changes
to the Drukhari Stratagem ‘Agents of Vect’ were made. To make this
Stratagem different whilst still maintaining game balance, we have
decided to make this Stratagem one use only rather than increasing
the Command Point cost.
Page 113 – Broodmind Discipline, Mental Onslaught, rules text
Change the last sentence to read:
‘If your score is higher, the enemy model’s unit suffers 1 mortal
wound; if the selected model is still alive you then repeat this
process (each player rolling a D6 and adding their respective
Leadership) until either the selected model is destroyed, your
opponent rolls a 6, and/or your opponent’s result is equal to or
higher than yours.’
Page 113 – Broodmind Discipline, Mass Hypnosis
Add the following:
‘If the target has a rule that allows it to fight first in the Fight
phase even if it did not charge, then instead of fighting last in
the Fight phase, it fights as if it did not have that ability and did
not charge.’
Page 113 – Broodmind Discipline, Mind Control
Change third and fourth sentences to read:
‘If the score is less than that model’s Leadership characteristic,
nothing happens, but if it equals or exceeds it, that model can
either shoot as if it were your Shooting phase, or make a single
close combat attack as if it were the Fight phase. In either case,
treat that model as if it were a separate unit that is part of your
army whilst shooting or making that close combat attack.’
Page 115 – Cult Warlord Traits, The Rusted Claw: Entropic Touch
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you roll an unmodified wound roll of 6 in the Fight
phase for a model from a friendly Rusted Claw unit whilst it is
within 6" of your Warlord, the Armour Penetration characteristic
of that attack is improved by 1 (i.e. AP0 becomes AP-1, AP-1
becomes AP-2, and so on).’
2
Page 116 – Sacred Relics of the Cult, Amulet of the Voidwyrm,
rules text
Change the second sentence to read:
‘In addition, enemy units cannot fire Overwatch at the
bearer’s unit.’
*Page 116 – Sacred Relics of the Cult, Oppressor’s Bane, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
*Page 117 – Sacred Relics of the Cult, Metallophagic Stave,
rules text
Change the Strength characteristic of this weapon to ‘+3’
Page 118 – Points Values, Troops, Brood Brothers Infantry Squad
Change the models per unit value to ‘10-20’.
Page 118 – Points Values, Achilles Ridgerunner
Change the Models per Unit value to read ‘1-3’.
FAQs
Q: Are units in Brood Brothers Detachments restricted from
using Regimental Orders, or all orders?
A: They cannot use Regimental Orders, but can use other orders.
Note the errata above that further clarified which units these
orders can and cannot be issued to.
Q: If you use a Stratagem to stop an opponent’s Stratagem from
being resolved (e.g. A Plan Generations in the Making ) to stop
a one use only Stratagem such as Tide of Traitors, does that
Stratagem still count as being used and therefore cannot be used
again for the remainder of the battle?
A: No.
Q: Can ambush markers be placed on top of each other or
partially overlapping?
A: No.
Q: In regards to ambush markers and revealing them, what is the
correct order if one player has other interactions that would take
place at the same time (e.g. Dark Matter Crystal)?
A: Revealing ambush markers is the final step, after all other ‘end
of the Movement phase’ interactions have been completed.
Q: If a model suffers a mortal wound as a result of the Mental
Onslaught psychic power, but then does not lose a wound due to an
ability such as Disgustingly Resilient, does the Mental Onslaught
power continue?
A: Yes.
Q: Can you use the A Perfect Ambush Stratagem on a unit set
up in ambush when it is set up on the battlefield within 1" of an
ambush marker?
A: Yes
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: GENESTEALER CULTS
Q: Can you use Stratagems such as They Came From Below to
increase the number of units set up underground beyond the
Strategic Reserves and Reinforcement unit limits?
A: Yes. The limits concerning this apply specifically to deployment,
whilst this Stratagem is used once the battle has started.
Q: When setting up models in unit coherency as a result of the Cult
Reinforcements Stratagem, does each model need to be set up in
coherency with other models from that unit that were in play at the
start of the phase?
A: Yes.
Q: How many autopistols can an Atalan Jackal be armed with?
A: When the wargear option states that ‘the same model cannot
take the same weapon twice’, this is referring to weapons taken
from the Atalan Weapons list, and does not include the autopistol
that the model is armed with to start with. As such, an Atalan
Jackal can take one autopistol from this list, which is in addition
to the one it is already armed with.
Q: If a Psyker unit containing models with a Wounds
characteristic of 1 suffers a wound from the Sanctus’ silencer sniper
rifle, how is the resulting Perils of the Warp resolved?
A: If the unit loses any wounds as the result of an attack made with
this weapon (in the case of a Psyker unit of single-wound models,
this essentially means ‘if any models were destroyed as the result
of an attack made with this weapon’), then the unit suffers Perils of
the Warp. Note that the unit only suffers Perils of the Warp after
the attack has been resolved; therefore, if the last model in that
unit was destroyed by the attack, then there is no unit left on the
battlefield to suffer Perils of the Warp (i.e. this ability can’t cause a
Psyker unit to ‘explode’ if the attack destroys the last model in a
unit before it suffers Perils of the Warp).
Q. If I target an enemy model within Engagement Range of another
enemy unit with the Mind Control psychic power, can I choose to
shoot with that model if the power is successfully manifested and I
beat its Leadership characteristic on the 3D6 roll?
A: As this model is now treated as part of your army, it would follow
all the normal rules for units making shooting attacks whilst within
1" of an enemy unit, so the answer to this question is no, unless you
are shooting with a Pistol weapon (or another ranged weapon that
can be shot even if enemy units are within 1"). Note that the model
could still make a single close combat attack instead, though.
Q: The Gift From Beyond Relic adds +2 to the wound roll. Given
that these rolls cannot be modified by more than -1 or +1, how does
this work?
A: While hit rolls and wounds rolls cannot be modified by more
than -1 or +1, this limit takes effect after all applicable modifiers
have been applied, some of which may cancel each other out.
For example, if a model making an attack with the Gift From
Beyond, which is conferring a +2 modifier to the wound roll,
targets a unit that has a rule that applies a -1 modifier to the
wound roll, then, after applying both of these modifiers to the roll,
there would be a final modifier of +1.
3
WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Hand flamer 12" Pistol D6 3 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Heavy bolter 36" Heavy 3 5 -1 2 -
Heavy flamer 12" Heavy D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Hunter-killer missile 48" Heavy 1 10 -2 D6 The bearer can only shoot with each hunter-killer missile it is equipped with once per battle.
Multi-melta 24" Heavy 2 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Plasma cannon Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 36" Heavy D3 7 -3 1 Blast
- Supercharge 36" Heavy D3 8 -3 2 Blast. If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the
bearer is destroyed after shooting with this weapon.

MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES

Force stave Melee Melee +3 -1 D3 -
Power axe Melee Melee +2 -2 1 -
Power maul Melee Melee +3 -1 1 -

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: GENESTEALER CULTS 4

 CODEX: DRUKHARI
Indomitus Version 1.2
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons
appear in this publication, they are updated to match. The
weapon in question, and the updated profile for it, is found at the
end of this document, and should be changed wherever it appears
in this book.
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Page 88, 102 and 111 – Venom blade, Abilities
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time an attack is made with this weapon against a unit
without the Vehicle or Titanic keyword, it wounds the target on
a wound roll of 2+, instead of 4+.’
*Page 91 and 108 – Stinger pistol, Abilities
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time an attack is made with this weapon against a unit
without the Vehicle or Titanic keyword, it wounds the target on
a wound roll of 2+, instead of 4+.’
*Page 91 and 108 – Hexrifle, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
*Page 94 and 108 – Ossefactor, Abilities
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time an attack is made with this weapon against a unit
without the Vehicle or Titanic keyword, it wounds the target on
a wound roll of 2+, instead of 4+.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: DRUKHARI
*Page 95 and 111 – Shaimeshi blade, Abilities
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time an attack is made with this weapon against a unit
without the Vehicle or Titanic keyword, it wounds the target on
a wound roll of 2+, instead of 4+.’
Pages 103 and 104 – Talos and Cronos, Keywords
Add ‘Fly’
*Page 105 – Raider and Venom, Open-topped
Change the third sentence to read:
‘When they do so, any restrictions or modifiers that apply to this
model also apply to its passengers.’
Add the following:
‘While this transport is within Engagement Range of any enemy
units, embarked units cannot shoot, except with any Pistols they
are equipped with.’
*Page 106 and 108 – Razorwing missiles, necrotoxin
missile, Abilities
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time an attack is made with this weapon against a unit
without the Vehicle or Titanic keyword, it wounds the target on
a wound roll of 2+, instead of 4+.’
*Page 114 – Raiding Forces
Delete the second sentence.
Page 115 – Kabal Obsessions, Kabal of the Flayed Skull: Slay
From the Skies
Change the penultimate sentence of rules text to read:
‘In addition, enemy units do not receive the benefit to their
saving throws for being in cover against attacks made by
models with this obsession that can Fly, or by models with
this obsession that are embarked upon a Transport with this
obsession that can Fly.’
*Page 116 – Wych Cult Obsessions, Cult of the Cursed Blade:
Only the Strong Will Survive
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time a Combat Attrition test is taken for a unit with this
obsession, it is automatically passed.’
Page 118 – Stratagems, Alliance of Agony
Add the following sentence:
‘You can only use this Stratagem once per battle.’
1
Page 118 – Stratagems, Architects of Pain
Add the following to this Stratagem:
‘This Stratagem cannot affect the same unit more than once per
battle round.’
Page 119 – Stratagems, Hyperstimm Backlash
Add the following to this Stratagem:
‘This Stratagem cannot affect the same unit more than once per
battle round.’
*Page 119 – Stratagems, Fire and Fade
Change the first sentence to read:
‘You can use this Stratagem after a Drukhari unit from your army
(excluding Aircraft) shoots in your Shooting phase.’
*Page 120 – Stratagems, Agents of Vect
Change the Command Point cost of this Stratagem to 4CP.
Change the final sentence of this Stratagem to read:
‘This Stratagem cannot be used if your army does not include a
Kabal of the Black Heart Detachment or if there are no Kabal
of the Black Heart units from your army on the battlefield, and
cannot be used to affect Stratagems used ‘before the battle’ or
‘during deployment’.
*Page 120 – Stratagems, Hunt From The Shadows
Change to read:
‘Use this Stratagem in your opponent’s Shooting phase, when a
Drukhari Infantry unit from your army is selected as the target
of an attack. Until the end of the phase, each time a ranged
attack is allocated to a model in that unit while it is receiving
the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to any armour saving
throw made against that attack.’
*Page 121 – Stratagems, Failure Is Not An Option
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem in the Morale phase, when a Kabal of the
Obsidian Rose unit from your army fails a Morale test, after
Combat Attrition tests have been taken for it.’
*Page 121 – Stratagems, An Esoteric Kill, Delivered From Afar
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Until the end of the phase, each time you select a target for a
weapon a model in that unit is making an attack with, you can
ignore the Look Out, Sir rule.’
*Page 122 – Parasite’s Kiss, Abilities
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time an attack is made with this weapon against a unit
without the Vehicle or Titanic keyword, it wounds the target on
a wound roll of 2+, instead of 4+.’
*Page 123 – Soul-seeker, Abilities
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time an attack is made with this weapon against a unit
without the Vehicle or Titanic keyword, it wounds the target on
a wound roll of 2+, instead of 4+.’
Change the third sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: DRUKHARI
*Page 123 – Spirit-sting, Abilities
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time an attack is made with this weapon against a unit
without the Vehicle or Titanic keyword, it wounds the target on
a wound roll of 2+, instead of 4+.’
Page 125 – Warlord Traits, Labyrinthine Cunning
Change the rules text to read:
‘Whilst your Warlord is on the battlefield, roll a D6 each time
you or your opponent spends a Command Point to use a
Stratagem; you gain one Command Point for each roll of 6.’
Page 127 – Ranged Weapons
Add the following:
‘Plasma grenades | 0’
FAQs
Q: The Voidraven Bomber’s Void Mine rule allows you to pick a
unit the Voidraven flew over and roll three D6 for each Vehicle or
Monster in the unit, or one D6 for ‘every other model in the unit’.
Does this mean ‘every other type of model (other than Vehicles or
Monsters)’, or ‘every second model’?
A: It means the former – roll one D6 for every model in the unit
that is not a Vehicle or a Monster. So, for example, if the unit
contains 10 Infantry models, you would roll ten D6.
Q: Can the Vexator Mask Relic force a charging unit to attack
after all other units have done so?
A: Yes, unless that chosen unit has an ability that allows it to
fight first in the Fight phase, in which case it instead fights as if it
didn’t have that ability.
Q: If a Succubus is given the Serpentin combat drug, does
its Weapon Skill characteristic increase to 1+? If so, does the
Succubus still hit if a hit roll of 2 is rolled for an attack for a melee
weapon and, due to an ability, I have to subtract 1 from that
hit roll?
A: Yes, and yes – only unmodified hit rolls of 1
automatically fail.
Q: If the only Kabal of the Black Heart unit in my Battle-forged
army is in an Auxiliary Support Detachment, but my army
includes another Drukhari Detachment that is not an Auxiliary
Support Detachment, can I still use the Agents of Vect Stratagem?
A: Yes, so long as the Kabal of the Black Heart unit is on
the battlefield.
Q: If the Agents of Vect Stratagem is used to stop a Stratagem
from resolving and that Stratagem can only be used once per
battle, e.g. Tide of Traitors (see Codex: Chaos Space Marines),
does this mean that Stratagem counts as having been used and
cannot be used again for the remainder of the battle?
A: No, as the Stratagem was not resolved it does not count as
having been used.
2
Q: If the Agents of Vect Stratagem is used to stop a Stratagem
from resolving and that Stratagem affects the targeting of an
attack, such as Oathbreaker Guidance System (see Codex:
Imperial Knights), is the attack lost?
A: No, normal targeting rules apply and the attack is resolved
as normal.

Q: If a model is slain by an ossefactor, and the mortal wound

inflicted by the ossefactor’s ability causes another model in that
unit to be slain, do I roll again to see if another mortal wound
is inflicted?
A: No.

WEAPON UPDATES
MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 1 -

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: DRUKHARI 3

 CODEX: DEATH GUARD
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons
appear in this publication, they are updated to match. We have
also updated the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that
would explode or inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that
they now only do so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in
question, and the updated profiles for them, are found at the end
of this document, and should be changed wherever they appear in
this book.
UPDATES & ERRATA
All Death Guard datasheets (excluding Chaos Cultists
and Poxwalkers)
Add the following ability:
‘Hateful Assault: If this unit makes a charge move, is charged
or performs a Heroic Intervention, add 1 to the Attacks
characteristic of models in this unit until the end of the turn.’
Page 70 – Daemon Prince of Nurgle, Wargear Options
Change the first bullet point to read:
‘• Th
 is model may either take a plague spewer, or it may replace
its hellforged sword with a daemonic axe or a second set of
malefic talons.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: DEATH GUARD
Page 70 – Daemon Prince of Nurgle
Add ‘Psyker’ to the keywords line.
Page 77 – Nurglings, Abilities, Mischief Makers
Change this ability to read:
‘When you set up a unit of Nurglings during deployment, they
can either be set up in their deployment zone, or anywhere on
the battlefield that is more than 9" from the enemy deployment
zone and any enemy models.’
Page 83 – Possessed
Remove ‘Daemon’ from the Faction keywords line
Add ‘Daemon’ to the keywords line
*Page 84 – Myphitic Blight-haulers, Abilities, Tri-tracked
Delete this ability.
*Page 86 – Chaos Land Raider, Abilities, Daemonic
Machine Spirit
Delete this ability.
Page 96 – Inexorable Advance, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘If your army is Battle-forged, all Infantry and Helbrute units in
Death Guard Detachments gain this ability.’
Page 98 – Stratagems, Gifts of Decay, rules text
Add the following:
‘You can only use this Stratagem once per battle.’
Page 99 – Stratagems, Kill Shot
Change the name to ‘Killshot’
Change the second sentence of the rules text to read:
‘Add 1 to the wound rolls and damage for all of the Predators’
attacks that target Monsters or Vehicles this phase.’
*Page 99 – Stratagems, Chaos Boon, Spawndom
Change the third sentence to the following:
‘If you do so, set up the Chaos Spawn within 6" of the Character
and more than Engagement Range from any enemy models
before removing them as a casualty.’
Page 100 – Relics of Decay, Fugaris’ Helm, rules text
Change this ability to read:
‘Increase the range of the bearer’s aura abilities (e.g. Arch-
contaminator, Nurgle’s Gift, Tocsin of Misery etc.) by 3".’
1
Page 102 – Units Q: If Mortarion attacks an Imperium unit with Silence (using the
Add the following entry: eviscerating blow profile), and the hit roll is a 6 (allowing him to
make an extra attack with Silence due to the Death to the False
Points per model Emperor ability), does the extra attack have to be made using the
Models
Unit (Does not include same profile, or can it be made with the weapon’s other profile
per unit
weapons or wargear) (reaping scythe) instead?
Daemon Prince of A: The extra attack can be made using either profile.
1 185
Nurgle with Wings
Q: If Mortarion gets to make an extra attack with Silence due to
the Death to the False Emperor ability and I choose to make it
FAQs with the reaping scythe profile, do I roll 1 hit roll or 3?
Q: Can a unit under the effect of the Cloud of Flies Stratagem that A: 3.
is not visible to an enemy unit, but is the closest enemy unit to that
unit, be targeted by that enemy unit’s attacks if those attacks do Q: If the Cloud of Flies Stratagem is used on a Death Guard
not require the target to be visible? Character, does its effect – preventing enemy models shooting
A: Yes. it unless it’s the closest visible target – take precedence over the
ability that, for example, sniper rifles have, that enables them to
Q: Is the Miasma of Pestilence psychic power from Codex: Chaos ignore the Look Out, Sir rule?
Space Marines considered to be the same psychic power as in A: Such weapons cannot target the Character that is under
Codex: Death Guard for the purpose of whether a psychic power the effects of Cloud of Flies (unless the Character is the closest
has already been manifested? visible target).
A: Yes. More generally, if psychic powers have the same name,
they are considered to be the same psychic power. Q: If a unit such a Mortarion is benefiting from both the Blades
of Putrefaction psychic power (from Codex: Death Guard)
Q: If my army is led by a Chaos Space Marines Warlord, and the Virulent Blessing psychic power (from Codex: Chaos
and I have a Death Guard Detachment, can I use the Gifts of Daemons) and a wound roll of 7+ is rolled, how many mortal
Decay Death Guard Stratagem to include a Relic on a Death wounds are inflicted in addition to the normal damage (i.e. is it
Guard Character? 1, or is that also doubled)?
A: Yes. The only requirement to have access to Stratagems is that A: Only 1 mortal wound is inflicted in addition to the normal
you have a Detachment of the appropriate Faction. If you have a (doubled) damage.
Death Guard Detachment, you have access to their Stratagems.
Q: Can the Killshot Stratagem be used to affect
Q: Can Poxwalkers use the Curse of the Walking Pox ability or the Hellforged Predators?
‘The Dead Walk Again’ Stratagem to increase the unit above its A: No. The Killshot Stratagem can only be used to affect models
starting strength? using the Chaos Predator datasheet.
A: Yes.

Q: If the Poxwalkers’ Curse of the Walking Pox ability or the ‘The Dead
Walk Again’ Stratagem increases the unit above its starting strength in
a game that uses a points limit, does this cost reinforcement points?
A: Yes, you must pay reinforcement points for each Poxwalker
model that you add to the unit that would increase the unit above
its starting strength.

Q: When adding models to a unit of Poxwalkers as a result of the

Curse of the Walking Pox ability or the ‘The Dead Walk Again’
Stratagem, can those new models fight in the same Fight phase?
A: Yes, but only if their unit has not yet been chosen to Fight
this phase.

Q: If I cast Blades of Putrefaction on a model equipped with

the Plaguebringer Relic, how many mortal wounds can that
model inflict with Plaguebringer and what do I need to roll to
inflict them?
A: In this situation, in addition to the normal damage, on a
wound roll of 5, Plaguebringer would inflict 1 mortal wound,
and on a wound roll of 6, Plaguebringer would inflict 2
mortal wounds.

Q: Are the Biologus Putrifier’s hyper blight grenades affected by his

Blight Racks ability?
A: No.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: DEATH GUARD 2

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Combi-flamer Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon profile, that attack automatically hits the target.
Combi-melta Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon profile targets a unit within half range, that
attack has a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Combi-plasma Before selecting targets, select one or two of the profiles below to make attacks with (you can only select one of the plasma gun profiles). If
you select two, then each time an attack is made with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Plasma gun (standard) 24" Rapid Fire 1 7 -3 1 -
- Plasma gun (supercharge) 24" Rapid Fire 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Heavy bolter 36" Heavy 3 5 -1 2 -
Heavy flamer 12" Heavy D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Helbrute plasma cannon 36" Heavy D3 8 -3 2 Blast. Each time an unmodified hit roll of 1 is made for an attack with this weapon, the
bearer suffers 1 mortal wound after shooting with this weapon.
Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Multi-melta 24" Heavy 2 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Plasma gun Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 24" Rapid Fire 1 7 -3 1 -
- Supercharge 24" Rapid Fire 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Plasma pistol Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 12" Pistol 1 7 -3 1 -
- Supercharge 12" Pistol 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Reaper autocannon 36" Heavy 4 7 -2 1 -
Twin heavy bolter 36" Heavy 6 6 -1 2 -
Twin heavy flamer 12" Heavy 2D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.

MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES

Chainfist Melee Melee x2 -4 D3 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll, and if
that attack is allocated to a Vehicle model, that attack has a Damage characteristic of 3.
Force axe Melee Melee +2 -2 D3 -
Force stave Melee Melee +3 -1 D3 -
Force sword Melee Melee +1 -3 D3 -
Lightning claw Melee Melee User -2 1 Each time the bearer fights, it makes 1 additional attack with this weapon. Each time an
attack is made with this weapon, you can re-roll the wound roll.
Power axe Melee Melee +2 -2 1 -
Power fist Melee Melee x2 -3 2 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
Power maul Melee Melee +3 -1 1 -
Power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 1 -

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: DEATH GUARD 3

 CODEX: CRAFTWORLDS
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons
appear in this publication, they are updated to match. We have
also updated the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that
would explode or inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that
they now only do so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in
question, and the updated profiles for them, are found at the end
of this document, and should be changed wherever they appear in
this book.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 84 – Autarch
Change the unit description to read:
‘An Autarch is a single model armed with a star glaive and
plasma grenades. They are equipped with a Forceshield.’
Page 85 – Autarch with Swooping Hawk Wings
Change the unit description to read:
‘An Autarch with Swooping Hawk wings is a single model armed
with a power sword, fusion pistol and plasma grenades. They are
equipped with a Forceshield.’
*Pages 91 and 111 – Illic Nightspear and Ranged Weapons list,
Voidbringer, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
*Page 91 – Illic Nightspear, Abilities, Hunter Unseen
Change the last sentence to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to this model while it
is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to any
armour saving throw made against that attack.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CRAFTWORLDS
Pages 91 and 94 – Illic Nightspear and Rangers, Abilities,
Appear Unbidden
Change the last sentence of this ability to read:
‘At the end of one of your Movement phases, this unit can
emerge from the webway – set this unit up anywhere on the
battlefield that is more than 9" away from any enemy models.’
*Page 94 – Rangers, Abilities, Cameleoline Cloaks
Change to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to a model in this unit
while it is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to
any armour saving throw made against that attack.’
*Page 94 and 110 – Rangers and Ranged Weapons list, ranger
long rifle, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
Page 105 – Fire Prism, Abilities, Pulsed Laser Discharge
Change to read:
‘Pulsed Laser Discharge: If this model remains stationary
or moves under half speed in its Movement phase (i.e. it
moves a distance in inches less than half of its current Move
characteristic) it can shoot its prism cannon twice in its next
Shooting phase (the prism cannon must use the same profile and
target the same unit both times it is fired).’
Page 108 – Hemlock Wraithfighter
Change the unit description to read:
‘A Hemlock Wraithfighter is a single model equipped with two
heavy D-scythes and spirit stones.’
*Page 113 – Other Wargear, crystal targeting matrix, Effect
Change to read:
‘If the bearer Advances, until the end of the turn, the type of any
Heavy weapons it is equipped with are changed to Assault (e.g. a
Heavy D6 weapon becomes an Assault D6 weapon).’
*Page 117 – Craftworld Attributes, Saim-Hann: Wild Host
Change the second sentence of the Craftworld attribute to read:
‘In addition, if a Biker unit with this attribute Advances, until
the end of the turn, all models in that unit treat all Heavy
weapons they are equipped with as Assault weapons.’
Page 117 – Craftworld Attributes, Biel-Tan: Swordwind,
rules text
Change the last sentence to read:
‘A shuriken weapon is any weapon profile whose name includes
the word ‘shuriken’ (e.g. shuriken pistol, Avenger shuriken
catapult etc.) Kurnous’ Bow, the Blazing Star of Vaul and
Scorpion’s claw (shooting) are also shuriken weapons.’
1
*Page 117 – Craftworld Attributes, Iyanden: Stoic Endurance,
rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time a Combat Attrition test is taken for a unit with this
attribute, it is automatically passed.’
*Page 119 – Stratagems, Fire and Fade
Change the first sentence to read:
‘You can use this Stratagem after an Asuryani unit from your
army (excluding Aircraft) shoots in your Shooting phase.’
Page 119 – Stratagems, Lightning-fast Reactions, rules text
Change to read:
‘Use this Stratagem when a friendly Asuryani Infantry unit, or
a friendly Asuryani unit with the Fly keyword, is targeted by a
ranged or melee weapon. Subtract 1 from all hit rolls made against
that unit for the rest of the phase.’
*Page 121 – Warlord Traits,
Mark of the Incomparable Hunter, rules text
Change to read:
‘Each time you select a target for a ranged weapon this Warlord
is equipped with, you can ignore the Look Out, Sir rule.’
Page 122 – Remnants of Glory
Change the second sentence of the first paragraph to read:
‘Avatars of Khaine and named characters such as Prince Yriel
already have one or more artefacts, and cannot be given any of
the following items.’
Page 123 – Remnants of Glory, Blazing Star of Vaul
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Model with a shuriken pistol or twin shuriken catapult only.’
Page 123 – Remnants of Glory, Shiftshroud of Alanssair
Change the last sentence of the rules to read:
‘At the end of one of your Movement phases, this model can
emerge from hiding – set this model up anywhere on the
battlefield that is more than 9" away from any enemy models.’
Page 124 – Runes of Battle, Conceal/Reveal
Change the Reveal effect to read:
‘Choose an enemy unit within 18" of the Psyker – it does not
receive the benefit of cover against attacks made by Asuryani
units from your army until the start of your next Psychic phase.’
Page 124 – Runes of Battle, Protect/Jinx
Change the Jinx effect to read:
‘Choose an enemy unit within 18" of the Psyker – your opponent
must subtract 1 from all saving throws made for that unit against
attacks made by Asuryani units from your army until the start of
your next Psychic phase.’
Page 125 – Runes of Fate, Doom, rules text
Change the last sentence of the Doom psychic power to read:
‘You can re-roll failed wound rolls for attacks made by Asuryani
units from your army against that unit until the start of your
next Psychic phase.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CRAFTWORLDS
AMALLYN SHADOWGUIDE
Warhammer Quest Blackstone Fortress includes a number
of datasheets for Warhammer 40,000, allowing players to
use the Citadel Miniatures contained within the box in
games of Warhammer 40,000. Amongst these is a datasheet
for Amallyn Shadowguide, a unit designed to be used as
part of a Craftworlds army. The following errata applies to
Amallyn Shadowguide:
*Blackstone Fortress: Datasheets,
page 11 – Amallyn Shadowguide
Change the first sentence of the ranger long rifle Abilities
to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can
ignore the Look Out, Sir rule.’
Change the last sentence of the Appear Unbidden ability
to read:
‘At the end of one of your Movement phases, this unit can
emerge from the webway – set this unit up anywhere on the
battlefield that is more than 9" away from any enemy models.’
*Change the second sentence of the Cameleoline Cloak
ability to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to this model while it
is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to any
armour saving throw made against that attack.’
FAQs
Q: Does the Wave Serpent’s Serpent Shield ability reduce the
damage of each attack by 1, or the damage of one attack made by
each weapon that targets it by 1?
A: The Serpent Shield ability reduces the damage inflicted by
each attack by 1.
Q: If, when targeting an Alaitoc unit benefiting from the
Fieldcraft attribute, some models from the attacking unit are
within 12" of that unit and some are more than 12" away, does
the whole unit suffer the -1 penalty to hit rolls, or only the models
more than 12" away?
A: Only the models more than 12" away from that unit.
Q: If the Warlord of my Battle-forged army is an Autarch, does
the Path of Command ability refund Command Points when my
opponent spends Command Points on their Stratagems?
A: No. This ability only applies to Command Points you spend.
Q: Is the Avatar of Khaine a named character?
A: No.
Q: Can the Avatar of Khaine have a Warlord Trait?
A: Yes.
2
Q: The vibro cannon can add more than +1 to the wound roll.
Given that these rolls cannot be modified by more than -1 or +1,
how does this work?
A: While hit rolls and wounds rolls cannot be modified by more
than -1 or +1, this limit takes effect after all applicable modifiers
have been applied, some of which may cancel each other out.
For example, if a model making an attack with a vibro cannon
that is conferring a +2 modifier to the wound roll targets a unit
that has a rule that applies a -1 modifier to the wound roll, then,
after applying both of these modifiers to the roll, there would be
a final modifier of +1.
Q: If I want to arm my Wraithblades with a ghostsword in each
hand, how many points do I have to pay for those ghostswords
and how many attacks does each Wraithblade get to make with
its ghostswords?
A: Ghostswords (plural) is a single weapon profile. You pay for it
once per model and you get one bonus attack per model.
Q: Can a player cast a psychic power that targets a unit that is
only in range if they then use the Concordance of Power Stratagem
to extend that power’s range?
A: Yes.
Q: The Dark Reapers’ Inescapable Accuracy ability no longer
mentions Overwatch. Does this mean that they can hit on
Overwatch on rolls of 3+?
A: No. Inescapable Accuracy only affects attacks made in the
Shooting phase.
Q: If a unit of Dark Reapers (which have the Inescapable Accuracy
ability) shoots at a Culexus Assassin (which has the Etherium
ability), what roll do the Dark Reapers require to successfully hit
the Assassin?
A: 3+.
This is because while the Dark Reapers treat their Ballistic Skill
as 6+ because of the Etherium ability, they always score a hit
on rolls of 3+ because of their Inescapable Accuracy ability,
which is irrespective of their Ballistic Skill characteristic or
any modifiers.
Q: If my army is led by a Harlequins Warlord, for example,
and I have a Detachment of Craftworlds units, can I use the
Treasures of the Craftworld Stratagem to give a Character in the
Craftworlds Detachment a Remnant of Glory?
A: Yes. The only requirement to have access to Stratagems is that
you have a Detachment of the appropriate Faction. If you have a
Craftworlds Detachment, you have access to their Stratagems.
WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Dragon’s breath flamer 12" Assault D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 1 -
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CRAFTWORLDS
Q: When using the Linked Fire Stratagem, if the first Fire Prism
targets a Character that the other Fire Prisms would not
normally be able to target due to the Look Out, Sir rule, can they
still shoot that character?
A: Yes.
Q: If I use the Supreme Disdain Stratagem on a unit of Striking
Scorpions, and that unit is also within range of Karandras’
Death by a Thousand Stings ability, what happens each time I
roll a hit roll of 6+ for a model in that unit when making a close
combat attack?
A: You would then make 2 additional close combat attacks using
the same weapon against the same target (or 3 additional attacks
if the model the hit roll was made for was a Striking Scorpion
Exarch). None of these extra attacks can generate further attacks.
Q: Which, if any, Movement phase rules apply to a move made
with the Fire and Fade Stratagem?
A: All such rules apply.
Q: Can a Swooping Hawk unit use Fire and Fade to move over an
enemy unit and use the Swooping Hawk Grenade Pack ability? If
I use Fire and Fade on a Crimson Hunter, will it crash due to not
being able to move its minimum distance? If a unit that can Fly
uses Fire and Fade in a Fire and Fury Battlezone, does it have to
roll for the Burning Skies special rule?
A: Yes in all cases.
Q: When a Psyker in my army casts the Quicken psychic
power on one of my units, can that unit Advance when it makes
this move?
A: Yes.
Q: Can a Swooping Hawk unit that moves over an enemy unit as a
result of the Quicken psychic power use its Grenade Pack ability?
A: Yes.
Q: When using the Phantasm Stratagem, can the Webway Strike
Stratagem be used in conjunction, to move one of the affected
units into reserves?
A: No.
Q: If a Character with the Phoenix Gem is targeted by an enemy
unit’s attacks, and these attacks cause several successful wounds,
the saving throws are taken one at a time. If the Character fails a
saving throw and is destroyed, but the Phoenix Gem causes them to
remain in play, what happens to any remaining successful wounds
that were allocated – are they lost, or does the Character then have
to take saving throws against them?
A: The Character must then take the remaining saving throws.
3
 CODEX: CHAOS SPACE MARINES
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
Please note that the updates and errata at the beginning of this
document refer to the second edition of Codex: Chaos Space
Marines. Updates and errata to the first edition of this Codex
can be found at the end of this document. The FAQ section is
applicable to both editions of the Codex.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons
appear in this publication, they are updated to match. We have
also updated the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that would
explode or inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that they now
only do so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in question,
and the updated profiles for them, are found at the end of this
document, and should be changed wherever they appear in this
book. In addition, replace every instance of ‘chainsword’ within
the rules section of this book with ‘Astartes chainsword’.
Having updated several weapon profiles, we have also reviewed
those Relics that replace one of the updated weapons. As a result,
we have decided to update a few Relics to ensure that they are not
worse (e.g. have a lower Strength characteristic) than the weapons
they replace.
UPDATES & ERRATA
All Heretic Astartes and Fallen datasheets (excluding
Chaos Cultists)
Add the following ability:
‘Hateful Assault: If this unit makes a charge move, is charged
or performs a Heroic Intervention, add 1 to the Attacks
characteristic of models in this unit until the end of the turn.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CHAOS SPACE MARINES
*Page 122 – Khârn the Betrayer, Abilities, The Betrayer
Change to read:
‘You cannot re-roll or modify hit rolls of 1 made for Khârn the
Betrayer in the Fight phase. Instead, those attacks automatically
hit another friendly unit within Engagement Range of Khârn.
Randomly determine which unit is hit if there is more than one.
If there are no other friendly units within Engagement Range of
Khârn, the hits are discarded.’
Page 143 – Noise Marines, Abilities, Music of the Apocalypse
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Do not remove the destroyed model yet – after the attacking
unit has finished making all its attacks, the destroyed model
can shoot with one of its ranged weapons as if it were your
Shooting phase.’
Page 147 – Obliterators, fleshmetal guns
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time this unit is chosen to attack with fleshmetal guns, roll
three D3, one after the other, to determine the characteristics of
the unit’s fleshmetal guns when resolving those attacks.’
*Page 148 and 156 – Chaos Vindicator and Ranged Weapons
list, demolisher cannon
Change Type characteristic to Heavy D6 and Abilities to ‘Blast’.
*Page 149 – Chaos Land Raider, Abilities, Daemonic
Machine Spirit
Delete this ability.
Page 162 – Chaos Space Marine Units
Add the following at the end of the first paragraph:
‘Fabius Bile can be included in a Detachment without
preventing it from being a Chaos Space Marines Detachment.
Page 163 – Legion Traits, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘If your army is Battle-forged, all Character, Infantry, Biker
and Helbrute units in Chaos Space Marines Detachments gain
a Legion Trait, so long as every unit in that Detachment is from
the same Legion.’
*Page 164 – Stratagems, Chaos Boon, Spawndom
Change the third sentence to the following:
‘If you do so, set up the Chaos Spawn within 6" of the Character
and not within Engagement Range of any enemy units before
removing them as a casualty.’
1
Page 166 – Stratagems, Forward Operatives
Change to read:
‘Use this Stratagem during deployment, when you set up an Alpha
Legion Infantry unit from your army. At the start of the first battle
round but before the first turn begins, you can move that unit up
to 9". It cannot end this move within 9" of any enemy models. If
both players have units that can move before the first turn begins,
the player who is taking the first turn moves their units first. Each
unit can only be selected for this Stratagem once per battle.’
*Page 168 – Warptime
Change the second sentence to read:
‘If manifested, pick a Heretic Astartes unit (excluding Aircraft)
within 3" of the Psyker.’
*Page 168 – Dark Hereticus Discipline, Gift of Chaos, rules text
Change the fourth sentence to read:
‘If a Character is destroyed by this power, you can add a Chaos
Spawn to your army within 6" of the Character and not within
Engagement Range of any enemy units before they are removed as
a casualty.’
Page 170 – Artefacts of Chaos, The Black Mace
Change the first and second sentence to read:
‘Model with power maul or accursed crozius only. The Black Mace
replaces the bearer’s power maul or accursed crozius and has the
following profile:’
Page 171 – Artefacts of Chaos, The Cursed Crozius
Change the first and second sentence to read:
‘Word Bearers model with power maul or accursed crozius only.
The Cursed Crozius replaces the bearer’s power maul or accursed
crozius and has the following profile:’
*Page 170 – Artefacts of Chaos, Puscleaver
Change the Strength characteristic of this weapon to ‘+1’.
*Page 171 – Artefacts of Chaos, Claws of the Black Hunt,
rules text
Change the first sentence of this Relic’s abilities to read:
‘Increase the wielder’s Attacks characteristic by 2.’
Page 173 – Legion Warlord Traits, Word Bearers: The Voice
of Lorgar
Change the rule to read:
‘Increases the range of your Warlord’s aura abilities (e.g. Lord of
Chaos, Demagogue) by 3". Increase the range of any Prayers to the
Dark Gods chanted by your Warlord by 3".’
FAQs
Q. Does a Dark Apostle have to be on the battlefield to chant
a prayer?
A: Yes.
Q. When should I roll to determine the characteristics of my
Obliterators’ fleshmetal guns?
A. Determine these characteristics in step 1 of the Shooting
sequence, when you select the unit to shoot.
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CHAOS SPACE MARINES
Q: Does the additional attack granted from the Butcher’s Nails
Legion Trait still apply if the unit is fighting for a second time, or
is the additional attack only applied the first time the unit fights in
that Fight phase?
A: Each model in the unit can specifically make one additional
attack in the subsequent Fight phase, therefore it only applies the
first time that unit fights in that Fight phase.
Q: If I use the Fire Frenzy Stratagem and the nearest visible enemy
unit is subject to the Look Out, Sir rule, but there is another enemy
unit closer that is not visible and not subject to the Look Out, Sir
rule, who do I target?
A: In such instances, you must target the nearest visible enemy unit
that is not subject to the Look Out, Sir rule.
Q: If I choose not to select a Mark of Chaos for Greater Possessed,
which units (if any) can benefit from its Locus of Power ability?
A: Only <Legion> Daemon units that you have also chosen not to
select a Mark of Chaos for.
Q: Can a model use the Incursion psychic power to summon a unit
even if it has moved during this turn? What about if it has already
used the Daemonic Ritual ability this turn?
A: Yes in either case.
Q: When using the Chaos Familiar Stratagem to replace a psychic
power, can I select a <Mark of Chaos> psychic power from the Dark
Hereticus discipline that the Psyker would be eligible for?
A: Yes.
Q: If I use the Daemon Shell or Flakk Missile Stratagem and I hit,
do I continue to roll to wound and do damage normally in addition
to doing mortal wounds?
A: No, the normal attack sequence ends.
Q: How should Perils of the Warp be resolved against Rubric
Marine units led by an Aspiring Sorcerer?
A: Any mortal wounds suffered are applied to the Sorcerer’s unit, so
can be applied to another model if you wish (if a model in that unit
has already suffered any wounds, any mortal wounds must still be
applied to this model first).
Q: If the Aspiring Sorcerer or Scarab Occult Sorcerer from a unit
has been destroyed, is this unit still treated as being a Psyker?
A: Yes.
Designer’s Note: Whilst these units would not be able to manifest
or deny any psychic powers, any abilities, objectives or effects which
affect psykers are still likely to affect these warp-infused animated
suits of armour.
Q: Can the Killshot Stratagem be used to affect
Hellforged Predators?
A: No. The Killshot Stratagem can only be used to affect models
using the Chaos Predator datasheet.
2
Q: If I have a Daemon model that can only be included once in my
army – for example, the Changeling – and that model is destroyed
during the game, can I use Daemonic Ritual to attempt to summon
it and add it to my army again?
A: Yes. Note that if you’re playing a game that uses a points limit
you’ll need the appropriate reinforcement points to do so.
Q: Does disembarking effectively prevent a Chaos Character
from summoning a Daemon unit that turn using the Daemonic
Ritual ability?
A: Yes. Models that disembark count as having moved for all rules
purposes, including Daemonic Ritual.
Q: Can a Noise Marine use his Music of the Apocalypse ability if he
flees the battlefield?
A: No. This ability can only be used when the model is destroyed.
Q: If an enemy Character is destroyed by the Gift of Chaos
or Possession psychic power, do I need to have the appropriate
reinforcement points set aside in order to set up the Chaos Spawn or
Greater Possessed?
A: Yes, if you are playing a game that uses a points limit.
Q: If I manifest the Gift of Chaos psychic power, and target a unit
whose models have different Toughness characteristics, which one
should I use?
A: Use the highest Toughness characteristic in the target unit.
Q: Do modifications to Haarken Worldclaimer’s Attacks
characteristic due to his Head-claimer ability last until the end of
the battle?
A: Yes.

Q: If several Noise Marines are destroyed in the same attack, can

they each use their Music of the Apocalypse ability to throw a
grenade, or can only one of them do so?
A: Each of them can throw a grenade.

Q: Maulerfiends have a wargear option to ‘replace both magma

cutters with lasher tendrils’. Does this mean I replace both magma
cutters for a single ‘lasher tendrils’ weapon, or do I get two ‘lasher
tendrils’ weapons?
A: You replace both magma cutters with a single ‘lasher
tendrils’ weapon.

Q: If I take a unit of Daemons in a Chaos Space Marines

Detachment, do I lose my Legion Trait?
A: Yes. However, if you summon a unit of Daemons and add them
to your army, doing so does not affect your Legion Trait.

Q: If I give a unit in my army an Icon of Vengeance, then at the

start of my first turn use the Beseech the Chaos Gods Stratagem to
make that unit dedicated to Khorne, Tzeentch, Nurgle or Slaanesh,
does the unit swap its Icon of Vengeance for the Chaos Icon of their
god, or does it keep the Icon of Vengeance?
A: It keeps the Icon of Vengeance.

Q: If I roll a 12 on the Chaos Boon table, when adding a Daemon

Prince to my army, which Daemon Prince datasheet should I use
– the Daemon Prince or the Daemon Prince of Chaos? In addition,
what wargear options can it take?
A: Use the Daemon Prince datasheet from Codex: Chaos Space
Marines. The model can be equipped with any of its normal
wargear options, providing you have the right model and it is
built appropriately.

Q: Are the bonus attacks from Death to the False Emperor and the
Excess of Violence Stratagem cumulative? For example, if a model
with an Attacks characteristic of 1 rolled a hit roll of 6+ when
attacking an Imperium unit (thereby giving it an extra attack) and
then both of those attacks killed enemy models, would I then make
two extra attacks for that model? If yes, what happens if I roll hit
rolls of 6+ for these attacks?
A: Yes, they are cumulative. In the example given, you would
make two extra attacks but any further hit rolls of 6+ (and
any subsequent models destroyed) would not generate any
further attacks.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CHAOS SPACE MARINES 3


APPENDIX
The following errata apply only to the first edition of Codex: Chaos
Space Marines.
Page 116 – <Mark of Chaos>
Add the following to the last paragraph:
‘If a unit has the Tzeentch, Nurgle or Slaanesh keywords, it
cannot be from the World Eaters Legion, and if a unit has the
Khorne, Tzeentch or Nurgle keywords, it cannot be from the
Emperor’s Children Legion. In addition, Psykers cannot be from
the World Eaters Legion.’
Page 117 – Champion Equipment
Change the second heading to read:
‘One of the champion’s weapons can be chosen from the
following list:’
Page 117 – Daemonic Ritual, rules text
Change the third sentence of the third paragraph to read:
‘This unit is treated as reinforcements for your army and can be
placed anywhere on the battlefield that is wholly within 12" of the
Character and more than 9" from any enemy model.’
*Page 120 – Khârn the Betrayer, Abilities, The Betrayer
Change to read:
‘You cannot re-roll or modify hit rolls of 1 made for Khârn the
Betrayer in the Fight phase. Instead, those attacks automatically
hit another friendly unit within Engagement Range of Khârn.
Randomly determine which unit is hit if there is more than one.
If there are no other friendly units within Engagement Range of
Khârn, the hits are discarded.’
Page 121 – Cypher, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘No-one’s Puppet: Cypher cannot use the Daemonic Ritual
ability, even though he has the Chaos and Character keywords.’
Page 129 – Bloodletters
Add ‘Daemon’ to the Faction keywords line.
Remove ‘Daemon’ from the keywords line.
Page 131 – Plaguebearers
Add ‘Daemon’ to the Faction keywords line.
Remove ‘Daemon’ from the keywords line.
Page 131 – Daemonettes
Add ‘Daemon’ to the Faction keywords line.
Remove ‘Daemon’ from the keywords line.
Page 132 – Khorne Berzerkers, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Berzerker Horde: The Battlefield Role of World Eaters Khorne
Berzerkers is Troops instead of Elites.’
Page 135 – Noise Marines, Abilities, Music of the Apocalypse
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Do not remove the destroyed model yet – after the attacking unit
has finished making all its attacks, the destroyed model can shoot
with one of its ranged weapons as if it were your Shooting phase.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CHAOS SPACE MARINES
Page 135 – Noise Marines, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Masters of the Kakophoni: The Battlefield Role of Emperor’s
Children Noise Marines is Troops instead of Elites.’
Page 136 – Chosen, Wargear Options
Change this unit’s wargear options to read:
‘• Any Chosen may take one item from the Melee Weapons list.
• Up to four Chosen may choose one of the following options:
• Replace his bolt pistol with a plasma pistol.
• Replace his boltgun with one item from the Combi-weapons or
Special Weapons lists.
• Replace his boltgun and bolt pistol with a lightning claw.
• An additional Chosen may replace his boltgun with one item
from the Special Weapons or Heavy Weapons lists.
• The Chosen Champion may either take one item from the Melee
Weapons list, or replace his boltgun and bolt pistol with items
from the Champion Equipment list.
• One model may take a Chaos Icon (pg 153).’
Page 138 – Helbrute, Wargear Options
Change the third bullet point to read:
‘• This model may replace each Helbrute fist with a Helbrute
hammer or power scourge.’
Page 142 – Obliterators, fleshmetal guns
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time this unit is chosen to attack with fleshmetal guns, roll
three D3, one after the other, to determine the characteristics of
the unit’s fleshmetal guns when resolving those attacks.’
Page 142 – Obliterators
Remove ‘Daemon’ from the Faction keywords line.
Add ‘Daemon’ to the keywords line.
Page 146 – Chaos Predator, Damage table
Change the top value under ‘Remaining W’ to read ‘6-11+’.
Change the second value under ‘Remaining W’ to read ‘3-5’.
Page 149 – Khorne Lord of Skulls
Remove ‘Daemon’ from the Faction keywords line.
Add ‘Daemon’ to the keywords line.
Page 157 – Abilities, Legion Traits, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘If your army is Battle-forged, all Character, Infantry, Biker
and Helbrute units in Chaos Space Marines Detachments gain a
Legion Trait, so long as every unit in that Detachment is from the
same Legion.’
Page 158 – Stratagems, Gifts of Chaos, rules text
Add the following:
‘You can only use this Stratagem once per battle.’
Page 158 – Stratagems, Chaos Boon, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the end of a Fight phase in which one
of your Heretic Astartes Characters (excluding Daemon
Characters) slays an enemy Character, Vehicle or Monster.’
4
*Page 158 – Stratagems, Chaos Boon, Spawndom
Change the third sentence to the following:
‘If you do so, set up the Chaos Spawn within 6" of the Character
and not within Engagement Range of any enemy units before
removing them as a casualty.’

Page 159 – Stratagems, Tide of Traitors, rules text

Add the following:
‘You can only use this Stratagem once per battle.’

Page 159 – Stratagems, Killshot, rules text

Change the second sentence to read:
‘Add 1 to the wound rolls and damage for all of the Predators’
attacks that target Monsters or Vehicles this phase.’

Page 160 – Stratagems, Forward Operatives

Change this Stratagem to read:
‘Use this Stratagem during deployment, when you set up an
Alpha Legion Infantry unit from your army. At the start of the
first battle round but before the first turn begins, you can move
that unit up to 9". It cannot end this move within 9" of any enemy
models. If both players have units that can move before the first
turn begins, the player who is taking the first turn moves their
units first. Each unit can only be selected for this Stratagem once
per battle.’

*Page 161 – Dark Hereticus Discipline, Warptime

Change the second sentence to read:
‘If manifested, pick a Heretic Astartes unit (excluding Aircraft)
within 3" of the Psyker.’

Page 161 – Dark Hereticus Discipline, Gift of Chaos, rules text

Change the second sentence to read:
‘If manifested, select an enemy unit that is within 6" of the Psyker
and visible to him and roll a D6.’

*Change the third sentence to read:

‘If a Character is destroyed by this power, you can add a Chaos
Spawn to your army within 6" of the Character and not within
Engagement Range of any enemy units before they are removed as
a casualty.’

Page 161 – Mark of Tzeentch: Weaver of Fates

Change the third sentence of rules text to read:
‘Until the start of your next Psychic phase, the invulnerable save
of that unit is improved by 1 (to a maximum of 3+).’

Page 165 – Legion Warlord Traits, Word Bearers: The Voice

of Lorgar
Change the rule to read:
‘Increases the range of your Warlord’s aura abilities (e.g. Lord of
Chaos, Demagogue) by 3". Increase the range of any Prayers to the
Dark Gods chanted by your Warlord by 3".’

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CHAOS SPACE MARINES 5

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Combi-flamer Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon profile, that attack automatically hits
the target.
Combi-melta Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon profile targets a unit within half range, that
attack has a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Combi-plasma Before selecting targets, select one or two of the profiles below to make attacks with (you can only select one of the plasma gun profiles). If
you select two, then each time an attack is made with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.

- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Plasma gun (standard) 24" Rapid Fire 1 7 -3 1 -
- Plasma gun (supercharge) 24" Rapid Fire 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Demolisher cannon 24" Heavy D6 10 -3 D6 Blast
Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Heavy bolter 36" Heavy 3 5 -1 2 -
Heavy flamer 12" Heavy D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Helbrute plasma cannon 36" Heavy D3 8 -3 2 Blast. Each time an unmodified hit roll of 1 is made for an attack with this weapon, the
bearer suffers 1 mortal wound after shooting with this weapon.
Kharn’s plasma pistol 12" Pistol 1 8 -3 2 On an unmodified hit roll of 1, the bearer suffers 1 mortal wound after shooting with
this weapon.
Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Multi-melta 24" Heavy 2 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Plasma gun Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 24" Rapid Fire 1 7 -3 1 -
- Supercharge 24" Rapid Fire 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Plasma pistol Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 12" Pistol 1 7 -3 1 -
- Supercharge 12" Pistol 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Reaper autocannon 36" Heavy 4 7 -2 1 -
Twin heavy bolter 36" Heavy 6 5 -1 2 -
Twin heavy flamer 12" Heavy 2D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.

MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES

Astartes chainsword Melee Melee User -1 1 Each time the bearer fights, it makes 1 additional attack with this weapon.
Chainfist Melee Melee x2 -4 D3 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll, and if
that attack is allocated to a Vehicle model, that attack has a Damage characteristic of 3.
Force axe Melee Melee +2 -2 D3 -
Force stave Melee Melee +3 -1 D3 -
Force sword Melee Melee +1 -3 D3 -
Lightning claw Melee Melee User -2 1 Each time the bearer fights, it makes 1 additional attack with this weapon. Each time an
attack is made with this weapon, you can re-roll the wound roll.
Master-crafted power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 2 -
Power axe Melee Melee +2 -2 1 -
Power fist Melee Melee x2 -3 2 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
Power maul Melee Melee +3 -1 1 -
Power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 1 -
Thunder hammer Melee Melee x2 -2 3 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CHAOS SPACE MARINES 6

 CODEX: CHAOS KNIGHTS
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons
appear in this publication, they are updated to match. We have
also updated the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that
would explode or inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that
they now only do so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in
question, and the updated profiles for them, are found at the end
of this document, and should be changed wherever they appear in
this book.
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Pages 53 and 58 – War Dog, War Dog autocannon
Delete the Abilities text.
*Pages 54, 55, 56 and 57 – Knight Despoiler, Knight
Tyrant, Knight Desecrator and Knight Rampager, Abilities,
Super-heavy Walker
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move,
Advances or Falls Back, it can be moved across other models
(excluding Monster and Vehicle models) as if they were not
there, and when it does it can be moved within Engagement
Range of such models, but cannot finish its move within
Engagement Range of any of them.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CHAOS KNIGHTS
*Pages 62 – Traitoris Lances, rules text
Change the last sentence to read:
‘If your Warlord has the Chaos Knights keyword, Chaos
Knights Super-heavy Detachments in your army gain the
following Command Benefits: ‘Select one of the following: +3
Command Points if your Warlord is part of this Detachment;
+6 Command Points if your Warlord is part of this Detachment
and has the Titanic keyword.’
Page 64 – Stratagems, Tyrannical Court
Change the fourth sentence to read:
‘For each of these models, generate one Chaos Knights Warlord
Trait; the model is regarded as your Warlord for the purposes of
that Warlord Trait.’
*Page 65 – Stratagems, Daemonic Guidance System
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Select one shieldbreaker missile that unit is equipped with.
Until the end of the phase, when you select a target for that
weapon, you can ignore the Look Out, Sir rule.’
Page 66 – Stratagems, Diabolic Rift
Change to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the start of your opponent’s Psychic
phase. Until the end of that phase, when a Psychic test is taken
for an enemy model within 12" of any Chaos Knights Infernal
Household models from your army, that enemy model suffers
Perils of the Warp on any dice roll that includes any double,
instead of a double 1 or a double 6.’
Page 67 – Damnation, Forsaken
Change to read:
‘Whilst this Damnation applies, this model cannot be affected
by any Stratagems used by the controlling player (including
using the Command Re-roll Stratagem to re-roll a dice for
this model).’
FAQs
Q: Can Chaos Knights Characters use the Daemonic
Ritual ability?
A: Yes.
Designer’s Note: Codex: Chaos Knights does not feature any
Daemon datasheets in the same way that other Codexes from
the Chaos faction do, and as such, the Daemonic Ritual ability
was not included. If you wish to use this ability with your Chaos
Knights Characters, complete rules for summoning Daemon
units can be found in Codex: Chaos Daemons.
1
Q. Does the Knight Rampager’s Frenzied Rampage ability still Q: If a model with the Tzeentchian Pyrothrone Relic is destroyed
apply If I replace the thunderstrike gauntlet or reaper chainsword as a result of Perils of the Warp, do nearby units still suffer mortal
with The Teeth That Hunger or The Gauntlet of Ascension? wounds from Perils of the Warp in addition to the Explodes or
A. Yes. Dual Plasma Core Explosion ability?
A: Yes.
Q. For the purposes of the Break the Enemy Line Stratagem,
which unit must have charged, the enemy unit, or the Iconoclast
Household unit?
A. The Iconoclast Household unit must have charged.

Q: When selecting a weapon for the Daemonic Power result on

the Daemonic Surge table, does this result apply to all weapons
with the same name as the selected weapon, or only one of
those weapons?
A: This ability applies to only one weapon, not all weapons with
the same name.

Q: Can I give the Rune of Nak’T’Graa Relic to a Dreadblade

model that does not have any Pacts and Damnations, even if that
model is in a Detachment with another Dreadblade model that
has taken Pacts and Damnations?
A. Yes.

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Heavy flamer 12" Heavy D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Plasma decimator Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 48" Heavy 2D6 7 -3 1 Blast
- Supercharge 48" Heavy 2D6 8 -3 2 Blast. Each time an unmodified hit roll of 1 is made for an attack with this weapon, the
bearer suffers 1 mortal wound after shooting with this weapon.
Twin meltagun 12" Assault 2 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CHAOS KNIGHTS 2

 CODEX: ASTRA MILITARUM
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons
appear in this publication, they are updated to match. We have
also updated the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that
would explode or inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that
they now only do so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in
question, and the updated profiles for them, are found at the end
of this document, and should be changed wherever they appear in
this book.
Having updated several weapon profiles, we have also reviewed
those Relics that replace one of the updated weapons. As a result,
we have decided to update a few Relics to ensure that they are not
worse (e.g. have a lower Strength characteristic) than the weapons
they replace.
STORM SHIELDS
The rules for storm shields were updated in the 2020 edition
of Codex: Space Marines. As a result, wherever the rules for a
storm shield appear in this book, they should be replaced with the
following:
‘Storm Shield: The bearer has a 4+ invulnerable save. In
addition, add 1 to armour saving throws made for the bearer.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ASTRA MILITARUM
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Page 86 – Grinding Advance
Change to read:
‘If this model Remains Stationary or moves under half speed
in its Movement phase (i.e. it moves a distance in inches less
than half of its current Move characteristic) it can shoot its
turret weapon twice in the following Shooting phase (the turret
weapon must target the same unit both times). The following
weapons are turret weapons: battle cannon; eradicator nova
cannon; exterminator autocannon; vanquisher battle cannon;
demolisher cannon; executioner plasma cannon; punisher
gatling cannon.’
*Pages 88, 89, 114, 118, 122 and 126 – Tank Commander,
Knight Commander Pask, Leman Russ Battle Tanks, Baneblade,
Hellhammer and Armoury of the Imperium, demolisher cannon
Change Type characteristic to Heavy D6 and Abilities to ‘Blast’.
Pages 90 and 101 – Commissar Yarrick, Lord Commissar and
Commissar, Summary Execution
Change to read:
‘Summary Execution: The first time an Astra Militarum unit
fails a Morale test during the Morale phase whilst it is within
6" of any friendly Commissars, you can execute a model. If you
do, one model of your choice in that unit is destroyed and the
Morale test is re-rolled (do not include this destroyed model
when re-rolling the Morale test).’
Page 93 – Infantry Squad, Unit Composition and Wargear
Add the following bullet point:
‘• A Heavy Weapons Team is armed with a lasgun and
frag grenades.’
Page 94 – Militarum Tempestus Scions, Wargear Options
Change the first bullet point to read:
‘One Tempestus Scion may either replace its hot-shot lasgun
with a hot-shot laspistol and a vox-caster, or take a hot-shot
laspistol and a vox-caster in addition to their hot-shot lasgun.’
Page 95 – Master of Ordnance, Master of Ballistics
Change to read:
‘Master of Ballistics: You can re-roll any hit rolls of 1 made
for friendly <Regiment> Basilisks, Wyverns, Manticores or
Deathstrikes when they target enemy units over 36" away in the
Shooting phase, if they are within 6" of this model.’
Page 97 – Veterans, Unit Composition and Wargear
Add the following bullet point:
‘• A Veteran Heavy Weapons Team is armed with a lasgun and
frag grenades.’
1
Page 98 – Militarum Tempestus Command Squad,
Wargear Options
Change the first and second bullet points to read:
‘• One model may either replace its hot-shot lasgun with a hot-
shot laspistol and a vox-caster, or take a hot-shot laspistol and
a vox-caster in addition to their hot-shot lasgun.
• One other model may either replace its hot-shot lasgun with a
hot-shot laspistol and a medi-pack, or take a hot-shot laspistol
and a medi-pack in addition to their hot-shot lasgun.’
Page 102 – Ogryn Bodyguard, Bodyguard
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Roll a D6 each time a friendly Astra Militarum Infantry
Character (excluding Ogryns) loses a wound whilst they are
within 3" of any models with this ability; on a 3+ the Astra
Militarum Character does not lose a wound but one model with
this ability suffers a mortal wound.’
Page 102 – Ogryn Bodyguard, Slabshield
Change this ability to read:
‘Add 2 to armour saving throws for a model equipped with a
slabshield (invulnerable saving throws are not affected).’
Page 103 – Bullgryns, Slabshield
Change this ability to read:
‘Add 2 to armour saving throws for a model equipped with a
slabshield (invulnerable saving throws are not affected).’
Page 104 – Nork Deddog, Loyal to the End
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Roll a D6 each time a friendly Astra Militarum Infantry
Character (excluding Ogryns) loses a wound whilst they are
within 3" of Nork Deddog; on a 2+ the Astra Militarum Character
does not lose a wound but Nork Deddog suffers a mortal wound.’
Page 104 – Ratlings, Find the Best Spot
Change the ability to read:
‘When you set up this unit during deployment, it can be set up
anywhere on the battlefield that is more than 18" away from the
enemy deployment zone and any enemy models.’
*Page 104 – Ratlings, Abilities, Naturally Stealthy
Change the ability to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to a model in this unit
while it is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to
any armour saving throw made against that attack.’
*Pages 104 and 128 – Ratlings and Ranged Weapons list,
sniper rifle
Change the Abilities to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore
the Look Out, Sir rule. Each time an attack is made with this
weapon, an unmodified wound roll of 6 inflicts 1 mortal wound
on the target in addition to any normal damage.’
Page 117 – Valkyries, Grav-chute Insertion
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Models may disembark from this Vehicle at any point during
its move, but if they do they cannot move further during this
phase; if the Valkyrie moves 20" or more, you must roll a D6 for
each model disembarking.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ASTRA MILITARUM
*Pages 118-125 – Baneblade, Banehammer, Banesword,
Doomhammer, Hellhammer, Shadowsword, Stormlord and
Stormsword, Abilities, Steel Behemoth
Change the ability to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which it
Fell Back. Each time this model is selected to shoot, if it is within
Engagement Range of any enemy units, it can make attacks
against eligible enemy units that are not within Engagement
Range of it as if there were no enemy models within Engagement
Range of it.’
*Pages 133 – Regimental Doctrines, Valhallan: Grim
Demeanour, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time a Combat Attrition test is taken for a unit with this
doctrine, halve the number of models that flee from that unit
(rounding fractions down).’
*Pages 133 – Regimental Doctrines, Tallarn: Swift As The Wind
Change to read:
‘Infantry units with this doctrine are eligible to shoot in a turn
in which they Advanced, and if they do, models in that unit can
make attacks with weapons they are equipped with (excluding
Heavy weapons) as if they had not Advanced. If a Vehicle model
with this doctrine Advances, until the end of the turn, the
Type characteristic of any Heavy weapons it is equipped with is
changed to Assault (e.g. a Heavy D6 weapon becomes an Assault
D6 weapon).’
Page 133 – Mordian: Parade Ground Doctrine
Add the following:
‘These modifiers to hit rolls are an exception to the normal rules
which do not allow modifiers when making Overwatch shots –
in such cases a result of 7 is also a successful hit.’
Page 134 – Crush Them
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the start of your Charge phase.’
Page 134 – Aerial Spotter
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Select a Basilisk or Wyvern model from your army.’
Page 134 – Jury Rigging
Add the following to this Stratagem:
‘You can only use this Stratagem once per turn.’
Page 135 – Take Cover!
Change the rules text of this Stratagem to read:
‘Use this Stratagem in your opponent’s Shooting phase when
your opponent selects one of your Astra Militarum Infantry
units as a target. You can add 1 to armour saving throws you
make for this unit until the end of the phase.’
*Page 135 – Go! Recon!
Add the following at the end of this Stratagem:
‘This move cannot bring this unit within Engagement Range of
any enemy models.’
2
Page 136 – Volley Fire
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time you roll a hit roll of 6+ for an attack made by a model
in that unit, immediately make one additional hit roll against
the same target using the same weapon. These additional hit
rolls cannot themselves generate any further hit rolls.’
Page 136 – Overlapping Fields of Fire
Change the rules text to read:
‘Use this Stratagem after a Cadian unit from your army has
attacked an enemy unit in the Shooting phase and the attack
resulted in the enemy unit losing one or more wounds. Add 1 to
hit rolls for attacks made by other Cadian units from your army
that target the same enemy unit this phase.’
*Page 136 – Send in the Next Wave!
Add the following:
‘This unit costs reinforcement points in a game that uses a
points limit.’
Page 136 – Ambush
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Choose up to three Tallarn units to be set up in ambush instead
of placing them on the battlefield (only one of these units can
have the Vehicle keyword).’
Add the following:
‘The units are considered to have moved their maximum distance.’
Page 138 – The Dagger of Tu’Sakh
Add the following at the start of the rules text:
‘Infantry Officer model only.’
Change the first sentence to read:
‘During deployment, you can set up the bearer and one Astra
Militarum Infantry unit from your army behind enemy lines
instead of placing them on the battlefield.’
Page 138 – Kurov’s Aquila
Change the second sentence of rules text to read:
‘Whilst the bearer is on the battlefield, roll a D6 each time your
opponent uses a Stratagem.’
Page 139 – Pietrov’s Mk 45
Change this weapons Type to ‘Pistol 2’.
Page 139 – Relic of Lost Cadia
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Once per battle, the bearer can unveil this Relic at the start of
any turn.’
*Page 139 – Heirlooms of Conquest, Claw of the Desert Tigers
Change the Strength characteristic of this weapon to ‘+1’
Page 140 – Grand Strategist
Change the second and third sentences of rules text to read:
‘In addition, if your army is Battle-forged and this Warlord
is on the battlefield, roll a D6 for each Command Point you
spend to use a Stratagem; on a 5+ that Command Point is
immediately refunded.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ASTRA MILITARUM
Page 140 – Draconian Disciplinarian
Add the following:
‘If a Commissar has this Warlord Trait, then their Summary
Execution ability takes precedence, but if the re-rolled Morale
test is also failed then D3 additional models are destroyed and
the test is then considered to have passed.’
Page 140 – Master of Command
Add the following:
‘If your Warlord is a Commissar, it can issue an order to any
<Regiment> Infantry unit (irrespective of what regiment that
unit is from – e.g. Militarum Tempestus, Cadian, etc.)’
Page 142 – Points Values, Units
Change the footnote to read:
‘* I f models in these units form Heavy Weapons Team, there is no
change in its points cost (e.g. an Infantry squad costs 40 points
whether or not it contains a Heavy Weapons Team).’
Page 142 – Points Values, Other Wargear
Add the following entry:
Wargear Points per item
Storm shield 0
SLY MARBO
The following updates apply to the datasheet for Sly Marbo:
Lethal Ambush – Snipe with Pistol
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Until the start of your next turn, each time you select a
target for this model’s ripper pistol, you can ignore the Look
Out, Sir rule.’
One With His Surroundings
Change to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to this model while it
is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to any
armour saving throw made against that attack.’
3

REIN AND RAUS
Warhammer Quest Blackstone Fortress includes a number of
datasheets for Warhammer 40,000, allowing players to use
the Citadel Miniatures contained within the box in games of
Warhammer 40,000. Amongst these is a datasheet for Rein
and Raus, a unit designed to be used as part of an Astra
Militarum army. The following updates and errata apply to
Rein and Raus:
*Blackstone Fortress: Datasheets, page 9 – Rein and Raus
Change the first sentence of the sniper rifle Abilities to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can
ignore the Look Out, Sir rule.’
Change the Find the Best Spot ability to read:
‘When you set up this unit during deployment, it can be set
up anywhere on the battlefield that is more than 18" away
from the enemy deployment zone and any enemy models.’
*Change the Naturally Stealthy ability to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to a model in this unit
while it is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1
to any armour saving throw made against that attack.’
Q: How do The Laurels of Command and Superior Tactical
Training interact? For example, my Warlord is a Cadian
Company Commander and I give him The Laurels of Command
and the Superior Tactical Training Warlord Trait. How many
orders is he potentially allowed to issue each turn, and how many
units can those orders affect?
A: If he issues an order to a Cadian Infantry unit within 6"
(unit A) using his Voice of Command ability, first roll a dice for
Superior Tactical Training; on a 4+, you can pick another Cadian
Infantry unit (unit B) within 6" for that order to affect. Then
roll a dice for The Laurels of Command; on a 4+ he can issue a
second order to the first unit (unit A). You can then roll again for
Superior Tactical Training; on a 4+, you can pick another Cadian
Infantry unit within 6" for the second order to affect (this does
not have to be unit B, but can be).
Note that when you use Superior Tactical Training, an order
is not issued – rather, an already issued order affects an
additional unit. So you cannot use The Laurels of Command
to generate further orders as a result of using Superior Tactical
Training, but you can use Superior Tactical Training to make
secondary orders caused by The Laurels of Command affect an
additional unit.

FAQs
Q: Can I issue the Move! Move! Move! order to a unit which has
Fallen Back this turn?
A: No. The Move! Move! Move! order states the unit must
Advance, and a unit which has Fallen Back cannot Advance.

Q: How many dice does the Brutal Strength Regimental Doctrine

allow me to re-roll when a Vehicle in my army fires a ranged
weapon that makes a random number of attacks? Is it one dice
per Vehicle, or one dice per weapon?
A: You can re-roll one dice per weapon.

Q: When do I pay the Command Point cost for the Vortex

Missile Stratagem?
A: After you’ve had a result of 8 or more for the Hour is Nigh
ability, allowing you to fire the Deathstrike missile, but before
resolving the shot.

Q: If I have, for example, a Tallarn unit of Leman Russ Battle

Tanks with three tanks, can I use the Ambush Stratagem once to
place all three models in ambush?
A: Yes. The same is true for any other Tallarn Vehicle squadron
(Basilisks, Hellhounds, etc.).

Q: If I issue an order to a unit with an Officer who has the Laurels

of Command, and I roll a 4+ to issue another order to the same
unit, do I resolve the first order before issuing the second?
A: Yes.

Q: Can I use The Laurels of Command to issue the same order

twice to the same unit?
A: No, the second order issued must be a different order.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ASTRA MILITARUM 4

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Demolisher cannon 24" Heavy D6 10 -3 D6 Blast
Executioner plasma cannon Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 36" Heavy D6 7 -3 1 Blast
- Supercharge 36" Heavy D6 8 -3 2 Blast. Each time an unmodified hit roll of 1 is made for an attack with this weapon profile,
the bearer suffers 1 mortal wound after shooting with this weapon.
Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Heavy bolter 36" Heavy 3 5 -1 2 -
Heavy flamer 12" Heavy D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Hunter-killer missile 48" Heavy 1 10 -2 D6 The bearer can only shoot with each hunter-killer missile it is equipped with once per battle.
Melta cannon 24" Assault D3 8 -4 D6 Blast. Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that
attack has a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Multi-melta 24" Heavy 2 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Payback 36" Assault 3 5 -2 2 -
Plasma cannon Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 36" Heavy D3 7 -3 1 Blast
- Supercharge 36" Heavy D3 8 -3 2 Blast. If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the
bearer is destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Plasma gun Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 24" Rapid Fire 1 7 -3 1 -
- Supercharge 24" Rapid Fire 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Plasma pistol Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 12" Pistol 1 7 -3 1 -
- Supercharge 12" Pistol 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Twin heavy bolter 36" Heavy 6 5 -1 2 -
Twin heavy flamer 12" Heavy 2D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.

MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES

Force stave Melee Melee +3 -1 D3 -
Power fist Melee Melee x2 -3 2 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
Power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 1 -

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ASTRA MILITARUM 5

 CODEX: ADEPTUS CUSTODES
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons
appear in this publication, they are updated to match. We have
also updated the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that
would explode or inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that
they now only do so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in
question, and the updated profiles for them, are found at the end
of this document, and should be changed wherever they appear in
this book
STORM SHIELDS
The rules for storm shields were updated in the 2020 edition
of Codex: Space Marines. As a result, wherever the rules for a
storm shield appear in this book, they should be replaced with
the following:
‘Storm Shield: The bearer has a 4+ invulnerable save. In
addition, add 1 to armour saving throws made for the bearer.’
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 56 – Abilities
Change to read:
‘The following ability is common to several Adeptus
Custodes units.’
*Page 58 – Captain-General Trajann Valoris, Abilities,
Moment Shackle
Change the last bullet point to the following:
‘The next Stratagem you use this phase costs 0
Command Points.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ADEPTUS CUSTODES
*Page 68 – Venerable Land Raider, Abilities
Delete the Power of the Machine Spirit ability.
*Page 72 – Detachment Abilities
Change the text below to read:
‘If your army is Battle-forged, all Adeptus Custodes Infantry
and Adeptus Custodes Biker units in Adeptus Custodes
Detachments gain the Sworn Guardians and the Emperor’s
Chosen abilities.’
*Page 74 – Indomitable Guardians
Change the second sentence to the following:
‘Choose one Adeptus Custodes unit from your army that is
within Engagement Range of an enemy unit and within 3" of an
objective marker and fight with it next.’
*Page 74 – Stratagems, Inescapable Vengeance
Change the second sentence to the following:
‘Until the end of the phase, each time you select a target for a
weapon a model in that unit is making an attack with, you can
ignore the Look Out, Sir rule.’
*Page 77 – Relics of Terra, Auric Shackles, rules text
Delete the final sentence.
FAQs
Q: The choice of a vexilla for a Vexilus Praetor is made ‘when you
add this model to your army’. Does a model count as being added
to my army when I choose it as part of my army, or when I deploy
it to the battlefield?
A: When you choose it as part of your army.
Q: How does the Ever Vigilant Stratagem interact with
Characters with a Wounds characteristic of less than 10? Can
Ever Vigilant allow a unit to target such a Character who arrives
as reinforcements even if they are not the closest enemy unit?
A: No, unless they shoot weapons that can ignore the Look Out,
Sir rule.
Q: How many units can be set up near a Vexilus Praetor when
using the Vexilla Teleport Homer Stratagem?
A: One.
Q: Does the Plant the Vexilla Stratagem also extend the range
of the effects of the Vexilla Imperius, Vexilla Defensor and
Vexilla Magnifica?
A: Yes.
1
Q: Does the Wrath Angelis affect its bearer?
A: Yes.

Q: Do the modifiers for the Wrath Angelis stack (i.e. would you
subtract 3 for an Adeptus Custodes Character)?
A: No.

Q: Can an Adeptus Custodes Biker unit from your army that is

within Engagement Range of an enemy unit declare a charge as a
result of the Stooping Dive Stratagem?
A: No.

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Hunter-killer missile 48" Heavy 1 10 -2 D6 The bearer can only shoot with each hunter-killer missile it is equipped with once per battle.
Multi-melta 24" Heavy 2 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Twin heavy bolter 36" Heavy 6 5 -1 2 -

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ADEPTUS CUSTODES 2

 CODEX: ADEPTA SORORITAS
Indomitus Version 1.2
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons
appear in this publication, they are updated to match. We have
also updated the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that
would explode or inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that
they now only do so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in
question, and the updated profiles for them, are found at the end
of this document, and should be changed wherever they appear in
this book.
Having updated several weapon profiles, we have also reviewed
those Relics that replace one of the updated weapons. As a result,
we have decided to update a few Relics to ensure that they are not
worse (e.g. have a lower Strength characteristic) than the weapons
they replace.
STORM SHIELDS
The rules for storm shields were updated in the 2020 edition
of Codex: Space Marines. As a result, wherever the rules for a
storm shield appear in this book, they should be replaced with the
following:
‘Storm Shield: The bearer has a 4+ invulnerable save. In
addition, add 1 to armour saving throws made for the bearer.’
Note this also applies to the Gotfred de Montbard datasheet
from Blackstone Fortress: Escalation.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 77 – Canoness, Wargear Options
Change the first wargear option to read:
‘This model can be equipped with 1 plasma pistol, 1 power
sword and 1 rod of office instead of 1 bolt pistol and
1 chainsword.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ADEPTA SORORITAS
*Page 79 – Triumph of Saint Katherine, Solemn Procession
Add the following sentence to this ability:
‘In addition, for the purposes of any terrain traits (e.g. Dense
Cover, Obscuring), this model is considered to have a Wounds
characteristic of 9, not 18.’
Page 92 – Mortifiers
Change the second sentence of the unit description to read:
‘It can additionally contain up to 3 Mortifiers (Power Rating +3
per model).’
*Page 92 – Mortifiers, Abilities, Blaze of Agony
Change to read:
‘When you choose this unit to shoot with in your Shooting
phase, you can choose for heavy bolters that models in this unit
are equipped with to have a Type characteristic of Assault 3 until
the end of that phase.’
*Page 95 – Battle Sanctum, Abilities, Adeptus
Ministorum Structure
Change to read:
‘After this model is set up, it becomes an Area Terrain feature
with the following terrain traits: Breachable; Heavy Cover; Light
Cover; Scalable (see the Warhammer 40,000 Core Book).’
*Page 101 – Devout Serenity, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time a Combat Attrition test is taken for this unit, it is
automatically passed’
Page 103 – A Heroine in the Making
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Select one Adepta Sororitas Character (other than your
Warlord, Celestine, Junith Eruita, Ephrael Stern or the
Triumph of Saint Katherine) and generate one Warlord Trait
for it; it is regarded as your Warlord for the purposes of that
Warlord Trait.’
Page 103 – Divine Intervention
Change the first sentence of this Stratagem to read:
‘Use this Stratagem when an Adepta Sororitas Character model
(other than Celestine, Ephrael Stern, a Geminae Superia, Junith
Eruita or the Triumph of Saint Katherine) from your army is
destroyed (before any Miracle dice are gained as a result).’
IMPERIAL ARMOUR INDEX: FORCES OF THE ADEPTUS
ASTARTES ERRATA
Page 54 – Sororitas Repressor, Abilities
Change the first line to read:
‘Acts of Faith, Sacred Rites, Shield of Faith (see Codex:
Adepta Sororitas)’
1
*Page 109 – Relics of the Ecclesiarchy, Martyrs’ Vengeance,
rules text
Change this Relic’s ability to read:
‘Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit
within half range, that attack has a Damage characteristic
of D6+2.’
Q: Assuming there are no modifiers to its Attacks characteristic,
how many hit rolls are made by a Mortifier equipped with 2
penitent flails?
A: 15.

FAQs
Q: When making attacks with a unit, how many Miracle dice
can be used when making several rolls simultaneously using fast
dice rolling?
A: One. Note, however, that if the unit was equipped with a
Simulacrum Imperialis or within range of the Triumph of Saint
Katherine’s Icon of the Valorous Heart ability, this would allow
multiple simultaneous rolls to be replaced with Miracle dice, up
to the number of Acts of Faith that unit is permitted to perform
during that phase.

Designer’s Note: Where the Acts of Faith ability states players

can choose to use ‘one or more Miracle dice’, this is in reference
to replacing one or more of the dice for a roll that involves
multiple dice (e.g. a charge roll). Utilising fast dice rolling does
not enable the player to treat several rolls made simultaneously
as a ‘single roll’ for this purpose. For example, four hit rolls made
simultaneously are still considered to be four separate rolls, and so
only one of the roll’s dice can be replaced with a Miracle dice.

Q: When determining a randomised number of mortal wounds

(e.g. D3), is this treated as a damage roll for the purposes of Acts
of Faith?
A: No.

Q: If I use the Moment of Grace Stratagem to modify a hit roll or

wound roll, why would I discard more than 1 Miracle dice, given
that these rolls cannot be modified by more than -1 or +1?
A: While hit rolls and wounds rolls cannot be modified by more
than -1 or +1, this limit takes effect after all applicable modifiers
have been applied, some of which may cancel each other out.

For example, a model makes an attack against a unit hiding in

a terrain feature that has the Dense Cover terrain trait (see the
Warhammer 40,000 Core Book). The terrain feature applies a -1
modifier to that attack’s hit roll, and so the model’s controlling
player uses the Moment of Grace Stratagem and discards 2
Miracle dice to also give a +2 modifier to the roll. Applying both
of these modifiers to the hit roll results in a final modifier of +1.

Q: If I use the Faith and Fury Stratagem, is reusing the same

Miracle dice for the wound roll of that attack treated as an
additional Act of Faith?
A: No.

Q: If I use the Storm of Retribution Stratagem to affect a

Retributor unit when they fire Overwatch, are attacks made with
heavy bolters by models in the unit affected by the modifier to the
hit roll?
A: No.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ADEPTA SORORITAS 2

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Combi-flamer Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon profile, that attack automatically hits
the target.
Combi-melta Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon profile targets a unit within half range, that
attack has a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Combi-plasma Before selecting targets, select one or two of the profiles below to make attacks with (you can only select one of the plasma gun profiles). If
you select two, then each time an attack is made with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Plasma gun (standard) 24" Rapid Fire 1 7 -3 1 -
- Plasma gun (supercharge) 24" Rapid Fire 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Hand flamer 12" Pistol D6 3 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Heavy bolter 36" Heavy 3 5 -1 2 -
Heavy flamer 12" Heavy D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Hunter-killer missile 48" Heavy 1 10 -2 D6 The bearer can only shoot with each hunter-killer missile it is equipped with once per battle.
Inferno pistol 6" Pistol 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Multi-melta 24" Heavy 2 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Plasma pistol Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 12" Pistol 1 7 -3 1 -
- Supercharge 12" Pistol 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Twin heavy bolter 36" Heavy 6 5 -1 2 -
Twin multi-melta 24" Heavy 4 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.

MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES

Power maul Melee Melee +3 -1 1 -
Power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 1 -

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ADEPTA SORORITAS 3

CODEX SUPPLEMENT: WHITE SCARS
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
CODEX SPACE MARINES – SUPPLEMENT UPDATES
With the release of the 2020 edition of Codex: Space Marines, it
is necessary to update the Codex supplements that were written
to work alongside its predecessor. These updates ensure that the
rules presented in this supplement work smoothly and ‘as intended’
with the latest Codex. They involve such things as adding the Core
keyword in the appropriate places and attaching appropriate labels
and categories to psychic powers and Stratagems. They also include
updating certain weapon profiles to match changes in Codex: Space
Marines, and readjusting certain other rules to take into account
their altered efficacy when used in conjunction with the new units
and rules presented in Codex: Space Marines.
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Page 53 – Kor’sarro Khan, Abilities, For the Khan!
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘For the Khan! (Aura): While a friendly White Scars Core or
White Scars Character unit is within 6" of this model, each time
a model in that unit makes a melee attack, if its unit made a
charge move or performed a Heroic Intervention this turn, add 1
to that attack’s wound roll.’
*Page 53 – Kor’sarro Khan, Abilities, Rites of Battle
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Rites of Battle (Aura): While a friendly White Scars Core unit
is within 6" of this model, each time a model in that unit makes
an attack, re-roll a hit roll of 1.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: WHITE SCARS
*Page 53 – Khan on Bike, Abilities, Rites of Battle
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Rites of Battle (Aura): While a friendly White Scars Core unit
is within 6" of this model, each time a model in that unit makes
an attack, re-roll a hit roll of 1.’
*Page 57 – Warlord Traits, Master of Snares, rules text
Change to read:
‘When an enemy unit (other than a unit that contains a model
with a minimum Move characteristic) within Engagement
Range of this Warlord is chosen to Fall Back, you can roll one
D6: on a 4+, that unit cannot Fall Back this turn.’
*Page 58 – Relics of Chogoris, Banner of the Eagle, rules text
Change second sentence to read:
‘The bearer has the following ability: Banner of the Eagle
(Aura): While a friendly White Scars Core unit is within 6" of
the bearer, add 1 to the Strength characteristic of models in
that unit.’’
*Page 58 – Relics of Chogoris, Plume of the Plainsrunner,
rules text
Change to read:
‘The bearer has the following ability: Plume of the Plainsrunner
(Aura): While a friendly White Scars Infantry unit is within
6" of the bearer, add 1 to Advance and charge rolls made for
that unit.’’
*Page 59 – Special-issue Wargear, Headtaker’s Trophies, rules text
Change to read:
‘The bearer has the following ability: Headtaker’s Trophies
(Aura): While an enemy unit is within 6" of the bearer, subtract
1 from the Leadership characteristic of models in that unit.’’
*Page 59 – Special-issue Wargear, Cyber-eagle Helm, rules text
Change to read:
‘The bearer has the following ability: Cyber-eagle Helm (Aura):
While a friendly White Scars Core unit is within 6" of the bearer,
each time a model in that unit makes an Overwatch attack, an
unmodified hit roll of 5+ scores a hit.’’
1
*Pages 60-61 – Stratagems
The following categories apply: FAQs
BATTLE TACTIC EPIC DEED STRATEGIC PLOY REQUISITION Q. Can any of the datasheets in this supplement be from a
Wind-swift A Mighty Trophy Born in the Saddle Khan’s Champion successor Chapter?
Tempered by A: No. These datasheets and named characters can only be from
Fierce Rivals Butchered Quarry
Wisdom the White Scars Chapter.
Strike For
Ride Hard, Ride Fast Gift of the Khans
the Heart Q. Is the Eternal Hunt Stratagem considered to be an ‘unless
Lightning specified otherwise’ rule for the purposes of Combat Doctrines?
The Eternal Hunt
Debarkation
A: Yes. The Armour Penetration characteristic bonus from
Hunter’s Fusilade
Combat Doctrines is cumulative with the bonus gained from
Chogorian
Thunderbolts
that Stratagem.
Quarry of the Khan
Feinting Withdrawal Q: If a White Scars Transport unit moves and a unit embarked
Encirclement upon it disembarks as a result of the Lightning Debarkation
Stratagem, can that disembarking unit then move?
A: Yes.
*Page 60 – Stratagems, Wind-swift
Change to read: Q: Does Lightning Debarkation allow a unit to both embark and
‘Use this Stratagem in your Movement phase after a White Scars disembark in the same turn?
unit (excluding Artillery) from your army has made a Normal A: No.
Move or has Fallen Back. That unit can make an Advance move.
Until the end of the turn, that unit cannot shoot, declare a charge Q. If I use the Encirclement Stratagem to set up a White Scars
or attempt to manifest any psychic powers.’ Transport unit in outflank instead of setting it up on the
battlefield, when that unit is set up on the battlefield at the end
*Page 61 – Stratagems, Strike for the Heart of any of my Movement phases, can I choose for units embarked
Change first sentence to read: within it to disembark that phase, be it normally or as a result of
‘Use this Stratagem before a White Scars unit (excluding any rules that allow them to disembark after the unit has moved
Artillery) from your army consolidates.’ (e.g. Assault Vehicle, Lightning Debarkation)?
A: No.
*Page 61 – Stratagems, Encirclement
Change first sentence to read: Q. If I select a weapon with more than one profile for the Master-
‘Use this Stratagem during the Declare Reserves and Transports crafted Weapon Special Issue Wargear (e.g. a plasma pistol), does
step of your mission. Select one White Scars unit (excluding the increased Damage characteristic apply to all profiles of that
Artillery and Buildings) from your army.’ weapon, or must I select which profile of that weapon is improved?
A: Add 1 to the Damage characteristic of all profiles of that
*Page 62 – Stormspeaking Discipline, psychic powers weapon. Note that weapons with similar names but listed
The following categories apply: separately in the weapons table, such as boltstorm gauntlet
BLESSING WITCHFIRE MALEDICTION (melee) and boltstorm gauntlet (shooting) are considered
3. Ride the Winds 2. Lightning Call 1. Blasting Gale separate weapons, rather than the same weapon with
4. Storm-wreathed 6. Eye of the Storm 5. Spirits of Chogoris different profiles.

Q. Are Relics that have the same name but are found in different
supplements considered to be the same Relic? For example,
Artificer Armour can be found in both Codex Supplement:
Ultramarines and Codex Supplement: White Scars.
A: Yes, they are considered to be the same.

WEAPON UPDATES
MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Khan’s spear Melee Melee +1 -3 D3 When resolving an attack made with this weapon in a turn in which the bearer made a
charge move or performed a Heroic Intervention, this weapon has a Strength characteristic
of x2 for that attack.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: WHITE SCARS 2

CODEX SUPPLEMENT: ULTRAMARINES
Indomitus Version 1.2
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
CODEX SPACE MARINES – SUPPLEMENT UPDATES
With the release of the 2020 edition of Codex: Space Marines, it
is necessary to update the Codex supplements that were written
to work alongside its predecessor. These updates ensure that the
rules presented in this supplement work smoothly and ‘as intended’
with the latest Codex. They involve such things as adding the Core
keyword in the appropriate places and attaching appropriate labels
and categories to psychic powers and Stratagems. They also include
updating certain weapon profiles to match changes in Codex: Space
Marines, and readjusting certain other rules to take into account
their altered efficacy when used in conjunction with the new units
and rules presented in Codex: Space Marines.
Note that the rules for the ultima storm shield remain unchanged,
even though storm shields were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines.
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Page 63 – Roboute Guilliman, Abilities, Armour of Fate
Change the third sentence to read:
‘On a 4+, set this model back up on the battlefield as close as
possible to where they were destroyed and not within Engagement
Range of any enemy models, with D6 wounds remaining.’
*Page 63 – Roboute Guilliman, Abilities, Master of Battle
Change ability name to read ‘Master of Battle (Aura)’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: ULTRAMARINES
*Page 63 – Roboute Guilliman, Abilities, XIII Primarch
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘XIII Primarch (Aura): You can re-roll hit rolls for attacks made
by models in friendly Ultramarines Core and Ultramarines
Character units whilst their unit is within 6" of this model.
Re-roll wound rolls of 1 for attacks made by models in friendly
Ultramarines Core units whilst their unit is within 6" of
this model.’
*Page 63 – Roboute Guilliman, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘The Avenging Son: If your army is Battle-forged, this model must
be your army’s Warlord, even if another model in your army has
a rule to this effect.’
*Page 64 – Marneus Calgar, Abilities, Chapter Master
Change to read:
‘In your Command phase, select one friendly Ultramarines Core
or Ultramarines Character unit within 6" of this model. Until the
start of your next Command phase, each time a model in that unit
makes an attack, you can re-roll the hit roll.’
*Page 64 – Marneus Calgar, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Rites of Battle (Aura): While a friendly Ultramarines Core unit
is within 6" of this model, each time a model in that unit makes an
attack, re-roll a hit roll of 1.’
*Page 64 – Victrix Honour Guard, Abilities, Honour Guard
of Macragge
Change to read:
‘While a friendly Ultramarines Character unit that has a
Wounds characteristic of 9 or less is within 3" of this unit, enemy
models cannot target that Character unit with ranged attacks.’
*Page 64 – Victrix Honour Guard, Keywords
Add the ‘Core’ keyword
*Page 65 – Chief Librarian Tigurius, Abilities, Master
of Prescience
Change to read:
‘At the start of the battle round, you can select one friendly
Ultramarines Core or Ultramarines Character unit within 6" of
this model. Until the end of that battle round, when resolving an
attack against that unit, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.’
1
*Page 65 – Chaplain Cassius, Abilities, Spiritual Leader
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Spiritual Leaders (Aura): While a friendly Ultramarines Core
unit is within 6" of this model, models in that unit can use this
model’s Leadership characteristic instead of their own.’
*Page 65 – Chaplain Cassius, Abilities, Inspired Retribution
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Inspired Retribution (Aura): While a friendly Ultramarines
Core or Ultramarines Character unit is within 6" of this model,
each time a model in that unit is destroyed by a melee attack, roll
one D6: on a 6, the enemy unit that made the attack that destroyed
your model suffers 1 mortal wound after it has fought.’
*Page 65 – Chaplain Cassius, Priest
Delete second paragraph.
Change first paragraph to read:
‘This model knows the Litany of Hate and two other litanies
from the Litanies of Battle (see Codex: Space Marines). In your
Command phase, if this model is on the battlefield, it can recite
two litanies it knows that have not already been recited by a
friendly model this turn. Roll one D6 for each: on a 3+, the recited
litany is inspiring and takes effect until the start of your next
Command phase.’
*Page 66 – Captain Sicarius, Abilities, Inspired Retribution
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Rites of Battle (Aura): While a friendly Ultramarines Core unit
is within 6" of this model, each time a model in that unit makes an
attack, re-roll a hit roll of 1.’
*Page 66 – Captain Sicarius, Abilities, Battle-forged Heroes
Change to read:
‘At the start of the battle round, you can select one friendly
Ultramarines Core or Ultramarines Character unit within
6" of this model. Until the end of that battle round, that unit
has the Objective Secured ability (see the Warhammer 40,000
Core Book).’
*Page 66 – Sergeant Telion, Abilities, Camo Cloak
Change to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to this model while it is
receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to any armour
saving throw made against that attack.’
*Page 68 – Chapter Ancient, Abilities, Astartes Banner
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Astartes Banner (Aura): While a friendly Ultramarines
Core unit is within 6" of this model, add 1 to the Leadership
characteristic of models in that unit. In addition, each time a
model in such a unit is destroyed by an attack made by an enemy
model, roll one D6. On a 4+, do not remove the destroyed model
from play – it can, after the attacking model’s unit has finished
making its attacks, either shoot with one of its ranged weapons as
if it were your Shooting phase, or make one attack with one of its
melee weapons as if it were the Fight phase. After resolving these
attacks, the destroyed model is then removed.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: ULTRAMARINES
*Page 68 – Chapter Ancient, Abilities, Chapter Ancient
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Chapter Banner: In your Command phase, select one friendly
Ultramarines Core unit within 6" of this model. Until the start of
your next Command phase, each time a model in that unit makes
a melee attack, add 1 to that attack’s hit roll.’
*Page 68 – Chapter Champion, Abilities, Honour or Death
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to perform a Heroic Intervention if it is
within 6" horizontally and 5" vertically of any enemy unit, instead
of 3" horizontally and 5" vertically. Each time this model makes
a Heroic Intervention move, so long as it ends that move either
closer to the closest enemy model or within Engagement Range of
an enemy Character unit, it can move up to 6". All other rules for
Heroic Interventions still apply.’
*Page 68 – Chapter Champion, Abilities, Martial Superiority
Change to read:
‘At the start of the Fight phase, if this model is within Engagement
Range of any enemy Character units, it can fight first that phase.’
*Page 68 – Chapter Champion, Abilities, Skilful Parry
Change to read:
‘Each time a melee attack is made against this model, subtract 1
from the hit roll.’
*Page 69 – Honour Guard, Abilities, Honour Guard
Change to read:
‘While a friendly Ultramarines Character unit that has a
Wounds characteristic of 9 or less is within 3" of this unit, enemy
models cannot target that Character unit with ranged attacks.’
*Page 69 – Honour Guard, Keywords
Add the ‘Core’ keyword
*Page 69 – Tyrannic War Veterans, profile lines
Change Wounds characteristic of both lines to ‘2’
*Page 69 – Tyrannic War Veterans, Abilities, Combat Squads
Change to read ‘(see Codex: Space Marines)’
*Page 69 – Tyrannic War Veterans, Keywords
Add the ‘Core’ keyword
*Page 73 – Warlord Traits, Calm Under Fire
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Calm Under Fire (Aura): While a friendly Ultramarines unit is
within 6" of this Warlord, each time a model in that unit makes
a ranged attack in a turn in which it Fell Back, do not subtract 1
from that attack’s hit roll due to the Codex Discipline Chapter
Tactic (see Codex: Space Marines).’
*Page 73 – Warlord Traits, Nobility Made Manifest
Change ability name to read ‘Nobility Made Manifest (Aura)’
2
Page 73 – Named Characters and Warlord Traits *Page 78 – Indomitus Discipline, psychic powers
Add the following Character and Warlord Trait: ‘Sergeant The following categories apply:
Chronus – Calm Under Fire’ BLESSING WITCHFIRE MALEDICTION
1. Precognition 3. Telepathic Assault 5. Psychic Shackles
*Page 74 – Relics of Macragge, The Standard of Macragge 4. Storm of the
2. Scryer’s Gaze
Inviolate, rules text Emperor’s Wrath
Change to read: 6. Empyric Channelling
‘Ancient model only. The bearer has the following abilities:
• Unshakable Pride (Aura): While a friendly Ultramarines
Core unit is within 6" of the bearer, add 1 to the Attacks IMPERIUM NIHILUS: VIGILUS DEFIANT ERRATA
characteristic of models in that unit. Since the release of the Imperium Nihilus: Vigilus
• Unshakable Determination (Aura): While a friendly Defiant book, a number of the rules presented there have
Ultramarines unit is within 12" of the bearer, each time a been superseded by those found in Codex Supplement:
Morale test is taken for that unit, it is automatically passed.’ Ultramarines. This has necessitated the following changes to
Imperium Nihilus: Vigilus Defiant:
*Page 75 – Special-issue Wargear, Reliquary of Vengeance,
rules text Pages 176 and 177 – Ultramarines Victrix Guard
Change second sentence to read: If you have created your army using the additional rules
‘When it does, until the end of the phase, the bearer has the found in Codex Supplement: Ultramarines, you cannot
following ability: ‘Reliquary of Vengeance (Aura): While a select the Soldier’s Blade and The Standard of Macragge
friendly Ultramarines Core or Ultramarines Character unit Inviolate Relics from this Specialist Detachment. They are
is within 6" of the bearer, add 1 to the Attacks characteristic of replaced with new Relics with the same names in Codex
models in that unit.’’ Supplement: Ultramarines.

*Page 75 – Special-issue Wargear, Seal of Oath, rules text

Change second sentence to read: FAQs
‘Until the end of the battle, the bearer has the following ability: Q: Can the Honoured Sergeant Stratagem be used to give Sergeant
‘Seal of Oath (Aura): While a friendly Ultramarines Core or Chronus a Relic from the Special-issue Wargear Relics?
Ultramarines Character unit is within 6" of the bearer, each A: No.
time a model in that unit makes an attack against an enemy
unit, you can re-roll that attack’s hit roll and you can re-roll that Q: Can any of the datasheets in this supplement be from a
attack’s wound roll.’’ successor Chapter?
A: No. These datasheets and named characters can only be from
*Pages 76-77 – Stratagems the Ultramarines Chapter.
The following categories apply:
BATTLE TACTIC EPIC DEED STRATEGIC PLOY REQUISITION Q. When setting up a unit again using the Rapid Redeployment
Inspiring Exemplar of the Stratagem, can that unit use any abilities that allow it to be set up
Martial Precision Cycle of War in other locations (e.g. Teleport Strike)?
Command Chapter
Vengeance for Honoured A: No.
Rapid Deployment
Calth Sergeant
Fall Back and Honoured by Q. Is the Tactical Expertise Stratagem considered to be an ‘unless
Sons of Guilliman
Re-engage Macragge
specified otherwise’ rule for the purposes of Combat Doctrines?
Avenge the Fallen Defensive Focus
A: Yes. The Armour Penetration characteristic bonus from
Courage
and Honour!
Squad Doctrines Combat Doctrines is cumulative with the bonus gained from
Tactical Expertise Tactical Insight that Stratagem.

*Page 76 – Stratagems, Inspiring Command, rules text
Change last sentence to read:
‘Until the end of the phase, the range of that model’s aura
abilities is increased by 3" (to a maximum of 9").’
*Page 77 – Stratagems, Defensive Focus
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Select up to three other friendly Ultramarines units that are
within 6" of the targeted unit and are not within Engagement
Range of any enemy models. The selected units fire Overwatch
at the charging unit as if they were the targets of the charge.
Until the end of the phase, the selected units cannot fire
Overwatch again.’
Q. If I select a weapon with more than one profile for the Master-
crafted Weapon Special Issue Wargear (e.g. a plasma pistol), does
the increased Damage characteristic apply to all profiles of that
weapon, or must I select which profile of that weapon is improved?
A: Add 1 to the Damage characteristic of all profiles of that
weapon. Note that weapons with similar names but listed
separately in the weapons table, such as boltstorm gauntlet
(melee) and boltstorm gauntlet (shooting), are considered
separate weapons, rather than the same weapon with
different profiles.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: ULTRAMARINES 3

Q. Does the Martial Precision Stratagem affect all attacks made
by a weapon, or just one attack?
A: Martial Precision applies to a single attack made with
that weapon.
Q. If Sergeant Chronus has a Warlord Trait, does it apply to the
Ultramarines Vehicle he commands?
A: Yes. Note that it would still apply to the Sergeant Chronus
model when he is set up as a result of the Ultramarines Vehicle
model he commands being destroyed.
Q. If the Ultramarines Vehicle that Sergeant Chronus commands
is destroyed, are any victory conditions or objectives that relate to
slaying the Warlord achieved?
A: No. They are achieved only if the Sergeant Chronus model
that is set up as a result of that Ultramarines Vehicle being
destroyed is also subsequently destroyed.
Q: If the vehicle Sergeant Chronus is commanding is destroyed
and he survives, can he assume command of another vehicle?
A: No.
Q. Are Relics that have the same name but are found in different
supplements considered to be the same Relic? For example, Artificer
Armour can be found in both Codex Supplement: Ultramarines
and Codex Supplement: White Scars.
A: Yes, they are considered to be the same.
Q. If I use the Master of Strategy Warlord Trait or the Squad
Doctrines Stratagem to select a unit to benefit from the Tactical
Doctrine, will that unit be able to benefit from the Scions of
Guilliman ability (assuming it moved in my Movement phase but
did not Advance or Fall Back)?
A: Yes.
Q. When I use the Defensive Focus Stratagem, if I do not select a
unit that is a target of a charge, can it fire Overwatch as well as
the selected units?
A: No. If a unit is not selected for this Stratagem, then other
rules must be used in order for it to fire Overwatch, such as
the Fire Overwatch Stratagem (see the Warhammer 40,000
Core Book).

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Infernus Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Master-crafted boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 -1 2 -
- Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon profile, that attack automatically hits
the target.
Quietus 36" Heavy 2 4 -2 2 Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the Look Out, Sir rule. Each
time an attack is made with this weapon, an unmodified wound roll of 6 inflicts 1 mortal
wound on the target in addition to any normal damage.

MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES

Master-crafted power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 2 -
Power axe Melee Melee +2 -2 1 -
Power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 1 -
Servo-arm Melee Melee x2 -2 3 Each time the bearer fights, no more than one attack can be made with each servo-arm.
The Talassarian Tempest Blade Melee Melee +1 -3 D3 When resolving an attack made with this weapon, an unmodified wound roll of 6 inflicts D3
mortal wounds on the target and the attack sequence ends.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: ULTRAMARINES 4

 CODEX SUPPLEMENT: SALAMANDERS
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
CODEX SPACE MARINES – SUPPLEMENT UPDATES
With the release of the 2020 edition of Codex: Space Marines, it
is necessary to update the Codex supplements that were written
to work alongside its predecessor. These updates ensure that the
rules presented in this supplement work smoothly and ‘as intended’
with the latest Codex. They involve such things as adding the Core
keyword in the appropriate places and attaching appropriate labels
and categories to psychic powers and Stratagems. They also include
updating certain weapon profiles to match changes in Codex: Space
Marines, and readjusting certain other rules to take into account
their altered efficacy when used in conjunction with the new units
and rules presented in Codex: Space Marines.
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Page 53 – Vulkan He’stan, Abilities, Forgefather
Change to read:
‘In your Command phase, select one friendly Salamanders Core
or Salamanders Character unit within 6" of this model. Until the
start of your next Command phase, each time a model in that unit
makes an attack with a flame or melta weapon (see Codex: Space
Marines), you can re-roll that attack’s hit roll and you can re-roll
that attack’s wound roll.’
*Page 53 – Vulkan He’stan, Abilities, Rites of Battle
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Rites of Battle (Aura): While a friendly Salamanders Core unit
is within 6" of this model, each time a model in that unit makes an
attack, re-roll a hit roll of 1.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: SALAMANDERS
*Page 53 – Adrax Agatone, Abilities, Unto the Anvil
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Unto the Anvil (Aura): While a friendly Salamanders Core unit
is within 6" of this model, each time a model in that unit makes
a melee attack, if its unit made a charge move or performed a
Heroic Intervention this turn, add 1 to that attack’s wound roll.’
*Page 53 – Adrax Agatone, Abilities, Rites of Battle
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Rites of Battle (Aura): While a friendly Salamanders Core unit
is within 6" of this model, each time a model in that unit makes an
attack, re-roll a hit roll of 1.’
*Page 57 – Warlord Traits, Never Give Up
Change to read:
‘At the end of your Command phase, you can select one friendly
Salamanders Core or Salamanders Character unit within 6"
of this Warlord. Until the end of your next Command phase,
that unit has the Objective Secured ability (see the Warhammer
40,000 Core Book).’
*Page 57 – Warlord Traits, Lord of Fire
Change Warlord Trait name to read:
‘Lord of Fire (Aura)’
*Page 58 – Relics of Nocturne, Vulkan’s Sigil, rules text
Change to read:
• Add 1 to the bearer’s Attacks characteristic.
• Once per battle, at the start of the Fight phase, the bearer can
hold aloft Vulkan’s Sigil. Until the end of the phase:
ººAdd 1 to the bearer’s Attacks characteristic (for a
cumulative total of +2 Attacks).
ººThe bearer gains the following ability: ‘Vulkan’s Sigil
(Aura): While a friendly Salamanders Core unit is within
6" of the bearer, add 1 to the Attacks characteristic of
models in that unit.’’
*Page 58 – Relics of Nocturne, Helm of Draklos, rules text
Change last sentence to read:
‘The bearer has the following ability: ‘Helm of Draklos (Aura):
While an enemy unit is within 6" of the bearer, subtract 1 from
the Leadership characteristic of models in that unit.’’
*Page 59 – Special-issue Wargear, Obsidian Aquila, rules text
Change to read:
‘The bearer has the following ability: ‘Obsidian Aquila (Aura):
While a friendly Salamanders Core unit is within 6" of the
bearer, roll one D6 each time a model in that unit would lose a
wound: on a 6, that wound is not lost.’’
1
*Page 59 – Special-issue Wargear, Drakeblade, weapon profile Page 60 – Self Sacrifice
Change the Strength characteristic to read ‘+1’. Change this Stratagem to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the start of your opponent’s Shooting
*Pages 60-61 – Stratagems phase. Select one Salamanders Infantry unit that contains 5 or
The following categories apply: more models from your army that is not within 1" of any enemy
BATTLE TACTIC EPIC DEED STRATEGIC PLOY REQUISITION units, and then select one other Infantry unit from your army
Rise from Exemplar of the that is wholly within 6" of the selected unit. Until the end of the
Flamecraft The Fires of Battle phase, your opponent cannot target the second unit you selected
the Ashes Promethean Creed
The Crucible unless that unit is the closest enemy unit to the firing model and
Despite the Odds Master Artisans
of Battle visible to it, or it is no longer wholly within 6" of the first unit
Strength of Immolation Trust of you selected. In addition, until the end of the phase, the first
the Primarch Protocols Prometheus
unit you selected is always an eligible target for enemy shooting
Rites of Vulkan Self Sacrifice
attacks provided it is within range and is visible to the firing
Vengeance for
Isstvan V
Born Protectors model (i.e. it can be targeted even whilst under the effects of
Relentless any rules that would prevent it from being targeted, such as the
Stand Your Ground Shrouding psychic power).’
Determination

*Page 60 – Stratagems, Relentless Determination

*Page 60 – Stratagems, The Crucible of Battle Change the second sentence to read:
Change the first sentence to read: ‘Select one Salamanders unit from your army that did not
‘Use this Stratagem in the Shooting or Fight phase, when a Advance or Fall Back this phase.’
Salamanders Core or Salamanders Character unit from your
army is chosen to shoot or fight with.’ Page 61 – Stand Your Ground
Change the last sentence to read:
Page 60 – Stratagems, The Fires of Battle ‘This does not affect invulnerable saving throws.’
Change the last sentence to read:
‘Until the end of that phase, when resolving an attack made with *Page 62 – Promethean Discipline, psychic powers
that weapon, on an unmodified wound roll of 4+ the target suffers The following categories apply:
1 mortal wound in addition to any normal damage (a maximum BLESSING WITCHFIRE
of 3 mortal wounds can be inflicted per phase via this Stratagem).’ 2. Fire Shield 1. Flaming Blast
3. Burning Hands 5. Fury of Nocturne
4. Drakeskin
IMPERIAL ARMOUR INDEX: FORCES OF THE ADEPTUS ASTARTES 6. Draconic Aspect
Designer’s Note: The following weapons should also be
considered to be flame weapons, as described in Codex:
Space Marines. FAQs
• Infernus cannon Q: Can I use the Born Protectors Stratagem to fire Overwatch
• Dreadnought inferno cannon with another unit if the unit being charged is unable to do so?
• Burning Wrath A: Yes.

Q: If I use the Strength of the Primarch Stratagem to affect a

model equipped with the Drake-smiter Relic, what is the Damage
characteristic of this weapon if I make an unmodified wound roll
of 6?
A: The Damage characteristic would be 9.

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Gauntlet of the Forge 12" Assault D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: SALAMANDERS 2

CODEX SUPPLEMENT: RAVEN GUARD
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
UPDATES
With the release of the 2020 edition of Codex: Space Marines, it
is necessary to update the Codex supplements that were written
to work alongside its predecessor. These updates ensure that the
rules presented in this supplement work smoothly and ‘as intended’
with the latest Codex. They involve such things as adding the Core
keyword in the appropriate places and attaching appropriate labels
and categories to psychic powers and Stratagems. They also include
updating certain weapon profiles to match changes in Codex: Space
Marines, and readjusting certain other rules to take into account
their altered efficacy when used in conjunction with the new units
and rules presented in Codex: Space Marines.
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Page 53 – Kayvaan Shrike, Blackout, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
*Page 53 – Kayvaan Shrike, Abilities
Add ‘Death From Above (see Codex: Space Marines)’
*Page 53 – Kayvaan Shrike, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Rites of Battle (Aura): While a friendly Raven Guard Core unit
is within 6" of this model, each time a model in that unit makes
an attack, re-roll a hit roll of 1.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: RAVEN GUARD
*Page 53 – Kayvaan Shrike, Abilities, Chapter Master
Change to read:
‘In your Command phase, select one friendly Raven Guard Core
or Raven Guard Character unit within 6" of this model. Until
the start of your next Command phase, each time a model in
that unit makes an attack, you can re-roll the hit roll.
*Page 53 – Kayvaan Shrike, Abilities, Diving Charge
Change to read:
‘After this model finishes a charge move, you can select one
enemy unit within Engagement Range of it and roll one D6: on a
4+, that enemy unit suffers 1 mortal wound.’
*Page 53 – Kayvaan Shrike, Abilities, Grav-chute
Delete this ability.
*Page 53 – Kayvaan Shrike, Abilities, Winged Deliverance
Change ability name to read ‘Winged Deliverance (Aura)’.
Page 57 – Warlord Traits, Master of Ambush, rules text
Change to read:
‘At the start of the first battle round, before the first turn begins,
if this Warlord is on the battlefield you can select one other
friendly Raven Guard Infantry unit (excluding a Centurion unit)
on the battlefield. Remove that unit and this Warlord (if it is also
Infantry) from the battlefield, and set them up anywhere on the
battlefield that is more than 9" from the enemy deployment zone
and more than 9" from any enemy models (if both players have
abilities that redeploy units before the first turn begins, roll off;
the winner chooses who redeploys their units first).’
*Page 57 – Warlord Traits, Swift and Deadly
Change ability name and rules text to read:
‘Swift and Deadly (Aura): While a friendly Raven Guard Core
or Raven Guard Character unit is within 6" of this Warlord,
that unit is eligible to declare a charge within a turn in which
it Advanced.’
*Page 58 – Relics of the Ravenspire, The Ebonclaws, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time the bearer fights, it makes 2 additional attacks with
this weapon.’
*Page 58 – Relics of the Ravenspire, Ex Tenebris, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
1
*Page 59 – Special-issue Wargear, Silentus Pistol, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’

*Page 59 – Special-issue Wargear, Shard of Isstvan, Abilities

Change the second sentence to read:
‘In addition, the bearer has the following ability: ‘Shard of
Isstvan (Aura): While a friendly Raven Guard unit is within 6"
of the bearer, each time a Morale test is taken for that unit, it is
automatically passed.’’

*Pages 60-61 – Stratagems

The following categories apply:
BATTLE TACTIC STRATEGIC PLOY REQUISITION
The Raven’s Blade Infiltrators Master of the Trifold Path
Lay Low the Tyrants Stranglehold Favour of the Ravenspire
Vengeance for Isstvan V False Flight Token of Brotherhood
Ambushing Fire See, But Remain Unseen
Strike From the Shadows
Decapitating Blow
A Deadly Prize
Force Their Hand
Strike From the Skies

*Page 60 – Stratagems, See, But Remain Unseen, rules text

Change the second sentence to read:
‘Select one Raven Guard unit from your army (excluding
Buildings) that did not make any attacks during that turn.’

*Page 60 – Stratagems, Strike From the Shadows, rules text

Change the first sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem during the Declare Reserves and Transports
step of your mission.’

*Page 62 – Umbramancy Discipline, psychic powers

The following categories apply:
BLESSING WITCHFIRE MALEDICTION
1. Umbral Form 5. The Abyss 2. Enveloping Darkness
3. Spectral Blade 6. The Darkness Within
4. Shadowstep

FAQs
Q: If I use the Stranglehold Stratagem and I also have a Callidus
Assassin in my army, how do I resolve the Stratagem and the
Callidus Assassin’s Reign of Confusion ability (assuming the
Assassin’s Reign of Confusion ability is in effect)?
A: Each is rolled for separately, so if your opponent spends
Command Points to use a Stratagem, you would roll one D6
for the Stranglehold Stratagem (needing a 5+) and one D6 for
the Reign of Confusion ability (needing a 4+). Your opponent
would have to spend one additional Command Point for each
successful roll.

Q: If I give a Phobos Character the Marksman’s Honours

Warlord Trait, and then give that Character the Korvidari
Bolts, when shooting a korvidari bolt with a bolt weapon that
model is equipped with, is the weapon considered to be a Relic?
A: No.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX SUPPLEMENT: RAVEN GUARD 2

 CODEX: ELUCIDIAN STARSTRIDERS
Indomitus Version 1.0

These documents collect amendments to the rules and present

our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.

As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a

version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.

UPDATES & ERRATA

*Page 9, 12, 15, 17 and 19 – Concussion grenade, Abilities
Change to read:
‘Each time an attack is made with this weapon that targets a unit
within 1" of any Obstacles or Area Terrain features, add 1 to the
Strength and Damage characteristics of that attack.’

*Page 21 – Logis Interrogation Scanner

Change to read:
‘Use this Stratagem after both sides have deployed, if you are
playing a mission that uses mysterious objectives (this is a rule
used in some Theatres of War). Identify one mysterious objective
anywhere on the battlefield. Alternatively, use this Stratagem
in your Shooting phase when a Larsen van der Grauss model
from your army is selected to shoot. Until the end of the phase,
each time that model makes an attack, you can ignore any or all
modifiers to the hit roll.’

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ELUCIDIAN STARSTRIDERS 1

PSYCHIC AWAKENING: PHOENIX RISING
Indomitus Version 1.0
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 46 – Powers of the Aspect Shrines, Crimson Hunters,
rules text
Change the first two sentences to read:
‘If your army contains a Crimson Hunter Exarch unit, you can
replace the Marksman’s Eye ability on that unit’s datasheet with
one of the Crimson Hunter Exarch powers opposite. If you have
any Crimson Hunter Exarch units in your army, you also have
access to the Exemplar of the Hunter Shrine Stratagem, below.’
*Page 46 – Crimson Hunters Exarch Powers, Hawkeye
Change to read:
‘Each time this model makes a ranged attack, you can ignore any
or all hit roll and Ballistic Skill modifiers.’
*Page 46 – Warp Spiders Exarch Powers, Withdraw
Change to read:
‘At the end of the Fight phase, if this unit contains a Warp Spider
Exarch and is within Engagement Range of any enemy models,
this unit can make a Fall Back move of up to 6" as if it were your
Movement phase.’
Page 47 – Runes of Fortune, Focus Will, rules text
Change the last sentence to read:
‘Until the end of the phase, when a Psychic test is taken for that
model, add 2 to the total.’
*Page 61 – Kabal Obsessions, Disdain For Lesser Beings
Change to read:
‘Each time a Combat Attrition test is taken for a unit with this
obsession, it is automatically passed.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: PHOENIX RISING
Page 63 – Haemonculus Coven Obsessions, Obsessive Collectors
Change the first sentence to read:
‘When an enemy unit is destroyed as a result of an attack made
with a melee weapon by a model in a unit from your army with
this obsession, you can select one model in the attacking model’s
unit to regain up to D3 lost wounds.’
Page 63 – Haemonculus Coven Obsessions,
Experimental Creations
Change the second and third sentences to read:
‘When resolving an attack made with a poisoned melee weapon
by a model with this obsession against a unit that has a lower
Toughness characteristic than the attacking model, add 1 to the
wound roll. For the purposes of this obsession, a poisoned melee
weapon is any melee weapon with the Poisoned Weapon ability
(see Codex: Drukhari).’
*Page 75 – Fire and Fade
Change the first sentence to read:
‘You can use this Stratagem in your Shooting phase, after an
Ynnari unit from your army (excluding Aircraft) shoots.’
FAQs
Q: How does the Witch Strike Rune of Fortune psychic power
work when manifested by a Warlock Conclave unit with more
than one model?
A: The psychic power applies to the model you select when you
are asked to select a model to measure range, check visibility,
etc. from.
Q: If a double 1 is rolled for a Psychic test for a model from a
Detachment with the Children of Prophecy trait, does that model
still suffer Perils of the Warp?
A: No.
Q. Can I use the Exemplar of the (insert aspect warrior name
here) Shrine Stratagem to take an Exarch power in addition to the
original ability, then replace the original ability as normal?
A: No.
Q: If Drazhar has charged, does his Murderous Assault ability
allow him to fight an additional time before any remaining units
that have not charged this turn?
A: Yes.
1
IMPERIUM NIHILUS: VIGILUS ABLAZE
Indomitus Version 1.0
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Page 168 – Dark Disciples, Followers
Change the third sentence to read:
‘Models cannot target a <Legion> Dark Disciples unit with
a ranged weapon while that unit is within 3" of any friendly
<Legion> Dark Apostle units, unless that Dark Disciples unit is
both visible to the firing model and is the closest enemy unit to
the firing model. Ignore other Character models with a Wounds
characteristics of 9 or less when determining if the target is the
closest enemy unit to the firing model.’
Page 175 – Skull Altar, Abilities
Add the following ability to this datasheet: ‘Daemonic Ritual
(pg 176)’
Page 189 – Legion Trait
Change the first sentence to read:
‘If your army is Battle-forged, all Character, Infantry, Bikers
and Helbrute units in Black Legion Detachments gain the Black
Crusaders Legion Trait (below).’
Page 196 – Abilities
Add the following:
‘Renegade Chapters and Marks of Chaos
• A ll Purge units must have the Nurgle keyword if they are
able to do so. If a unit has the Khorne, Tzeentch or Slaanesh
keyword, it cannot be from the Purge.
• A ll Scourged units must have the Tzeentch keyword if they
are able to do so. If a unit has the Khorne, Nurgle or Slaanesh
keyword, it cannot be from the Scourged.
WARHAMMER 40,000 – IMPERIUM NIHILUS: VIGILUS ABLAZE
• A ll Flawless Host units must have the Slaanesh keyword if
they are able to do so. If a unit has the Khorne, Tzeentch or
Nurgle keyword, it cannot be from the Flawless Host.
• A ll Brazen Beast units must have the Khorne keyword if
they are able to do so. If a unit has the Tzeentch, Nurgle or
Slaanesh keyword, it cannot be from the Brazen Beasts. In
addition, Psykers cannot be from the Brazen Beasts.’
Page 186 – Fallen Angels, Fallen Angels Stratagem
Change the third sentence to read:
‘If you do so, they replace their <Mark of Chaos>, Heretic
Astartes and <Legion> keywords with the Fallen keyword.’
Change the final sentence to read:
‘Fallen units in that Detachment gain the Fallen Angels
keyword, but they lose the Imperium Faction keyword (if they
have it).’
Page 196 – Renegade Traits
Change the second sentence to read:
‘If you choose to use this supplement, and your army is Battle-
forged, all Character, Infantry, Bikers and Helbrute units
in a Chaos Space Marine Detachment gain a Renegade Trait,
so long as every unit in that Detachment is from the same
Renegade Chapter.’
FAQs
Q: The Unstoppable Assault Stratagem adds +2 to the hit roll,
given that these rolls cannot be modified by more than -1 or +1,
how does this work?
A: While hit rolls and wounds rolls cannot be modified by more
than -1 or +1, this limit takes effect after all applicable modifiers
have been applied, some of which may cancel each other out.
For example, if a model making an attack is affected by this
Stratagem (conferring a +2 modifier to the hit roll) and it targets a
model with an ability that also applies a -1 modifier to the hit roll,
then, after applying both of these modifiers to the roll, there would
be a final modifier of +1.
Q: When paying Command Points to upgrade a Detachment
into a Specialist Detachment, is the Relic they are able to give to
a Character in addition to the Relic they would typically get
from their Warlord’s faction?
A: No. The Relic(s) listed within a Specialist Detachment can
be given to a Character from your army instead of one from
your Warlord’s codex. Don’t forget, however, that many codexes
contain Stratagems that enable you to gain additional Relics.
1
Q: If Huron Blackheart is your Warlord, what Warlord Trait does
he have? Codex: Chaos Space Marines says he must have the
Eternal Vendetta Warlord Trait, but Imperium Nihilus: Vigilus
Ablaze says he must have the Reaver Lord Warlord Trait.
A: If Huron Blackheart is your Warlord and he has the Raiders
from the Maelstrom Renegade Trait from Imperium Nihilus:
Vigilus Ablaze, he must have the Reaver Lord Warlord Trait,
otherwise he must have the Eternal Vendetta Warlord Trait.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – IMPERIUM NIHILUS: VIGILUS ABLAZE 2

 CODEX: T’AU EMPIRE
Indomitus Version 1.0
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 89 – Abilities, Master of War
Change the Kauyon ability to read:
‘Kauyon: On a turn in which you declare Kauyon, at the start of
your Movement phase, you can select any friendly <Sept> units
that are within 6" of the <Sept> Commander. Until the end of the
turn, the selected units cannot move for any reason, but you can
re-roll failed hit rolls for attacks made by these units.’
*Page 89 – For the Greater Good
Change to read:
‘- Each time an enemy unit declares a charge against this unit,
this unit can fire Overwatch before the charge roll is made.
- W hile a friendly unit with this ability is within 6" of this unit,
each time an enemy unit declares a charge against this unit,
that friendly unit can fire Overwatch before the charge roll is
made. If it does so, until the end of the phase, that friendly unit
cannot fire Overwatch again.
Designer’s Note: This allows T’au units to fire Overwatch in the
same way that they did in the previous edition, and as such, units
with this ability do not require the Fire Overwatch Stratagem
from the Warhammer 40,000 Core Book in order to do so.’
Pages 90, 97-99, 105-109, 111-114 and 116 – Abilities,
Saviour Protocols
Change to read:
‘When resolving an attack made against a <Sept> Infantry or
<Sept> Battlesuit unit whilst that unit is within 3" of a friendly
<Sept> Drones unit, if the wound roll is successful, you can roll
one D6; on a 2+ that Drones unit suffers 1 mortal wound and
the attack sequence ends.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: T’AU EMPIRE
Page 93 – Commander in XV86 Coldstar Battlesuit,
Wargear Options
Change the first bullet point to read:
‘• Th
 is model may replace its high-output burst cannon and
missile pod with two items from the Ranged Weapons and/or
Support Systems lists.’
Page 97 – Longstrike
Add the ‘Hammerhead’ keyword to this model’s Keywords
(Longstrike) line.
Change this model’s Fire Caste Exemplar ability to read:
‘You can add 1 to hit rolls in the Shooting phase for friendly T’au
Sept Hammerheads within 6" of Longstrike.’
*Pages 102 & 123 – Target Lock
Change to read:
’A model with a target lock does not suffer the penalty to their
hit rolls for Advancing and firing Assault weapons. This model
can also Advance and fire Heavy or Rapid Fire weapons, but you
must subtract 1 from its hit rolls when it does so.’
*Page 104 – Firesight Marksman, Abilities, Marksman
Stealth Field
Change to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to this model while it
is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to any
armour saving throw made against that attack.’
*Page 106 – XV104 Riptide Battlesuit, Abilities, Nova Reactor
Change the Boost text to read:
‘This model can move 2D6" in your Charge phase. You cannot
use this ability to move within Engagement Range of any
enemy models. If it does so, this model cannot declare a charge
that phase.’
*Page 113 and 121 – MV71 Sniper Drones and Ranged Weapons
list, longshot pulse rifle, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
*Page 117, 118 and 119 – Tidewall Shieldline, Tidewall
Droneport and Tidewall Gunrig, Abilities, Open-Topped
Change the last sentence to read:
‘When they do so, any restrictions or modifiers that apply to this
model also apply to its passengers; for example, the passengers
cannot shoot if this model has Fallen Back in the same turn.
While this transport is within Engagement Range of any enemy
units, embarked units cannot shoot, except with Pistols.’
1
*Page 117 – Tidewall Shieldline, Abilities, Fortification
Change the last sentence to read:
‘However, friendly units can still target enemy units that are
within Engagement Range of these models.’
*Page 118 – Tidewall Droneport, Abilities, Fortification
Change the last sentence to read:
‘However, friendly units can still target enemy units that are
within Engagement Range of this model.’
*Page 119 – Tidewall Gunrig, Abilities, Fortification
Change the last sentence to read:
‘However, this model can still shoot if there are enemy models
within Engagement Range of it, and friendly units can still target
enemy units that are within Engagement Range of this model.’
*Page 120 – KV128 Stormsurge, Abilities, Walking Battleship
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which it Fell
Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move, Advances or
Falls Back, it can be moved across other models (excluding Monster
and Vehicle models) as if they were not there, and when it does
it can be moved within Engagement Range of such models, but
cannot finish its move within Engagement Range of any of them.’
Page 121 – Ranged Weapons, cyclic ion blaster,
Overcharge, Abilities
Change to read:
‘If you roll one or more hit rolls of 1, the bearer’s unit suffers a
mortal wound after all of this weapon’s shots have been resolved.’
Page 127 – Sept Tenets, T’au Sept: Coordinated Fire Arcs,
rules text
Change to read:
‘When a unit with this tenet uses their For the Greater Good
ability, or when they fire Overwatch whilst they are within
6" of another friendly T’au Sept unit, a 5 or 6 is required for a
successful hit roll, irrespective of the firing model’s Ballistic Skill
or any modifiers.’
Page 127 – Sept Tenets, Dal’yth Sept: Adaptive Camouflage,
rules text
Change to read:
‘A unit with the tenet receives the benefit of cover, even while in
the open. A unit with this tenet that moves for any reason loses
the benefit of this tenet until the start of its next Movement phase.’
Page 128 – Stratagems, Automated Repair System, rules text
Add the following:
‘You can only use this Stratagem once per turn.’
*Page 130 – Strike and Fade
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Pick a Dal’yth Sept unit from your army (excluding Aircraft).’
Page 130 – Stratagems, Focused Fire
Change to read:
‘Use this Stratagem after a T’au Sept unit from your army has
attacked an enemy unit in the Shooting phase and the attack
resulted in the enemy unit losing one or more wounds. Add 1 to
wound rolls for attacks made by other T’au Sept units from your
army that target the same enemy unit this phase.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: T’AU EMPIRE
*Page 131 – Sept Warlord Traits, Sa’cea, Beacon of Honour
Change to read:
‘While a friendly Sa’cea unit is within 6" of this Warlord, each
time that unit fails a Morale test, one model does not flee that unit
(although Combat Attrition tests are taken for the unit as normal).’
*Page 133 – Signature Systems, Vectored Manoeuvring Thrusters
Add the following:
‘This move cannot bring this model within Engagement Range of
any enemy models.’
DATACARDS: T’AU EMPIRE
Automated Repair System (Stratagem)
Change the first sentence of the rules text on this datacard to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the start of any turn.’
DAHYAK GREKH
Warhammer Quest Blackstone Fortress includes a number of
datasheets for Warhammer 40,000, allowing players to use
the Citadel Miniatures contained within the box in games
of Warhammer 40,000. Amongst these is a datasheet for
Dahyak Grekh, a model designed to be used as part of a T’au
army. The following errata applies to Dahyak Grekh:
*Blackstone Fortress: Datasheets, page 10 – Dahyak Grekh
Change the Quarry Can’t Hide ability to read:
‘Each time you select a target for a weapon this model
is making an attack with, you can ignore the Look Out,
Sir rule.’
*Change the Fieldcraft ability to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to this model while it
is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to any
armour saving throw made against that attack.’
FAQs
Q: If an attack inflicts mortal wounds on the target, and the
attack is subsequently allocated to a Drones unit as a result
of the Saviour Protocols ability, what happens to those mortal
wounds inflicted?
A: They are cancelled. All damage and mortal wounds inflicted as
the result of that attack is reduced to the mortal wound inflicted
by the Saviour Protocols ability on that Drones unit.
Q: If an attack inflicts a rules effect on a target unit (e.g. Tremor
Shells in Codex Space Marines), and that attack is subsequently
allocated to a Drones unit as a result of the Saviour Protocols
ability, which unit is the rules effect applied to?
A: The Drones unit.
Q: If an attack inflicts mortal wounds on a unit as a result of a hit
roll, and the attack sequence ends before it successfully wounds the
target (e.g. the Hellfire Shells Stratagem or an attack made with a
shokk attack gun with a Strength characteristic of 11+ that fails to
wound the target), can I allocate the mortal wounds to a Drones
unit with the Saviour Protocols ability?
A: No. As the attack sequence has ended before the target has
been wounded, there is no wound to allocate to the Drones unit.
Therefore the target suffers the mortal wounds as normal.
2
Q: If Dahyak Grekh has been set up in pursuit, can his Concealed
Booby Traps ability be used before he is set up on the battlefield?
A: Yes.
Q: When do you declare which units will fire Overwatch as part of
The Greater Good ability?
A: You must declare all units that wish to fire Overwatch at that
charging unit before resolving any of these attacks.
Q: In Index: Xenos 2 and Imperial Armour Index: Xenos, the
Stimulant Injector was a piece of wargear that I could purchase for
certain T’au Empire units. In Codex: T’au Empire, the Stimulant
Injector is no longer a wargear option, but instead there is a
Stimulant Injector Stratagem. Can I continue to use the Index:
Xenos 2 and Imperial Armour Index: Xenos datasheets in order
to purchase Stimulant Injectors for my units, as per the ‘What
datasheet rules should I use?’ flowchart?
A: No. You cannot purchase Stimulant Injectors anymore and the
rules for Stimulant Injectors as presented in Codex: T’au Empire
(i.e. the Stratagem) take precedence.
Q: With regards the Cadre Fireblade’s Volley Fire ability, what
exactly is meant by ‘may fire an extra shot’?
A: It means the player can make one more hit roll for each model
that is firing at a target within half range. Note that for a model
with a pulse rifle (a Rapid Fire weapon) this means that it would
make three hit rolls if the target is within half range.
Q: When an enemy model makes a ranged attack against a XV95
Ghostkeel Battlesuit unit, its Ghostkeel Electrowarfare Suite
applies a -1 modifier to the hit roll. If that unit is within 3" of a
friendly MV5 Stealth Drones unit, the drones’ Stealth Field
ability applies a further -1 modifier to the hit roll. Given that hit
rolls cannot be modified by more than -1 or +1, and combined these
abilities result in a -2 modifier, how does this work?
A: While hit rolls and wounds rolls cannot be modified by more
than -1 or +1, this limit takes effect after all applicable modifiers
have been applied, some of which may cancel each other out.
In this instance, if the model making the attack was a KV128
Stormsurge that had its anchors deployed, its Stabilising
Anchors ability would apply a +1 modifier to the hit roll. Applying
all of these modifiers together to the hit roll results in a final
modifier of -1.
Q: How many shots does a model armed with multiple pulse
weapons fire when affected by a Cadre Fireblade’s Volley Fire
ability? Is it one extra shot with each with each of those weapons, or
one extra shot with just one of those weapons?
A: These models fire one additional shot for each weapon. For
example, a Drone armed with two pulse carbines (an Assault 2
weapon) would fire three shots from each weapon (for a total of
six shots from that model).
Q: Is a longshot pulse rifle considered a pulse rifle for the purposes
of volley fire?
A: No.
Q: If you set up a Devilfish transport with a unit of Pathfinders
embarked inside, and the Pathfinders are accompanied by a
Tactical Drone, at which point does the Pathfinder unit count as
‘set up’ for the purposes of the Drone Support ability (i.e. does the
Drone become a separate unit when the Devilfish is set up, or does it
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: T’AU EMPIRE
become a separate unit when the Pathfinder unit disembarks)?
A: The unit of Pathfinders counts as having been set up embarked
within the Devilfish, so the Drone becomes a separate unit as
soon as the Devilfish is set up.
Q: When a T’au Empire Vehicle that has the Attached Drones
ability but not the Transport keyword (or a Transport ability) is
destroyed, how do the attached drone models disembark?
A: The attached drone models immediately disembark using the
normal rules as if that Vehicle unit was a transport.
Q: If several TX4 Piranhas from a single unit are destroyed, do any
disembarking drones form a unit? Can these disembarking drones
be set up within 3" of any Piranha model in that unit?
A: No: Each set of drones is treated as a separate unit, in the same
manner as if they had disembarked normally under their Detach
ability. Drones must be set up within 3" of the model they are
disembarking from as normal.
Q: Can an Infantry unit with accompanying Drones be
deployed within a Fortification if the Drones cannot embark inside
that Fortification?
A: Yes, but the Drones themselves cannot embark inside the
Fortification – instead they must be set up within 2" of the
Fortification when their unit is deployed within it.
Q: The multi-tracker allows you to re-roll hit rolls of 1 in the Shooting
phase for a model equipped with it, as long as it fires all of its
weapons at the same target. What if the target is out of range for one
or more of the firing model’s weapons? Do you have to pick a target
that can be fired at by all of the firing model’s weapons?
A: No, the intent is that any weapons that the firing model can
legitimately fire must be fired at the same target.
Q: Can I use the Breach and Clear! Stratagem against a unit that
has 3 or more markerlight tokens on it?
A: Yes.
Q: Is the Experimental Weaponry Stratagem used before or after I
determine how many shots are fired by a weapon?
A: Before.
Q: How does the Saviour Protocols ability work when a T’au
Empire unit is hit and wounded by a powerful weapon, like a
lascannon, when it is near to some friendly Drones?
A: Let’s imagine a T’au Sept unit is targeted by a model firing
a lascannon whilst a friendly T’au Sept Drone unit is within 3"
of it. The hit roll and wound rolls for the attack made with the
lascannon are both successful. The T’au Sept player then chooses
to try and intercept the attack with a nearby drone unit and rolls
one D6, scoring a 3. This is more than 2+, so the drone unit suffers
1 mortal wound and the lascannon’s attack ends (i.e. you do not
take a saving throw, and the weapon’s damage characteristic
is irrelevant).
Q: If a Commander uses their Master of War ability to declare
either Kauyon or Mont’ka, and a friendly <Sept> unit that was
more than 6" from that Commander at the beginning of the turn
subsequently moves within 6" of that Commander during that turn,
does that <Sept> unit then benefit from Kauyon or Mont’ka?
A: No. Kauyon and Mont’ka only affect those units that are within
6" of the Commander when the ability was used at the start of
the turn.
3
 CODEX: NECRONS
Indomitus Version 1.0
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Pages 87 and 99 – Catacomb Command Barge and Annihilation
Barge, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Hovering: Instead of measuring distances and ranges to and
from this model’s base, measure to and from this model’s hull or
base (whichever is closer).’
*Pages 91 and 104 – Deathmarks and Ranged Weapons,
synaptic disintegrator, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
*Page 95 – Canoptek Wraiths, Abilities, Wraith Form
Change this ability to read:
‘Models in this unit have a 3+ invulnerable save. Each time this
unit makes a Normal Move, Advances, Falls Back or makes a
charge move, until that move is finished, models in this unit can
move horizontally through models and terrain features (they
cannot finish a move on top of another model, or its base). ’
*Page 98 – Monolith, Abilities, Eternity Gate
Change the penultimate sentence of this ability to read:
‘Set up the unit so that it is wholly within 3" of this model and
not within Engagement Range of any enemy units ; the unit
that has just been set up counts as having disembarked from a
Transport for all rules purposes.’
*Page 98 – Monolith, Abilities, Floating Fortress
Delete this ability.
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: NECRONS
*Page 102 – Night Scythe, Abilities, Invasion Beams
Change the penultimate sentence of this ability to read:
‘Set up the unit so that it is wholly within 3" of this model and
not within Engagement Range of any enemy units ; the unit
that has just been set up counts as having disembarked from a
Transport for all rules purposes.’
*Page 110 – Stratagems, Emergency Invasion Beam, rules text
Add the following:
‘Units set up with this Stratagem can be set up during the first
battle round, regardless of any mission rules.’
Page 112 – Stratagems, Methodical Destruction
Change to read:
‘Use this Stratagem after a Sautekh unit from your army has
attacked an enemy unit and the attack resulted in the enemy
unit losing one or more wounds. Add 1 to hit rolls for attacks
made by other Sautekh units from your army that target the
same enemy unit this phase.’
Page 117 – Named Characters and Warlord Traits
Add the following at the end of the paragraph:
‘If either Illuminor Szeras or Anrakyr the Traveller is your
Warlord, then replace the <Dynasty> keyword in their Warlord
Trait with Necron.’
*Page 117 – Dynasty Warlord Traits, Mephrit, Merciless Tyrant,
rules text
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for an Assault weapon this
Warlord is making an attack with, you can ignore the Look Out,
Sir rule.’
Page 118 – Points Values, Troops
Move the entries for Deathmarks and Lychguard from the
‘Troops’ section into the ‘Elites’ section.
FAQs
Q: Can C’tan Shards use a Power of the C’tan while within
Engagement Range of an enemy model?
A: Yes.
Q: Can a Triarch Stalker use its Targeting Relay ability to re-roll
hit rolls of 1 for its own attacks after the first?
A: No.
Q: Can the Quantum Deflection Stratagem allow a unit with
the Quantum Shielding ability to ignore attacks with a Damage
characteristic of 1?
A: Yes.
1
Q: When Deathmarks use the Ethereal Interception ability
to attack an enemy unit that has just been set up, does every
Deathmark model have to target that unit, or only at least one?
A: Every model in the Deathmarks unit must target the unit that
has just been set up.

Q: Are units that are set up on their tomb world using the
Invasion Beams and Eternity Gate abilities counted as
Reinforcement units for the purpose of any mission rules ?
A: Yes.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: NECRONS 2

 CODEX: CHAOS DAEMONS
Indomitus Version 1.0
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 85 – Abilities, Unstoppable Ferocity
Change the rules text to read:
‘If this unit makes a charge move, is charged, or performs a
Heroic Intervention, then until the end of the turn add 1 to the
Attacks characteristic of all its models and add 1 to the Strength
characteristic of all the melee weapons the unit is armed with.’
*Pages 91 & 120 – Kairos Fateweaver, Lord of Change and Melee
Weapons list, Staff of Tomorrow and Staff of Tzeentch
Change the second sentence of each of these weapons’ abilities
to read:
‘Set up the Chaos Spawn within 6” of the character and not
within Engagement Range of any enemy models before they are
removed as a casualty.’
Page 97 – Epidemius, Abilities, Tally of Pestilence
Change the first paragraph of this ability to read:
‘The Tally of Pestilence starts the battle at 0. Whilst Epidemius
is on the battlefield, add 1 to the Tally whenever a unit (friend or
foe) is destroyed by a Nurgle Daemon unit, and look up the result
on the chart below. The results are cumulative, but are lost if
Epidemius is destroyed.’
Page 99 – Spoilpox Scrivener, Abilities, Keep Counting! Meet
your Quota!
Change the second sentence to read:
‘In addition, if you make a hit roll of 7+ for a Plaguebearer unit
within 6" of one or more friendly models with this ability, you
can immediately make one additional attack at the same target
with the same weapon (these bonus attacks cannot themselves
generate any further attacks).’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CHAOS DAEMONS
Page 102 – Be’lakor, Abilities
Remove ‘Daemonic Ritual’
Page 111 – Plague Drones
Add ‘Plaguebearer’ to the keywords line
Page 112 – Seekers
Add ‘Daemonette’ to the keywords line
Page 113 – Hellflayer
Add ‘Daemonette’ to the keywords line
Page 118 – Feculent Gnarlmaws
Change the last sentence of this unit’s description to read:
‘Each Feculent Gnarlmaw in this unit must be set up within
6" of each other, and none can be set up within 1" of any
terrain feature.’
*Page 118 – Feculent Gnarlmaws, Abilities, Shroud of Flies
Change to read:
‘All Nurgle Daemon units – except Vehicles and Monsters – that
are completely within 7" of any Feculent Gnarlmaws receive
the benefits of cover from them. While a unit is receiving the
benefits of cover from any Feculent Gnarlmaws, they count as
receiving the benefits of Light Cover (see Warhammer 40,000
Core Book). In addition, each time a ranged attack is allocated
to a model in that unit, add an additional 1 to any armour
saving throw made against that attack.’
Page 126 – Stratagems, Warp Surge
Change the rules text to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the start of any phase. Select a unit of
Daemons from your army; until the end of the phase, you cannot
re-roll saving throws for this unit, but its invulnerable save is
improved by 1 (to a maximum of 4+).’
Page 130 – Hellforged Artefacts
Change the first sentence of the second paragraph to read:
‘If your army is led by a Warlord with the Daemon Faction
keyword, you may give one of the following Hellforged Artefacts
to a Character with the Daemon Faction keyword in your army.’
*Page 132 – Psychic powers, Bolt of Change
Change the third sentence to read:
‘If a Character is slain by this power, you can add a Chaos
Spawn to your army within 6” of the character and not within
Engagement Range of any enemy models before they are
removed as a casualty.’
1
Page 132 – Psychic powers, Treason of Tzeentch
Change the third and fourth sentences to read:
‘If the result is greater than the character’s Leadership
characteristic, until the end of the following Fight phase treat
that character as if it were a friendly model from your army in
your Shooting, Charge and Fight phases.’
Page 134 – Chaos Spawn
Change the last sentence of the introductory paragraph to read:
‘Each has a points value of 23 (this includes all of its weapons).’
Page 135 – Points Values, Other Wargear, Chanting Horrors (for
Burning Chariot)
Change to read:
‘Chanting Horrors (for Burning Chariot and Fateskimmer)’
FAQs
Q: When a Stratagem from Codex: Chaos Daemons uses
the Daemon keyword, can it be used to affect any unit with
the Daemon keyword, or only units with the Daemon
Faction keyword?
A: These Stratagems can only affect units with the Daemon
Faction keyword.
Q: If a unit of Plaguebearers has had the Plague Banner
Stratagem used on them, and is currently under the effects of
the Virulent Blessing psychic power, what damage do their
Plagueswords inflict on wound rolls of 7+?
A: 4.
Q: Is the Miasma of Pestilence psychic power from Codex: Chaos
Daemons considered to be the same psychic power as in Codex:
Death Guard for the purpose of whether a psychic power has
already been manifested?
A: Yes. More generally, if psychic powers have the same name,
they are considered to be the same psychic power.
Q: If a Character is being treated as part of the opponent’s
army due to the Treason of Tzeentch psychic power, must units
from that Character’s actual army fight it in the Fight phase if
they are within Engagement Range of that Character?
A: Yes.

Q: Does the Blue Scribes’ Xirat’p’s Sorcerous Barrage ability

allow them to manifest a psychic power that has already
been manifested?
A: Yes.

Q: If I include Be’lakor in a Detachment in which every other unit

owes its allegiance to the same Chaos God, does that Detachment
benefit from the Daemonic Loci ability?
A: No, as Be’lakor does not owe allegiance to any one
Chaos God.

Q: What Warlord Traits can Be’lakor have?

A: Be’lakor can have the Inspiring Leader Warlord Trait from
the Warhammer 40,000 Core Book.

Q: If I upgrade a Burning Chariot to have Chanting Horrors, do I

pay 5 points for each Chanting Horror, or 5 points for all three?
A: 5 points for all three.

Q: Can a Character that has been set up on the battlefield

using the Denizens of the Warp Stratagem use the Daemonic
Ritual ability to summon a Daemon unit during the same phase?
A: No – units that arrive as reinforcements count as having
moved for all rules purposes and the Daemonic Ritual ability is
used instead of moving.

Q: If a Grey Knights unit deals the final wound on a Daemon

equipped with the Impossible Robe, the player uses the Robe to
re-roll the failed save, and the result is a 1 (meaning the Daemon
is immediately slain), does the Daemon count as being slain
by a Grey Knights unit for purposes of using the Daemonic
Incursion Stratagem?
A: Yes.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: CHAOS DAEMONS 2

CODEX: ADEPTUS MECHANICUS
Indomitus Version 1.0
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Page 79 – Sicarian Infiltrators, Taser goad, Abilities
Change to read:
‘When resolving an attack made with this weapon, an
unmodified hit roll of 6 scores 2 additional hits.’
*Page 80 – Corpuscarii Electro-Priests, electrostatic gauntlets
(shooting) and electrostatic gauntlets (melee), Abilities
Change to read:
‘When resolving an attack made with this weapon, an
unmodified hit roll of 6 scores 2 additional hits.’
*Page 81 – Sydonian Dragoons, Taser lance, Abilities
Change to read:
‘When resolving an attack made with this weapon, an
unmodified hit roll of 6 scores 2 additional hits.’
*Pages 81 and 90 – Radium jezzail, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
*Page 83 – Onager Dunecrawler, Crawler
Delete this ability.
Page 83 – Onager Dunecrawler, Damage table
Change the first value under ‘Remaining W’ to ‘6-11+’.
*Pages 84-88 – Knight Errant, Knight Paladin, Knight Warden,
Knight Gallant, and Knight Crusader, Super Heavy Walker
Change the ability to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move,
Advances or Falls Back, it can be moved across other models
(excluding Monster and Vehicle models) as if they were not there,
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ADEPTUS MECHANICUS
and when it does it can be moved within Engagement Range
of such models, but cannot finish its move within Engagement
Range of any of them.’
Pages 84-88 – Knight Errant, Knight Paladin, Knight Warden,
Knight Gallant and Knight Crusader, Keywords
Add ‘Imperial Knights’ to the Faction keywords line.
Add ‘Questoris Class’ to the keywords line.
Pages 84-87 and 91 – Knight Errant, Knight Paladin,
Knight Warden, Knight Gallant and Melee Weapons table,
reaper chainsword
Change the Strength characteristic of this weapon to ‘+6’.
Page 84 – Knight Errant, Power Rating
Change to ‘22’
Pages 85 and 86 – Knight Paladin and Knight Warden,
Power Rating
Change to ‘23’
Page 87 – Knight Gallant, Power Rating
Change to ‘20’
Page 87 – Knight Gallant, Profile line
Change the Attacks characteristic to ‘5’
Page 87 – Knight Gallant, Damage table
Change the first value under ‘WS’ to ‘2+’.
Change the second value under ‘WS’ to ‘3+’.
Change the third value under ‘WS’ to ‘4+’.
Page 88 – Knight Crusader, Power Rating
Change to ‘25’
*Page 89 – Electrostatic gauntlets (shooting), Abilities
Change to read:
‘When resolving an attack made with this weapon, an
unmodified hit roll of 6 scores 2 additional hits.’
*Page 90 – Transuranic Arquebus, Abilities
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
*Page 91 – Electrostatic gauntlets (melee), taser lance and taser
goad, Abilities
Change to read:
‘When resolving an attack made with this weapon, an
unmodified hit roll of 6 scores 2 additional hits.’
1
Page 95 – Forge World Dogma, Graia: Refusal to Yield
Change the first sentence of rules text to read:
‘Roll a D6 each time a model with this dogma is slain or flees –
on a 6 that model refuses to yield; either that model is not slain
(and has 1 wound remaining), or that model does not flee.’
Page 96 – Stratagems, Scryerskull
Change the last clause of the last sentence to read:
‘or, in your Shooting phase, shoot with an Adeptus Mechanicus
unit from your army without the penalties to your hit rolls from
the Dawn Raid, Low Visibility or Cover of Darkness rules.’
*Page 97 – Stratagems, Acquisition at Any Cost
Add the following sentence to the end:
‘This Stratagem can only be used once per turn.’
*Page 97 – Rage of the Machines
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Until the end of the phase, that Vehicle can ignore all penalties
for Advancing and firing an Assault weapon and for Advancing
and firing a cognis weapon.’
Page 98 – Stratagems, Rotate Ion Shields
Change the Command Point cost to ‘1CP/3CP’
Change the rules text to read:
‘Use this Stratagem when an enemy unit targets an Imperial
Knights Vehicle unit from your army that has an invulnerable
save (this Stratagem costs 3 CPs if the targeted unit is a Dominus
Class unit, otherwise it costs 1 CP). Until the end of the phase,
the vehicle unit’s invulnerable save is improved by 1 (to a
maximum of 4+).’
Page 98 – Stratagems, Clandestine Infiltration
Change the rules text to read:
‘Use this Stratagem when you set up a Stygies VIII unit from your
army during deployment. At the start of the first battle round
but before the first turn begins, you can move that unit up to 9".
It cannot end this move within 9" of any enemy models. If both
players have units that can move before the first turn begins, the
player who is taking the first turn moves their units first. Each
unit can only be selected for this Stratagem once per battle.’
Page 99 – Forge World Warlord Traits, Masterwork Bionics
Change the title of this Warlord Trait to ‘Superior Bionics’.
FAQs
Q: A number of weapons (e.g. twin cognis autocannon) and other
rules (e.g. Protector Doctrina Imperative Stratagem) modify hit
rolls by more than -1 or +1. Given that hit rolls cannot be modified
by more than this, what effect do these rules have?
A: While hit rolls and wounds rolls cannot be modified by more
than -1 or +1, this limit takes effect after all applicable modifiers
have been applied, some of which may cancel each other out.
For example, in the Movement phase an Ironstrider Ballistarius
model Advances and then in the following Shooting phase
makes an attack with its twin cognis autocannon. The weapon
applies a -2 modifier to that attack’s hit roll, and so the model’s
controlling player uses the Protector Doctrina Imperative
Stratagem to also give a +2 modifier to the roll. Applying both of
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ADEPTUS MECHANICUS
these modifiers to the hit roll causes them to cancel each other
out, and no modifier is applied to the roll.
Q: Can the Clandestine Infiltration Stratagem be used when you
set up a Stygies VIII Transport that has any embarked units?
A: Yes.
Q: If a 6 is rolled for the invulnerable save conferred by a
Kastelan Robot’s Repulsor Grid ability, for an attack made by a
unit embarked upon a Transport with an ability such as Open-
topped or Extended Firing Deck, which unit is the mortal wound
allocated to, the embarked unit or the Transport?
A: The embarked unit that is making the attack suffers the
mortal wound.
Q: Do I need to spend reinforcement points to return units when
using the Fresh Converts Stratagem?
A: No.
Q: If you have a Detachment which receives the Mars forge world
dogma, and another Detachment which receives a different
forge world dogma, what happens when rolling for Canticles
of the Omnissiah? With Mars’ dogma you roll two dice when
determining Canticles and units with that dogma benefit from
both results, but what happens for the other Detachment?
A: In such cases you would roll dice separately for the Canticles,
rather than rolling for both together. The first Canticle rolled
for would apply to all of your units with the Canticles of the
Omnissiah ability, while the second would apply only to those
units in Mars Detachments.
Q: When is the Litany of the Electromancer Canticle resolved?
A: Immediately – i.e. at the start of the battle round when the
Canticle is chosen/rolled for.
Q: Does a weapon that ignores cover ignore the benefit bestowed
by the Shroudpsalm Canticle?
A: Yes.
Q: Can the Refusal to Yield dogma be used to prevent a unit
from being slain due to a 1 being rolled to hit when it uses its
plasma weapon?
A: Yes.
Q: How do the Chorister Technis Warlord Trait and Glory to the
Omnissiah dogma interact – when do I re-roll the first dice?
A: Roll the first dice, then (if you wish) re-roll it. Then roll the
second dice.
Q: How do the Gloria Mechanicus Stratagem and Glory to the
Omnissiah dogma interact – which Canticle can you change with
this Stratagem?
A: Choose one Canticle to change.
Q: When using the Binharic Override Stratagem, when do the
new Battle Protocols you choose come into effect?
A: Immediately.
Q: When using the Cognis Overwatch Stratagem, do I apply any
relevant modifiers to the firing model’s Ballistic Skill?
A: Yes, as long as the weapon is a cognis weapon. Note that
modifiers to hit rolls do not apply.
2
Q: When using the Monitor Malevolus Warlord Trait, can you re-
roll a dice that determines how many mortal wounds are inflicted
on an enemy unit (i.e. is this classed as a damage roll?)
A: No, such a roll is not classed as a damage roll.

Q: Does the Static Psalm-code Warlord Trait affect the range of

the Master of Machines ability?
A: No.

Q: How does the Rage of the Machines Stratagem work with a

Vehicle unit that consists of more than one model?
A: One Vehicle model from that unit would gain the benefit of
that Stratagem.

Q: If a Questor Mechanicus unit from your army is selected as the

target of the Knight of the Cog Stratagem, must every unit in that
Questor Mechanicus unit’s Detachment also have the Canticles of
the Omnissiah ability in order for that Questor Mechanicus unit
to benefit from it?
A: No.

Q: At what point does the invulnerable save of Fulgurite Electro-

Priests get increased as a result of the Siphoned Vigour ability?
A: When the last model of the enemy unit is slain and removed
from the battlefield.

Q: Can a Graia model that has the Refusal to Yield ability also
make use of rules that allow them to ignore lost wounds, such as
Fanatical Devotion?
A: No.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ADEPTUS MECHANICUS 3

 INDEX: XENOS
Indomitus Version 1.0
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Pages 9, 32, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 68, 69, 70 & 71 – Night
Shroud, ‘Chinork’ Warkopta, DX-6 Remora Stealth Drone
Squadron, Barracuda AX-5-2, Tiger Shark AX-1-0, Tiger Shark
Fighter-Bomber, Orca Dropship, Manta Super-heavy Dropship,
Nightwing, Phoenix, Vampire Hunter, Vampire Raider
Add ‘Aircraft’ to the keywords line of these datasheets.
*Page 14 – Gauss Pylon, Abilities, Immobile
Change to read:
‘This model cannot move for any reason, except when it is set up
using the Teleportation Matrix ability, nor can it fight in the Fight
phase. Enemy models automatically hit this model in the Fight
phase – do not make hit rolls. Friendly units can still target enemy
units that are within Engagement Range of this model.’
Page 17 – Malanthrope, Power Rating
Change this model’s Power Rating to read ‘5’.
Page 17 – Malanthrope, Abilities, Shrouding Spores
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Your opponent must subtract 1 from hit rolls for ranged
weapons that target <Hive Fleet> units within 3" of any friendly
<Hive Fleet> Malanthropes.’
Page 17 – Malanthrope, Keywords
Add ‘Fly’.
Pages 17 and 83 – Dimachaeron and Tyranids Melee Weapons,
grasping talons and thorax spine-maw, Abilities
Change to read:
‘When targeting Infantry units, each hit roll of 6+ made with
this weapon is resolved at Strength x2 and Damage D6.’
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: XENOS
Pages 18 and 83 – Stone Crusher Carnifex Brood and Tyranids
Melee Weapons, bio-flail, Abilities
Change to read:
‘Each time the bearer fights, one (and only one) of its attacks
can be made with this weapon. When the bearer fights with this
weapon, make a number of hit rolls against one target unit equal
to the number of models that the target unit has within 2" of
the bearer.’
Page 18 – Meiotic Spores, Abilities, Outriders of the Swarm
Change to read:
‘When you set up this unit during deployment, it can be set up
anywhere on the battlefield that is more than 9" from the enemy
deployment zone and any enemy models.’
Pages 19, 21 and 83 – Barbed Hierodule, Harridan, Scythed
Hierodule and Tyranids Melee Weapons, massive scything
talons, Abilities
Change the second sentence to read:
‘If the bearer has more than one pair of massive scything talons,
it can make 1 additional attack with them each time it fights.’
Page 19 – Barbed Hierodule, unit description
Change to read:
‘A Barbed Hierodule is a single model equipped with two bio-
cannons and massive scything talons.’
*Pages 19, 20 and 21 – Barbed Hierodule, Hierophant Bio-titan
and Scythed Hierodule, Abilities, Titanic Monster
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move,
Advances or Falls Back, it can be moved across other models
(excluding Monster and Vehicle models) as if they were not
there, and when it does it can be moved within Engagement
Range of such models, but cannot finish its move within
Engagement Range of any of them.’
Page 19 – Harridan, unit description
Change to read:
‘A Harridan is a single model equipped with two bio-cannons
and massive scything talons.’
*Page 19 – Harridan, Abilities, Flying Titanic Monster
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which it Fell
Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move, Advances or
Falls Back, it can be moved across other models (excluding Monster
and Vehicle models) as if they were not there, and when it does
it can be moved within Engagement Range of such models, but
cannot finish its move within Engagement Range of any of them.’
1
Pages 20, 82 and 83 – Hierophant Bio-Titan and Tyranids Melee
Weapons, monstrous scything talons
Change the name of this weapon to read ‘gargantuan
scything talons’.
Page 20 – Hierophant Bio-titan, profile
Change the Ballistic Skill characteristic to read ‘3+’.
Page 21 – Scythed Hierodule, unit description
Change to read:
‘A Scythed Hierodule is a single model equipped with bio-acid
spray and two pairs of massive scything talons.’
Page 23 – Abilities, Mob Rule
Change the second sentence to read:
‘When using the Leadership characteristic of this unit, you can
either use its own Leadership characteristic, or you can choose
for the characteristic to be equal to either the number of models
in the unit or the number of models in another friendly unit
within 6" that has this ability.’
Pages 24-34 – Datasheets
Add the following ability:
‘Dakka! Dakka! Dakka! (see Codex: Orks)’
Page 24 – Zhadsnark da Rippa, Abilities, Waaagh!
Change to read:
‘Friendly Evil Sunz Infantry units within 6" of this model at
the start of the Charge phase can charge even if they Advanced
this turn.’
Page 24 – Zhadsnark da Rippa, Keywords
Add ‘Speed Freeks’.
Page 24 – Ork Mek Boss Buzzgob, Abilities, Big Mekaniak
Change to read:
‘At the end of your Movement phase, this model can repair a
single friendly Goff Vehicle model within 3". That model regains
D3 lost wounds. A model can only be repaired once per turn.’
Page 27 – Squiggoth, Abilities, Stampede!
Change to read:
‘Each time this model finishes a charge move, roll a D6 for each
enemy unit within Engagement Range of it; on a 2+ that unit
suffers D3 mortal wounds.’
Page 28 – Meka-Dread, Wargear Options
Change the first bullet point to read:
‘• Th
 e Meka-Dread may replace one of its rippa klaws with one
of the following weapons: killkannon, big zzappa, shunta or
ratler kannon.’
Change the second bullet point to read:
‘• Th
 e Meka-Dread must take one of the following: rokkit-
bomms, two big shootas, the Mega Charga ability or a Kustom
Force Field.’
*Page 28 – Meka-Dread, Abilities, Big n’ Stompy
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which it
Fell Back.’
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: XENOS
*Pages 28, 29, 30 and 31 – Lifta Wagon, Big Trakk, Battlewagon
with Supa-kannon and Kill Tank, Abilities, Mobile Fortress
Delete this ability.
Pages 28, 33 and 85 – Lifta Wagon, Kustom Stompa and Orks
Ranged Weapons, lifta-droppa, Abilities
Add the following:
‘Roll against a unit’s Toughness characteristic instead if its
Strength characteristic is ‘-‘.’
Pages 29, 34 and 85 – Big Trakk, Gargantuan Squiggoth and
Orks Ranged Weapons, killkannon
Change this weapon’s Type to read ‘Heavy D6’.
*Page 29 – Big Trakk, Abilities, Open-topped
Change the fourth sentence to read:
‘For example, the passengers cannot shoot if this model has
Fallen Back in the same turn.’
Add the following:
‘While this transport is within Engagement Range of any enemy
units, embarked units cannot shoot, except with any Pistols they
are equipped with.’
*Page 30 – Battlewagon with Supa-kannon,
Abilities, Open-topped
Change the third sentence to read:
‘When they do so, any restrictions or modifiers that apply to this
model also apply to its passenger. For example, the passengers
cannot shoot if this model has Fallen Back in the same turn.’
Add the following:
‘While this transport is within Engagement Range of any enemy
units, embarked units cannot shoot, except with any Pistols they
are equipped with.’
*Pages 31 – Kill Tank, Abilities, Hang On!
Change the third sentence to read:
‘For example, the passengers cannot shoot if this model has
Fallen Back in the same turn.’
Add the following:
‘While this transport is within Engagement Range of any enemy
units, embarked units cannot shoot, except with any Pistols they
are equipped with.’
*Page 32 – ‘Chinork’ Warkopta, Abilities
Add the following ability to the datasheet:
‘Open-topped: Models embarked on this model can attack in
their Shooting phase. Measure the range and draw line of sight
from any point on this model’s base. When they do so, any
restrictions or modifiers that apply to this model also apply to
its passengers. For example, the passengers cannot shoot if this
model has Fallen Back in the same turn. While this transport is
within Engagement Range of any enemy units, embarked units
cannot shoot, except with any Pistols they are equipped with.
Note that passengers cannot shoot if this model Falls Back, even
though the ‘Chinork’ Warkopta itself can.’
2
*Page 27 and 34 – Squiggoth and Gargantuan Squiggoth,
Abilities, Howdah
Change to read:
‘In your Shooting phase, units embarked on this model can be
selected to shoot. Measure the range and draw line of sight from
any point on this model. When shooting with units embarked
on this model, they do not count as being within Engagement
Range of enemy units, and if this model made a Normal Move or
Fell Back, they count as having Remained Stationary. Any other
restrictions or modifiers that apply to this model also apply to
models embarked upon it; for example, if this model Advanced,
models embarked upon it also count as having Advanced.’
*Page 33 – Kustom Stompa, Abilities, Bigger ’n’ Stompier
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move,
Advances or Falls Back, it can be moved across other models
(excluding Monster and Vehicle models) as if they were not
there, and when it does it can be moved within Engagement
Range of such models, but cannot finish its move within
Engagement Range of any of them.’
*Page 34 – Gargantuan Squiggoth, Abilities, Stampede!
Change to read:
‘Each time this model finishes a charge move, roll a D6 for each
enemy unit within Engagement Range of it; on a 2+, that unit
suffers D6 mortal wounds.’
Pages 34 and 85 – Gargantuan, Squiggoth and Orks Ranged
Weapons, supa-lobba, Abilities
Add the following:
‘This weapon can target units that are not visible to the bearer.’
Page 34 – Gargantuan Squiggoth, Transport
Change to read:
‘The Gargantuan Squiggoth can carry 20 Flash Gitz or <Clan>
Infantry models. It may not carry Mega Armour or Jump
Pack models.’
*Page 37 – Tantalus, Abilities, Open-topped
Change the third sentence to read:
‘When they do so, any restrictions or modifiers that apply to this
model also apply to its passenger. For example, the passengers
cannot shoot if this model has Fallen Back in the same turn.’
Add the following:
‘While this transport is within Engagement Range of any enemy
units, embarked units cannot shoot, except with any Pistols they
are equipped with.’
*Page 39 – Abilities, For the Greater Good
Change to read:
‘- Each time an enemy unit declares a charge against this unit,
this unit can fire Overwatch before the charge roll is made.
- W hile a friendly unit with this ability is within 6" of this unit,
each time an enemy unit declares a charge against this unit,
that friendly unit can fire Overwatch before the charge roll is
made. If it does so, until the end of the phase, that friendly unit
cannot fire Overwatch again.
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: XENOS
Designer’s Note: This allows T’au units to fire Overwatch in the
same way that they did in the previous edition, and as such, units
with this ability do not require the Fire Overwatch Stratagem
from the Warhammer 40,000 Core Book in order to do so.’
Page 40 – Shas’o R’myr, Abilities, Upgraded Shield Generator
Change to read:
‘Shas’o R’myr has a 4+ invulnerable save. This is increased to a
3+ invulnerable save against melee weapons.’
*Page 41 – Shas’o R’alai, unit description
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Shas’o R’alai is a single model equipped with an experimental
pulse submunitions rifle and a drone controller.’
*Add the following ability:
‘Photon Casters: Any enemy unit that declares a charge against
any units that have this ability must reduce its charge range by
2" for that phase.’
Change this datasheet’s keywords to read:
‘Keywords (Shas’o R’alai): Battlesuit, Commander, Character,
Jet Pack, Fly, Shas’o R’alai
Keywords (Blacklight Marker Drone): Drone, Fly, Blacklight
Marker Drone’
Pages 41-46 and 49-51 – Abilities, Saviour Protocols
Change this to read:
‘When resolving an attack made against a <Sept> Infantry or
<Sept> Battlesuit unit whilst that unit is within 3" of a friendly
<Sept> Drones unit, if the wound roll is successful, you can roll
one D6; on a 2+ that Drones unit suffers 1 mortal wound and
the attack sequence ends.’
Page 44 – XV9 Hazard Support Team, Abilities, Photon Casters
Change to read:
‘Any enemy unit that declares a charge against any units
that have this ability must reduce its charge range by 2" for
that phase.’
Pages 45 and 46 – XV109 Y’vahra Battlesuit and XV107
R’varna Battlesuit, Abilities, MV52 Shield Generator and
Shield Generator
Add the following at the end:
‘In addition, roll a D6 each time a Drone with this ability loses a
wound; on a 5+ that Drone does not lose a wound.’
Page 45 – XV109 Y’vahra Battlesuit, Abilities, Nova Reactor
(Y’vahra class), Escape Thrust
Change to read:
‘At the start of your Movement phase, the Y’vahra may be
removed from play and set up in the sky. At the end of your next
Movement phase you may set up the Y’vahra anywhere on the
battlefield as long as it is more than 9" from any enemy unit.’
3
*Page 47 – KX Ta’unar Supremacy Armour, Abilities,
Towering Colossus
Change this to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which it
Fell Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move, Advances
or Falls Back, it can be moved across other models (excluding
Monster and Vehicle models) as if they were not there, and when
it does it can be moved within Engagement Range of such models,
but cannot finish its move within Engagement Range of any
of them.’
Pages 51, 89 and 91 – TX7 Fire Support Hammerhead Gunship
and T’au Empire Ranged Weapons, twin heavy burst cannon
Change the name of the ‘twin heavy burst cannon’ weapon in
every instance to ‘twin swiftstrike burst cannon.’
Page 51 – TX7 Fire Support Hammerhead Gunship,
Keywords (Hammerhead)
Add ‘Hammerhead’.
Pages 53, 54, 89 and 90 – Barracuda, Tiger Shark Fighter-Bomber
and T’au Empire Ranged Weapons, heavy burst cannon
Change the name of the ‘heavy burst cannon’ weapon in every
instance to ‘swiftstrike burst cannon.’
Page 55 – Tiger Shark AX-1-0, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Titan Hunter: This model may fire Macro weapons even if it has
moved this turn.’
Page 57 – Manta Super-heavy Dropship, Abilities, Colossal Flier
Change the first sentence to read:
‘When targeting this model with shooting attacks and psychic
powers, always measure to the model’s hull where it would be at
tabletop level, even if it is on a flying base.’
*Delete the final sentence.
Page 58 – Drone Sentry Turret, unit description
Delete the last sentence of the description.
Pages 61 and 75 – Shadow Spectres and Irillyth, Keywords
Add ‘Jump Pack’.
Pages 62, 64-67, 69, 72, 76 and 94 – Starcannon and
Twin Starcannon
Change the Damage characteristic to read ‘D3’.
Page 63 – Wraithseer, profile
Change this unit’s Toughness characteristic to 8.
Add the following keyword to this datasheet: Wraith Construct.
Page 72 – Skathach Wraithknight
Add the following keyword to this datasheet: Wraith Construct.
Page 63 – Wraithseer, Psyker, Enliven
Change the last sentence to read:
‘Until the beginning of the controlling player’s next Psychic
phase, the targeted unit rolls an additional D6 when Advancing or
charging and discards the lowest result.’
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: XENOS
Pages 66 and 94 – Scorpion and Asuryani Ranged Weapons, twin
Scorpion pulsar, Abilities
Change text to read:
‘Any wound rolls of 6+ made with this weapon are resolved with a
Damage characteristic of 6 rather than 3.’
Pages 68 and 69 – Nightwing and Phoenix, Battlefield Role
Change the Battlefield Role to Flyer.
Pages 70 and 71 – Vampire Raider and Vampire Hunter, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Colossal Flyer: When targeting this model with shooting attacks
and psychic powers, always measure to the model’s hull where
it would be at tabletop level, even if it is on a flying base. In
addition, unless the attacking model has the Fly keyword, add 12"
to the measured distance to determine the range when making
shooting attacks against this model. Note that this means many
short-ranged shooting weapons will not be able to hit this model.
Also, this model does not suffer the penalty for moving and firing
Heavy weapons.’
*Page 72 – Skathach Wraithknight, Abilities,
Webway Shunt Generator
Change the first sentence to read:
‘At the beginning of your Movement phase, if this unit is not
within Engagement Range of any enemy models it can activate the
shunt generator and return to the depths of the webway.’
*Page 72 – Skathach Wraithknight, Abilities,
Unstoppable Revenant
Change this to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which it
Fell Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move, Advances
or Falls Back, it can be moved across other models (excluding
Monster and Vehicle models) as if they were not there, and when
it does it can be moved within Engagement Range of such models,
but cannot finish its move within Engagement Range of any
of them.’
*Pages 73 and 76 – Revenant Titan and Phantom Titan, Abilities,
Unstoppable Wraith-titan
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which it
Fell Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move, Advances
or Falls Back, it can be moved across other models (excluding
Monster and Vehicle models) as if they were not there, and when
it does it can be moved within Engagement Range of such models,
but cannot finish its move within Engagement Range of any
of them.’
Page 74 – Corsair Cloud Dancer Band, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Corsairs: So long as your Warlord is Aeldari, you can include
this unit in a Patrol, Battalion, or Outrider Detachment even if
that Detachment contains no HQ units. However, if you do so,
that Detachment’s Command Benefits are changed to ‘None’.’
Page 75 – Irillyth, Keywords
Add the following to this datasheet’s keywords line:
‘Character’
4
Pages 77 and 78 – Corsair Reaver Band and Corsair Skyreaver
Band, Abilities, Dancing on the Blade’s Edge
Change to read:
‘When making Morale tests, a unit with this ability may roll an
additional dice and discard the highest result, but if any models
flee the unit due to the result of the test, the number of fleeing
models is increased by 1.’
Pages 77 – Corsair Reaver Band, Wargear Options
Change the second bullet point to read:
‘• Th
 e Corsair Reaver Felarch may take one of the
following weapons:
- Void sabre
- Dissonance pistol’
Page 77 – Corsair Reaver Band, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Corsairs: So long as your Warlord is Aeldari, you can include
this unit in a Patrol, Battalion, or Outrider Detachment even if
that Detachment contains no HQ units. However, if you do so,
that Detachment’s Command Benefits are changed to ‘None’.’
Pages 78 – Corsair Skyreaver Reaver Band, Wargear Options
Change the second bullet point to read:
‘• Th
 e Corsair Skyreaver Felarch may take one of the
following weapons:
- Void sabre
- Dissonance pistol’
Page 78 – Corsair Skyreaver Band, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Corsairs: So long as your Warlord is Aeldari, you can include
this unit in a Patrol, Battalion, or Outrider Detachment even if
that Detachment contains no HQ units. However, if you do so,
that Detachment’s Command Benefits are changed to ‘None’.’
Page 88 – T’au Empire Points, Units
Change the points per model value of the TX7 Heavy
Bombardment Hammerhead Gunship and the TX7 Fire Support
Hammerhead Gunship to read ‘117’.
Change the points per model value of Blacklight Marker Drones
to read ‘7’.
FAQs
Q: Does the Kustom Stompa’s Repair Krew ability prevent a Big
Mek from trying to repair it in the same turn?
A: Yes.
Q: Can DX-6 Remora Stealth Drones embark inside a
TY7 Devilfish?
A: No.
Q: When an XV109 Y’vahra Battlesuit uses its Nova Reactor ability
to do an Overcharged Burst, do I use the Nova Reactor profile on
only one of its applicable weapons, or on both of them?
A: You use the Nova Reactor profile on both applicable weapons.
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: XENOS
Q: There are no datasheets for Corsair Princes or Corsair Barons –
are there datasheets I should use for these models?
A: Use either the Corsair Cloud Dancer Band, Corsair Reaver
Band or Corsair Skyreaver Band datasheets (whichever best
describes the model) with the model taking the place of the
unit’s Felarch.
Q: There are no datasheets for Corsair Venoms or Corsair Falcons –
are there datasheets I should use for these models?
A: Use the Venom or Falcon datasheets respectively (from Codex:
Craftworlds). In either case, the vehicle replaces its <Kabal>,
<Wych Cult>, <Haemonculus Coven> or <Craftworld> Faction
keyword with <Coterie>, and that model can only transport
Infantry models (the number of models and any other restrictions
remain the same). So long as your Warlord is Aeldari, you can
include this unit in a Patrol, Battalion, or Outrider Detachment
even if that Detachment contains no HQ units. However, if you do
so, that Detachment’s Command Benefits are changed to ‘None’.
Q: Can I use the weapon profiles for things like lasblasters and
D-cannons from Codex: Craftworlds, or do I have to use the ones
printed in Imperial Armour – Index: Xenos?
A: You can use the profiles from Codex: Craftworlds.
Q: While a model with a kustom force-field is embarked on
a Squiggoth, does the Squiggoth transporting it have a 5+
invulnerable save against attacks made with ranged weapons, in
the same way as a vehicle transport would?
A: Yes.
Q: Can I use the weapon profiles for things like deffkannons and
supa-gatlers from Codex: Orks, or do I have to use the ones printed
in Imperial Armour – Index: Xenos?
A: You can use the profiles from Codex: Orks.
Q: What datasheets should I use for Grot Bomb Launchas,
Attack Fightas, Fighta-Bommers, Dethrolla Battle Fortresses, Kill
Krushas, Raven Strike Fighters, Knarloc Riders, Great Knarlocs
and Firestorms?
A: It is an unfortunate truth that we can’t continue indefinitely to
sell and support every model we’ve ever made. As we make new
models, and new books to explore their background and rules,
we have to stop producing and featuring some older models. But
just like many of you, we still treasure our collections of older
miniatures, and we still want to be able to use them in games and
forge glorious narratives on the tabletop! As such, the datasheets
for these classic models can be found below, but they are intended
for use in open play or narrative play games; they are not designed
or approved for use in matched play games (as they won’t, for
example, have any points values).
Note that the Ork datasheets have been updated to have the
Dakka, Dakka, Dakka! ability from Codex: Orks.
5
BLAST APPENDIX AIRCRAFT APPENDIX
The following weapons gain the Blast ability, as described in the The following datasheets gain the Aircraft keyword:
Warhammer 40,000 Core Book:
• ‘Chinork’ Warkopta
• Aeldari missile launcher - Sunburst missile • Barracuda AX-5-2
• Big lobba • DX-6 Remora Stealth Drone Squadron
• Boom kanister • Manta Super-heavy Dropship
• Bursta kannon • Night Shroud
• Cloudburst missile launcher • Nightwing
• Cyclic ion blaster - Overcharge • Orca Dropship
• D-bombard • Phoenix
• D-flail - Blast • Tiger Shark AX-1-0
• D-impaler • Tiger Shark Fighter-Bomber
• Deff kannon • Vampire Hunter
• Dire pulsar • Vampire Raider
• Exile cannon
• Gauss annihilator - Flux arc
• Gauss annihilator - Focussed beam
• Haywire launcher
• Heat cannon
• Ion cannon - Overcharge
• Ion cannon - Standard
• Ionic discharge cannon - Nova reactor
• Long-barrelled ion cannon - Overcharge
• Lynx pulsar - Saturation mode
• Nexus meteor missile system
• Nightfire missile array
• Pulsar
• Pulse ordnance multi-driver - Pattern bombardment
• Pulse submunitions cannon
• Rokkit-bomms
• Skyspear missile rack
• Stikkbomm
• Storm vortex projector - Beam
• Storm vortex projector - Blast
• Sunburst grenade
• Supa-kannon
• Supa-lobba
• Tri-axis ion cannon - Coherent beam
• Twin Scorpion pulsar
• Twin Vampire pulsar
• Voidstorm missile launcher

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: XENOS 6

 4e r
po Grot Bomm Launcha
w

NAME M WS BS S T W A Ld Sv
Grot Bomm Launcha 12" 3+ 5+ 4 5 6 4 6 4+
A Grot Bomm Launcha is a single model equipped with a Grot-guided bomm.
WEAPON RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Blast. This weapon can only be fired once per battle. This
Grot-guided bomm 72" Heavy 2D6 8 -3 D3 weapon can target units that are not visible to the firer.
You can re-roll failed hit rolls made for this weapon.
ABILITIES Dakka! Dakka! Dakka! (see Codex: Orks)

Outriders: During deployment, you can set up this model on the army’s flank instead of placing it on the
battlefield. At the end of any of your Movement phases, this model can race in to encircle the foe – set it up so that
it is touching a battlefield edge and is more than 9" away from any enemy models.
FACTION KEYWORDS Ork, <Clan>
KEYWORDS Vehicle, Grot Bomm Launcha

6w e r
po
Attack Fighta
DAMAGE
Some of this model’s characteristics change as
it suffers damage, as shown below:
NAME M WS BS S T W A Ld Sv REMAINING W M BS A
6-10+ 20-50" 5+ 3
Attack Fighta * 5+ * 6 6 10 * 6 4+
3-5 20-30" 6+ D3
An Attack Fighta is a single model equipped with two twin big shootas and small bomms.
1-2 20-25" 6+ 1
WEAPON RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Twin big shoota 36" Assault 6 5 0 1 -
Wing rokkits 24" Assault 1 8 -2 3 -
WARGEAR OPTIONS • This model can replace its small bomms with wing rokkits.
ABILITIES Dakka! Dakka! Dakka! (see Codex: Orks) Small Bomms: A model equipped with small bomms
can drop a bomm each turn as it flies over enemy units in
Supersonic: Each time this model moves, first pivot its Movement phase. After the model has moved, select
it on the spot up to 90° (this does not contribute to an enemy unit that it moved over and roll a D6 for each
how far the model moves), and then move the model model in that unit, up to a maximum of 5 dice. For each
straight forwards. Note that it cannot pivot again after roll of 6, the enemy unit suffers 1 mortal wound.
the initial pivot. When this model Advances, increase
its Move characteristic by 20" until the end of the phase Crash and Burn: If this model is reduced to 0 wounds,
– do not roll a dice. roll a D6 before removing it from the battlefield. On a
6 it crashes in a fiery explosion and each unit within 6"
Hard to Hit: Subtract 1 from hit rolls for attacks that suffers D3 mortal wounds.
target this model in the Shooting phase.

Airborne: This model cannot charge, can only be

charged by units that can Fly, and can only attack or be
attacked in the Fight phase by units that can Fly.
FACTION KEYWORDS Ork, <Clan>
KEYWORDS Vehicle, Aircraft, Fly, Attack Fighta

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: XENOS 7

 7e r
po
Fighta-Bommer
DAMAGE
Some of this model’s characteristics change as
w
it suffers damage, as shown below:

NAME M WS BS S T W A Ld Sv REMAINING W M BS A
7-12+ 20-50" 5+ 3
Fighta-Bommer * 5+ * 6 6 12 * 6 4+
4-6 20-30" 6+ D3
A Fighta-Bommer is a single model equipped with three twin big shootas and small bomms.
1-3 20-25" 6+ 1
WEAPON RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
A model can only fire each of its Grot-guided bomms
once per battle. This weapon can target units that are not
Grot-guided bomm 72" Heavy 2D6 8 -3 D3
visible to the firer. You can re-roll failed hit rolls made
for this weapon.
Twin big shoota 36" Assault 6 5 0 1 -
Wing rokkits 24" Assault 1 8 -2 3 -
WARGEAR OPTIONS • This model can take replace its small bomms with either two wing rokkits or two Grot-guided bomms.
ABILITIES Dakka! Dakka! Dakka! (see Codex: Orks) Small Bomms: A model equipped with small bomms
can drop a bomm each turn as it flies over enemy units in
Supersonic: Each time this model moves, first pivot its Movement phase. After the model has moved, select
it on the spot up to 90° (this does not contribute to an enemy unit that it moved over and roll a D6 for each
how far the model moves), and then move the model model in that unit, up to a maximum of 5 dice. For each
straight forwards. Note that it cannot pivot again after roll of 6, the enemy unit suffers 1 mortal wound.
the initial pivot. When this model Advances, increase
its Move characteristic by 20" until the end of the phase Crash and Burn: If this model is reduced to 0 wounds,
– do not roll a dice. roll a D6 before removing it from the battlefield. On a
6 it crashes in a fiery explosion and each unit within 6"
Hard to Hit: Subtract 1 from hit rolls for attacks that suffers D3 mortal wounds.
target this model in the Shooting phase.

Airborne: This model cannot charge, can only be

charged by units that can Fly, and can only attack or be
attacked in the Fight phase by units that can Fly.
FACTION KEYWORDS Ork, <Clan>
KEYWORDS Vehicle, Fly, Fighta-Bommer

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: XENOS 8

Blast
16r
po Dethrolla Battle DAMAGE
Some of this model’s characteristics change as
we
Fortress it suffers damage, as shown below:

NAME M WS BS S T W A Ld Sv REMAINING W M WS BS
14-24+ 12" 3+ 4+
Dethrolla Battle Fortress * * * 8 8 24 8 7 4+
6-13 10" 4+ 5+
A Dethrolla Battle Fortress is a single model equipped with a kannon, two zzap guns and
a Dethrolla. 1-5 8" 5+ 6+
WEAPON RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Big shoota 36" Assault 3 5 0 1 -
Kannon When attacking with this weapon, choose one of the profiles below.
- Frag 36" Heavy D6 4 0 1 Blast
- Shell 36" Heavy 1 8 -2 D6 -
Blast. This weapon can target units that are not visible
Lobba 48" Heavy D6 5 0 1
to the bearer.
Rokkit launcha 24" Assault 1 8 -2 3 -
Skorcha 8" Assault D6 5 -1 1 This weapon automatically hits its target.
Twin big shoota 36" Assault 6 5 0 1 -
Before firing this weapon, roll to determine the
Strength of the shot. If the result is 11+ do not make a
Zzap gun 36" Heavy 1 2D6 -3 3 wound roll – instead, if the attack hits it causes 3 mortal
wounds. The bearer then suffers 1 mortal wound.

Dethrolla Melee Melee +2 -3 D3 Add 3 to hit rolls for attacks made for this weapon.
WARGEAR OPTIONS • This model can replace its kannon and/or any zzap gun with any of the following: lobba, kannon, zzap gun.
• This model must take two items from the following list: twin big shoota, skorcha, rokkit launcha.
• This model may take up to five big shootas.
ABILITIES Dakka! Dakka! Dakka! (see Codex: Orks)

Firing Points: Models embarked on this vehicle can shoot in their Shooting phase. They measure range and draw
line of sight from any point on the vehicle. When they do so, any restrictions or modifiers that apply to this model
also apply to its passengers; for example, the passengers cannot shoot if this model has Fallen Back in the same
turn, cannot shoot (except with Pistols) if this model is within 1" of an enemy unit, and so on.

Grot Riggers: At the end of the turn, roll a D6. On a 6, this model regains one lost wound.

Explodes: If this model is reduced to 0 wounds, roll a D6 before removing it from the battlefield and before any
embarked models disembark. On a 6 it explodes, and each unit within 6" suffers D6 mortal wounds.
TRANSPORT This model can transport 20 Ork Infantry models. Each Mega Armour or Jump Pack model takes up the
space of two other models.
FACTION KEYWORDS Ork, <Clan>
KEYWORDS Vehicle, Transport, Titanic, Battle Fortress, Dethrolla

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: XENOS 9

 16r
po
Kill Krusha
DAMAGE
Some of this model’s characteristics change as
we
it suffers damage, as shown below:

NAME M WS BS S T W A Ld Sv REMAINING W M WS BS
14-24+ 12" 3+ 4+
Kill Krusha * * * 8 8 24 8 7 4+
6-13 10" 4+ 5+
A Kill Krusha is a single model equipped with a Krusha kannon and reinforced ram.
1-5 8" 5+ 6+
WEAPON RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Big shoota 36" Assault 3 5 0 1 -
Krusha kannon When attacking with this weapon, choose one of the profiles below.
- Boom shell 60" Heavy 2D6 8 -2 2 Blast
Roll two dice when inflicting damage with this weapon
- Tankhamma shell 60" Heavy 1 10 -3 D6
and discard the lowest result.
- Scrap kanister 18" Heavy 3D6 5 -1 1 This weapon automatically hits its target.
Blast. Units do not receive the benefit of cover to their
- Blast burna 48" Heavy 3D6 4 0 1
saving throws for attacks made with this weapon.
Rack of rokkits 24" Assault 2 8 -2 3 -
Rokkit launcha 24" Assault 1 8 -2 3 -
Skorcha 8" Assault D6 5 -1 1 This weapon automatically hits its target.
Twin big shoota 36" Assault 6 5 0 1 -
WARGEAR OPTIONS • This model may take two items from the following list: big shoota, rack of rokkits, rokkit launcha, skorcha, twin
big shoota.
ABILITIES Dakka! Dakka! Dakka! (see Codex: Orks) Hang On!: Models embarked on this vehicle can shoot
in their Shooting phase, but only hit on a 6+. They
Mobile Fortress: This model ignores the penalty for measure range and draw line of sight from any point
moving and firing Heavy weapons. on the vehicle. When they do so, any restrictions or
modifiers that apply to this model also apply to its
Reinforced Ram: Increase this model’s Strength passengers; for example, the passengers cannot shoot
characteristic by 2 until the end of a turn in which it if this model has Fallen Back in the same turn, cannot
makes a successful charge. In addition, each time this shoot (except with Pistols) if this model is within 1" of
model finishes a charge move, select one enemy unit an enemy unit, and so on.
within 1" and roll a D6; on a 2+ that unit suffers D3
mortal wounds. Grot Riggers: At the end of the turn, roll a D6. On a 6,
this model regains one lost wound.
Explodes: If this model is reduced to 0 wounds, roll a
D6 before removing it from the battlefield and before
any embarked models disembark. On a 6 it explodes,
and each unit within 6" suffers D6 mortal wounds.
TRANSPORT This model can transport 12 Ork Infantry models. Each Mega Armour or Jump Pack model takes up the
space of two other models.
FACTION KEYWORDS Ork, <Clan>
KEYWORDS Vehicle, Transport, Titanic, Kill Krusha

9e r
po
Raven Strike Fighter
DAMAGE
Some of this model’s characteristics change as
w
it suffers damage, as shown below:

NAME M WS BS S T W A Ld Sv REMAINING W M BS A
6-10+ 20-72" 3+ 3
Raven Strike Fighter * 6+ * 6 6 10 * 7 4+
3-5 20-48" 4+ D3
A Raven Strike Fighter is a single model equipped with a splinterstorm cannon and two dark lances.
1-2 20-32" 5+ 1
WEAPON RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Change this weapon’s Type from Heavy to Assault if it is
Dark lance 36" Heavy 1 8 -4 D6
equipped on a Vehicle.
This weapon wounds on a 4+, unless it is targeting a
Splinterstorm cannon 36" Rapid Fire 6 * 0 1 Vehicle or Titanic unit, in which case it wounds on
a 6+.
ABILITIES Supersonic: Each time this model moves, first pivot Airborne: This model cannot charge, can only be
it on the spot up to 90° (this does not contribute to charged by units that can Fly, and can only attack or be
how far the model moves), and then move the model attacked in the Fight phase by units that can Fly.
straight forwards. Note that it cannot pivot again
after the initial pivot. When this model Advances, Night Shield: This model has a 5+ invulnerable save
increase its Move characteristic by 20" until the end against ranged weapons.
of the phase – do not roll a dice.
Crash and Burn: If this model is reduced to 0 wounds,
Hard to Hit: Subtract 1 from hit rolls for attacks that roll a D6 before removing it from the battlefield. On a
target this model in the Shooting phase. 6 it crashes in a fiery explosion and each unit within 6"
suffers D3 mortal wounds.
FACTION KEYWORDS Aeldari, Drukhari, <Kabal> or <Wych Cult>
KEYWORDS Vehicle, Aircraft, Fly, Raven Strike Fighter

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: XENOS 10

 5r
po
Knarloc Riders
we

NAME M WS BS S T W A Ld Sv
Knarloc Riders 7" 3+ 4+ 3 4 4 2 6 4+
This unit contains 3 Knarloc Riders. It can include up to 3 additional Knarloc Riders (Power Rating +5). Each model is armed with a kroot rifle
and rides a Knarloc that attacks with its sharp beak and talons.
WEAPON RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Rider
Kroot rifle (shooting) 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
Kroot rifle (melee) Melee Melee +1 0 1 -
Knarloc
After a model riding a Knarloc makes its close combat
Sharp beak and talons Melee Melee 5 -1 1 attacks, you can attack with its mount. Make 2
additional attacks, using this weapon profile.
ABILITIES Loping Stride: When this unit Advances, add 6" to its Move characteristic instead of rolling a D6.

Thunderous Pounce: Add 1 to wound rolls made for the Knarlocs’ sharp beak and talons attacks if this unit made
a charge move this turn.
FACTION KEYWORDS T’au Empire, Kroot
KEYWORDS Cavalry, Knarloc Riders

7e r
po Great Knarloc
w

NAME M WS BS S T W A Ld Sv
Great Knarloc 7" 3+ 4+ 7 6 9 4 6 4+
A Great Knarloc is a single model armed with a crushing beak and razor talons.
WEAPON RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Kroot bolt thrower 36" Assault D6 6 -1 1 -
Twin kroot gun 48" Rapid Fire 2 7 -1 D3 -
Razor talons Melee Melee User -3 D3 -
WARGEAR OPTIONS • This model may either be equipped with a kroot bolt thrower or twin kroot gun, or it can replace its crushing
beak with a baggage harness.
ABILITIES Crushing Beak: Each time a model with a crushing beak makes a pile-in move you can pick an enemy unit within
1" and roll a D6. On a 4+, that unit suffers D3 mortal wounds.

Baggage Harness: Add 1 to the Leadership characteristic of Kroot units within 6" of any friendly Great Knarlocs
equipped with a baggage harness.
FACTION KEYWORDS T’au Empire, Kroot
KEYWORDS Monster, Great Knarloc

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: XENOS 11

 10r
po
Firestorm
DAMAGE
Some of this model’s characteristics change as
we
it suffers damage, as shown below:

NAME M WS BS S T W A Ld Sv REMAINING W M BS A
7-12+ 16" 3+ 3
Firestorm * 6+ * 6 7 12 * 8 3+
4-6 12" 4+ D3
A Firestorm is a single model equipped with a twin shuriken catapult and Firestorm scatter laser.
1-3 8" 5+ 1
WEAPON RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Add 1 to hit rolls made for this weapon against targets
Firestorm scatter laser 60" Heavy 12 6 0 1 that can Fly. Subtract 1 from the hit rolls made for this
weapon against all other targets.
Each time you make a wound roll of 6+ for this weapon,
Shuriken cannon 24" Assault 3 6 0 1
that hit is resolved with an AP of -3.
Each time you make a wound roll of 6+ for this weapon,
Twin shuriken catapult 12" Assault 4 4 0 1
that hit is resolved with an AP of -3.
WARGEAR OPTIONS • This model may replace its twin shuriken catapult with a shuriken cannon.
• This model may take any of the following (see Codex: Craftworlds):
‒‒Crystal targeting matrix
‒‒Spirit stones
‒‒Star engines
‒‒Vectored engines
ABILITIES Explodes: If this model is reduced to 0 wounds, roll a Hover Tank: Distances and ranges are always measured
D6 before removing it from the battlefield and before to and from this model’s hull, even though it has a base.
any embarked models disembark. On a 6 it explodes,
and each unit within 6 suffers D3 mortal wounds.
TRANSPORT This model can transport 6 Phoenix Lord or <Craftworld> Infantry models. Each Wraithguard or
Wraithblade model takes the space of two other models. It cannot transport Jump Pack models.
FACTION KEYWORDS Aeldari, Asuryani, Warhost, <Craftworld>
KEYWORDS Vehicle, Transport, Fly, Firestorm

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: XENOS 12

 INDEX: FORCES OF THE ASTRA MILITARUM
Indomitus Version 1.0
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Pages 9, 114 and 120 – Hades Breaching Drill Squadron, Astra
Militarum Ranged Weapons list and Elysian Drop Troops
Ranged Weapons list, plasma gun, Supercharged profile
Change the Damage characteristic to read ‘2’.
Page 10 – Gryphonne Pattern Chimera, unit description
Change to read:
‘A Gryphonne Pattern Chimera is a single model equipped with
a twin heavy bolter, a heavy bolter and two lasgun arrays.’
Page 10 – Gryphonne Pattern Chimera, Wargear Options
Add the following bullet point to this model’s wargear options:
‘• Th
 is model may replace its twin heavy bolter with
an autocannon.’
*Page 13 – Tauros Venator, Abilities, Venator Targeting Array
Delete this ability.
Pages 13, 15, 16 and 112 – Armageddon Pattern Basilisk,
Earthshaker Battery, Earthshaker Carriage Battery and Astra
Militarum Ranged Weapons list, earthshaker cannon
Change the AP to read ‘-3’.
Pages 16-18 and 26 – Earthshaker Carriage Battery, Heavy
Mortar Battery, Heavy Quad Launcher Battery and Medusa
Carriage Battery , Abilities, Artillery Battery
Change to read:
‘Artillery Battery: When this unit is set up on the battlefield, all
models are set up in unit coherency. From that point onwards,
all the Artillery models are treated as one unit and all the
Guardsmen Crew are treated as another. Guardsmen Crew may
only be chosen as a target in the Shooting phase if they are the
closest visible enemy unit to the firer.’
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ASTRA MILITARUM
*Pages 19-23, 29 and 69 – Leman Russ Annihilator, Leman
Russ Conqueror, Leman Russ Stygies Vanquisher, Malcador
Annihilator, Malcador Defender, Stygies Thunderer Siege
Tank and Death Korps Leman Russ Mars-Alpha Battle Tanks,
Abilities, Grinding Advance
Change to read:
‘Grinding Advance: If this model Remains Stationary or moves
under half speed in its Movement phase (i.e. it moves a distance
in inches less than half of its current Move characteristic) it
can shoot its turret weapon twice in the following Shooting
phase (the turret weapon must target the same unit both times).
The following weapons are turret weapons: battle cannon;
Conqueror battle cannon; demolisher cannon; Eradicator nova
cannon; Executioner plasma cannon; Exterminator autocannon;
Punisher gatling cannon; Stygies Vanquisher battle cannon;
twin lascannon and Vanquisher battle cannon.’
*Page 22, 23, 29, 68, 112 and 117 – Malcador Annihilator,
Malcador Defender, Stygies Thunderer Siege Tank, Death Korps
Leman Russ Mars-Alpha Battle Tanks, Astra Militarum Ranged
Weapons list and Death Korps of Krieg Ranged Weapons list,
demolisher cannon
Change Type characteristic to Heavy D6 and Abilities to ‘Blast’.
Page 27 – Sabre Weapons Platform, Wargear Options
Change to read:
‘• A
 ny model may replace its twin heavy bolter with either
one twin lascannon, one twin autocannon, two twin heavy
stubbers or one defence searchlight.’
Page 27 – Sabre Weapons Battery, Defence Abilities, Searchlight
Change to read:
‘If this model has a defence searchlight, at the start of your
Shooting phase it may select a single enemy unit within 48" and
line of sight. One friendly <Regiment> Infantry or <Regiment>
Sabre Weapons Battery unit adds 1 to any hit rolls that target
the chosen unit until the end of the Shooting phase. A single
unit cannot benefit from multiple Defence Searchlights.’
Page 27 – Rapier Laser Destroyer, Abilities, Imperial
Guard Crew
Change to read:
‘When this unit is set up on the battlefield, all models are set up
in unit coherency. From that point onwards, the Rapier Laser
Destroyer is treated as one unit and all the Guardsmen Crew are
treated as another. Guardsmen Crew may only be chosen as a
target in the Shooting phase if they are the closest visible enemy
unit to the firer.’
1
Page 27 – Rapier Laser Destroyer, Guardsmen Crew, profile
Change so that it reads:
M WS BS S T W A Ld Sv
‘ 6" 4+ 4+ 3 3 1 1 6 5+’
Page 29 – Tarantula Battery, Abilities, Automated Artillery
Change the penultimate sentence to read:
‘If there are none of the specified types of unit in range or
line of sight, the closest visible enemy unit of any kind must
be targeted.’
Page 30 – Arkurian Pattern Stormblade
Change the unit description to read:
‘An Arkurian Pattern Stormblade is a single model equipped
with a plasma blastgun, a heavy bolter and adamantium tracks.’
Add the following to the wargear options:
‘• Th
 is model may take either two sponsons or four sponsons –
each sponson is equipped with a lascannon and either a twin
heavy bolter or twin heavy flamer.’
*Pages 30-39 and 42-44 – Arkurian Pattern Stormblade,
Arkurian Pattern Stormhammer, Arkurian Pattern Stormsword,
Crassus Armoured Assault Vehicle, Dominus Armoured Siege
Bombard, Gorgon Heavy Transporter, Macharius Heavy Tank,
Macharius Omega, Macharius Vanquisher, Macharius Vulcan,
Minotaur Artillery Tank, Praetor Armoured Assault Launcher
and Valdor Tank Hunter, Abilities, Steel Behemoth
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model is selected to shoot while
it is within Engagement Range of any enemy units, it can
make attacks against eligible enemy units that are not within
Engagement Range of it as if there were no enemy models within
Engagement Range of it.’
Pages 32 and 114 – Arkurian Pattern Stormsword and Astra
Militarum Ranged Weapons list, Stormsword siege cannon
Change the Type to read ‘Heavy 2D6’.
*Change the abilities text to read:
‘Blast. Units attacked by this weapon do not gain any bonus to
their saving throws for being in cover. Re-roll damage rolls of 1
for this weapon.’
Pages 39 and 113 – Macharius Vulcan and Astra Militarum
Ranged Weapons list, Macharius vulcan mega-bolter, Abilities
Change to read:
‘If this model does not move during its Movement phase, in your
next Shooting phase, change this weapon’s Type to Heavy 30
until the end of the turn.’
*Pages 40 and 41 – Marauder Bomber and Marauder Destroyer,
Abilities, Sky Fortress
Delete this ability.
Pages 40 and 41 – Marauder Bomber and Marauder
Destroyer, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Supersonic: Each time this model moves, first pivot it on the
spot up to 90° (this does not contribute to how far the model
moves) and then move the model straight forwards. Note that
it cannot pivot again after the initial pivot. When this model
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ASTRA MILITARUM
Advances, increase its Move characteristic by 20" until the end
of the phase – do not roll a dice.’
Pages 42 and 114 – Minotaur Artillery Tank and Astra
Militarum Ranged Weapons, twin earthshaker cannon
Change the AP to read ‘-3’.
Page 48 – Lightning Strike Fighter, Wargear Options
Add the following additional bullet point to this datasheet’s
Wargear Options:
‘• If this model is equipped with four hellstrike missiles, it
may replace its long-barrelled autocannon with two additional
hellstrike missiles.’
Page 50 – Vendetta Gunship, Abilities, Grav-chute Insertion
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Models may disembark from this vehicle at any point during
its move, but if they do they cannot move further during this
phase; if the Vendetta moves 20" or more, you must roll a D6 for
each model disembarking.’
Page 55 – Death Korps of Krieg Army List
Add the following units to the list of those that can be from the
Death Korps of Krieg:
‘ • Atlas Recovery Tank
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Centaur Light Carrier
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Cyclops Demolition Vehicle
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Earthshaker Carriage Battery
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Gorgon Heavy Transporter
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Malcador Annihilator
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Malcador Defender
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Malcador Heavy Tank
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Malcador Infernus
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Medusa Carriage Battery
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Stygies Destroyer Tank Hunter
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Arkurian Pattern Stormblade
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Gorgon Heavy Transporter
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Macharius Heavy Tank
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Macharius Omega
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Macharius Vanquisher
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Macharius Vulcan
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Minotaur Artillery Tank
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Trojan Support Vehicle
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
2
 *• Basilisks Page 63 – Death Korps Combat Engineer Squad,
Codex: Astra Militarum Wargear Options
*• Hydras Add the following bullet point:
Codex: Astra Militarum ‘• O
 ne Engineer may take a demolition charge.’
*• Baneblade
Codex: Astra Militarum Pages 64 and 73 – Death Korps Commissar and Elysian Lord
*• Shadowsword Commissar, Abilities, Summary Execution
Codex: Astra Militarum Change this ability to read:
*• Stormsword ‘Summary Execution: The first time an Astra Militarum unit
Codex: Astra Militarum ’ fails a Morale test during the Morale phase whilst it is within 6"
of any friendly Commissars, you can execute a model. If you do,
Page 56 – Death Korps of Krieg Army List one model of your choice in that unit is slain and the Morale test
Add the following: is re-rolled (do not include this slain model when re-rolling the
‘Matched Play Rule: Command Squads Morale test).’
If you are playing a matched play game, then in a Battle-forged
army you can include a maximum of one Death Korps of Krieg Page 69 – Death Korps Leman Russ Mars-Alpha Battle Tanks,
Command Squad or one Death Korps Death Rider Command Abilities, Grinding Advance
Squadron in a Detachment for each Death Korps of Krieg Change the second sentence of this ability to read:
Officer in that Detachment.’ ‘The following weapons are turret weapons: Conqueror battle
cannon, battle cannon, Eradicator nova cannon, Exterminator
Page 56 – Wargear, Ranged Weapons autocannon, Vanquisher battle cannon, demolisher cannon,
Add: Executioner plasma cannon, Punisher gatling cannon, twin
‘• Two bolt pistols* lascannon and co-axial heavy stubber.’
• Two laspistols*
• Two hot-shot laspistols*’ Page 71 – Elysian Drop Troops Army List
Change the final sentence of the first paragraph to read:
Add the following footnote: ‘Models that have the Aeronautica Imperialis keywords on
‘* A model that takes one of these options cannot take an item their datasheets replace them in all instances with Elysian
from the Melee Weapons list.’ Drop Troops.

Page 56 – Wargear, Heavy Weapons Change the second sentence of the second paragraph to read:
Change the fourth bullet point to read: ‘Tauros units on the list opposite will also benefit from the
‘• T
 win heavy stubber’ Aerial Drop ability.’

Page 60 – Death Korps Grenadier Storm Squad Add the following:

Add the following Characteristics profile for a Death Korps ‘Matched Play Rule: Command Squads
Grenadier Weapons Team: If you are playing a matched play game, then in a Battle-
M WS BS S T W A Ld Sv forged army you can include a maximum of one Elysian
‘ 6" 3+ 3+ 3 3 2 2 6 4+’ Command Squad in a Detachment for each Elysian Officer in
that Detachment.’
Page 60 – Death Korps Grenadier Storm Squad,
Wargear Options Page 72 – Wargear, Ranged Weapons
Change the fourth bullet point to read: Add:
‘• U
 p to two Grenadiers may replace their hot-shot lasguns with ‘• Boltgun
either a heavy stubber or an item from the Death Korps of • Shotgun
Krieg Special Weapons list.’ • Lasgun and auxiliary grenade launcher’

Add the following bullet point: Page 74 – Elysian Drop Trooper Squad, Wargear Options
‘• T
 wo other Grenadiers may form a Death Korps Grenadier Change the fifth bullet point to read:
Weapons Team with a heavy flamer.’ ‘The Sergeant may exchange his laspistol for a lasgun or a
plasma pistol.’
Page 62 – Death Korps of Krieg Storm Chimera,
unit description Pages 74 and 120 – Elysian Drop Trooper Squad and Elysian
Change to read: Drop Troops Ranged Weapons list, plasma pistol, Supercharged
‘A Death Korps of Krieg Storm Chimera is a single model Change the Damage characteristic of this profile to read ‘2’.
equipped with a turret autocannon, a heavy bolter and two
lasgun arrays.’

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ASTRA MILITARUM 3

Pages 74, 75 and 120 – Elysian Drop Trooper Squad, Elysian
Veteran Squad and Elysian Drop Troops Melee Weapons list,
breacher charge
Add the following to the end of the weapon’s ability:
‘Each breacher charge can only be used once per battle.’
Page 75 – Elysian Veteran Squad, Wargear Options
Change the last bullet point to read:
‘The Sergeant may exchange his laspistol for a lasgun or an
option from the Elysian Drop Troops Ranged Weapons list.’
*Pages 78 and 120 – Elysian Sniper Squad and Elysian Drop
Troops Ranged Weapons list, sniper rifle, Abilities
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the
Look Out, Sir rule.’
Page 81 – Renegades and Heretics Army List
Add the following units to the list of those that can have the
Renegades and Heretics keywords:
‘ • Armageddon Pattern Medusa
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Earthshaker Carriage Battery
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Medusa Carriage Battery
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Macharius Heavy Tank
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Macharius Omega
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Macharius Vanquisher
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum
• Macharius Vulcan
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum’
Page 81 – Renegades and Heretics Army List
Change the first paragraph to read:
‘There are a number of Astra Militarum datasheets that can also
be used by Renegades and Heretics models – presented in the
box on the left. Those that do replace the <Regiment> keyword
on their datasheet in all instances with Renegades and Heretics
and the Imperium keyword with Chaos. In addition, they lose
they Astra Militarum Faction keyword. Renegades and Heretics
Transports whose datasheets say that they can transport Astra
Militarum Infantry models can instead transport an equivalent
number of Renegades and Heretics Infantry models. If an Astra
Militarum unit does not appear on the list, it cannot be from the
Renegades and Heretics, and so cannot have the Renegades and
Heretics Faction keyword.’
Page 81 – Renegades and Heretics Army List
Add the following entry to the boxout on the left side of
the page:
‘Valdor Tank Hunter
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum’
Page 82 – Renegades and Heretics Discipline, psychic power,
Creeping Terror
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Choose an enemy unit within 12", if that unit takes a Morale
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ASTRA MILITARUM
test in this battle round, subtract D3 from its Leadership
characteristic until the end of the battle round.’
Page 83 – Renegade Commander, Keywords
Add ‘Character’.
Page 83 – Malefic Lord, Keywords
Add ‘<Chaos Covenant>’.
Page 85 and 88 – Renegade Militia Squad and Renegade
Disciple Squad, Abilities, Chaos Sigil
Change to read:
‘If this unit contains a model with a Chaos sigil, when taking a
Morale test for this unit, roll one additional D6 and discard the
highest result. If two of the highest results are the same, select
one of those dice to discard.’
Page 86 – Renegade Mutant Rabble, Abilities, Curse of Mutation
Change to read:
‘Curse of Mutation: The first time this unit is set up, roll a D6
and apply the following result. On a 1, remove D6 models in
the unit as they are slain when their mutation runs amok. On
a 2-3, add 2" to the unit’s Move characteristic for the duration
of the battle. On a 4-5, add 1 to the unit’s Attacks characteristic
in a turn in which it made a charge move. On a 6, add 1 to the
unit’s Toughness.’
Page 86 – Chaos Spawn, Keywords
Change ‘Infantry’ to ‘Beast’.
Page 89 – Renegade Enforcer, Keywords
Add ‘Character’.
Page 90 – Renegade Marauder Squad, unit description
Add the following additional bullet point:
‘• Each Brute is equipped with a close combat weapon.’
Page 91 – Renegade Ogryn Beast Handlers, Keywords
Add the following line:
‘(Chaos Mauler Hounds): Infantry, <Chaos Covenant>, Chaos
Mauler Hounds’
Page 91 – Renegade Ogryn Brutes, Abilities, Avalanche
of Muscle
Change to read:
‘Avalanche of Muscle: If this unit makes a charge move, add 1
to the Attacks characteristic of every model in the unit until the
end of the turn.’
Page 94 – Keywords
Replace the first paragraph with:
‘Throughout this section you will come across keywords that are
within angular brackets, specifically <Questor Allegiance> and
<Household>. These are shorthand for keywords of your own
choosing, as described below.
<Questor Allegiance>
All Imperial Knights owe allegiance to either the Imperium of
Man or the Machine Cult of the Adeptus Mechanicus. Even
Freeblades, who no longer belong to a Noble house, maintain the
oath of allegiance they swore long ago.
4
Imperial Knights datasheets have the <Questor Allegiance>
keyword. When you include such a unit in your army, you must
nominate whether that unit owes its allegiance to the Imperium
or the Adeptus Mechanicus. If the former, then you replace the
<Questor Allegiance> keyword in every instance on that unit’s
datasheet with Questor Imperialis; if the latter, you replace the
<Questor Allegiance> keyword in every instance on that unit’s
datasheet with Questor Mechanicus.
For example, if you were to include a Cerastus Knight-Acheron
in your army, and you decided it owed allegiance to the Adeptus
Mechanicus, its <Questor Allegiance> keyword is changed to
Questor Mechanicus.’
*Pages 95-101 – Acastus Knight Porphyrion, Cerastus Knight-
Acheron, Cerastus Knight-Atrapos, Cerastus Knight-Castigator,
Cerastus Knight-Lancer, Questoris Knight Magaera and
Questoris Knight Styrix, Abilities, Knight Titan
Replace with the following ability:
‘Super-heavy Walker: This model is eligible to declare a charge
in a turn in which it Fell Back. Each time this model makes a
Normal Move, Advances or Falls Back, it can be moved across
other models (excluding Monster and Vehicle models) as if
they were not there, and when it does it can be moved within
Engagement Range of such models, but cannot finish its move
within Engagement Range of any of them.’
Pages 95-101 – Acastus Knight Porphyrion, Cerastus Knight-
Acheron, Cerastus Knight-Atrapos, Cerastus Knight-Castigator,
Cerastus Knight-Lancer, Questoris Knight Magaera and
Questoris Knight Styrix, Keywords
Add ‘Imperial Knights’ to the Faction keywords line.
Change ‘Questor Imperialis’ to read ‘<Questor Allegiance>’.
Page 95 – Acastus Knight Porphyrion, Keywords
Add ‘Acastus Class’ to the keywords line.
Pages 96-99 – Cerastus Knight-Acheron, Cerastus
Knight-Atrapos, Cerastus Knight-Castigator and Cerastus
Knight-Lancer, Keywords
Add ‘Cerastus Class’ to the keywords line.
Pages 100 and 101 – Questoris Knight Magaera and Questoris
Knight Styrix, Keywords
Add ‘Questoris Class’ to the keywords line.
Pages 100, 101 and 125 – Questoris Knight Magaera, Questoris
Knight Styrix and Questoris Imperialis Melee Weapons,
reaper chainsword
Change the Strength characteristic of this weapon to ‘+6’.
*Pages 104, 106 and 108 – Warhound Scout Titan, Reaver Battle
Titan and Warlord Battle Titan, Abilities, Imperial God-engine
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move,
Advances or Falls Back, it can be moved across other models
(excluding Monster and Vehicle models) as if they were not
there, and when it does it can be moved within Engagement
Range of such models, but cannot finish its move within
Engagement Range of any of them.’
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ASTRA MILITARUM
Page 104 – Warhound Scout Titan, Damage Table
Change the table to read:
‘ Remaining W M WS BS Void Shield
30-35+ 24" 5+ 2+ 4+
20-29 18" 5+ 3+ 5+
10-19 12" 6+ 4+ 6+
1-9 8" 6+ 4+ 7+’
Page 117 – Death Korps of Krieg Points Values, Death Korps of
Krieg Other Wargear
Change the second column header to read ‘Points per Item’
Page 118 – Death Korps of Krieg Ranged Weapons
Add the following line:
Weapon Range Type S AP D Abilities
‘ Twin heavy stubber 36" Heavy 6 4 0 1 -’
Page 120 – Elysian Drop Troops Wargear
Add a new table titled ‘Elysian Drop Troops Other Wargear’
with the following entry:
‘Auxiliary Grenade Launcher | A model with an auxiliary
grenade launcher increases the range of any frag grenades and
krak grenades they use to 24".’
Page 121 – Renegades and Heretics Points Values
Change the models per unit value of the Renegade Command
Squad to read ‘4-14’.
Change the models per unit value of Renegade Ogryn Brutes to
read ‘3-12’.
Change the models per unit value of Renegade Plague Ogryns to
read ‘3-9’.
FAQs
Q: The Death Korps of Krieg, Elysian Drop Troops and Renegades
and Heretics Army Lists each detail numerous units that can be
taken from Index: Imperium 2. Do these units have to be taken
from Index: Imperium 2, or can they be taken from Codex: Astra
Militarum instead?
A: If the unit appears in Codex: Astra Militarum, you must use
the datasheet from there.
Q: Can Death Korps of Krieg, Elysian Drop Troops or Renegades
and Heretics Detachments use any of the Regiment-specific rules
(Doctrines, Orders, Stratagems, Warlord Traits, etc.) in Codex:
Astra Militarum?
A: No. Instead these units use the bespoke abilities and Orders
that are described in Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the
Astra Militarum.
Q: Can Death Korps of Krieg or Elysian Drop Troops be taken
as a Detachment of Brood Brothers as part of a Genestealer Cult
army? If so, do I replace any keywords or abilities?
A: Yes. In these cases, you replace the Death Korps of Krieg
or Elysian Drop Troops keyword with Brood Brothers in all
instances on these units’ datasheets. Furthermore, if a unit has
the Brood Brothers keyword then it cannot use the Cult of
Sacrifice and Aerial Drop abilities.
5
Q: Does a Master of Ordnance’s Master of Ballistics ability affect
Earthshaker Platforms or Earthshaker Carriages?
A: No. It only affects Basilisks, Wyverns, Manticores
and Deathstrikes.

Q: If I issue an order to an artillery battery’s crew (for example,

the crew of a Heavy Mortar or Earthshaker Carriage Battery),
does the effect of the order also apply to their artillery piece?
A: No.

Q: There is no datasheet for a Death Korps of Krieg Hades

Breaching Drill Squadron – is there a datasheet I should use for
this unit?
A: Use the Hades Breaching Drill Squadron datasheet from
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum. Replace
the unit’s <Regiment> keyword with Death Korps of Krieg.

Q: There is no datasheet for a Ryza Pattern Leman Russ

Vanquisher – is there a datasheet I should use for this unit?
A: Use the Leman Russ Stygies Vanquisher datasheet from
Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the Astra Militarum. Replace
the unit’s co-axial storm bolter with a co-axial heavy stubber
(this is identical in terms of points and profile to a heavy
stubber) and replace ‘heavy stubber’ with ‘storm bolter’ in the
Co-axial weapon ability.

Q: The classic Shadowsword model from Forge World has two side
sponsons, each with twin heavy bolters, but without lascannons –
is there a datasheet I should use for this unit?
A: Use the Shadowsword datasheet from Codex: Astra
Militarum. Replace the unit’s option for two or four sponsons,
each with a lascannon and twin heavy bolter or twin heavy
flamer, with ‘two sponsons, each with a twin heavy bolter’.

Q: If my Warlord is not a Renegade Commander, does that

mean I cannot choose a Chaos Covenant for my Renegades and
Heretics units?
A: That is correct – in order to choose a Chaos Covenant your
Warlord must be a Renegade Commander.

Q: Can passengers disembark from an Elysian Drop Troops

Valkyrie on the same turn it is set up on the battlefield, using the
Aerial Drop ability?
A: Yes, but the Valkyrie counts as having moved more than 20"
for the purposes of its Grav-chute Insertion ability.

Q: What datasheet should I use for Mukaali Riders?

A: It is an unfortunate truth that we can’t continue indefinitely
to sell and support every model we’ve ever made. As we make
new models, and new books to explore their background
and rules, we have to stop producing and featuring some
older models. But just like many of you, we still treasure our
collections of older miniatures, and we still want to be able to
use them in games and forge glorious narratives on the tabletop!
As such, the datasheet for Mukaali Riders can be found below,
but it is intended for use in open play or narrative play games; it
is not designed or approved for use in matched play games (the
unit won’t, for example, have any points values).

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ASTRA MILITARUM 6

BLAST APPENDIX AIRCRAFT APPENDIX
The following weapons gain the Blast ability, as described in the The following datasheets gain the Aircraft keyword:
Warhammer 40,000 Core Book:
• Aquila Lander
• Conqueror battle cannon • Arvus Lighter
• Demolisher cannon • Avenger Strike Fighter
• Demolition charge • Lightning Strike Fighter
• Dominus triple bombard - Mobile • Marauder Bomber
• Dominus triple bombard - Stationary • Marauder Destroyer
• Eradicator nova cannon • Thunderbolt Heavy Fighter
• Executioner plasma cannon - Standard • Valkyrie Sky Talon
• Executioner plasma cannon - Supercharge • Vendetta Gunship
• Frag grenade • Vulture Gunship
• Gorgon mortar
• Grenade launcher - Frag grenade
• Griffon heavy mortar
• Heavy mortar
• Heavy quad launcher
• Hellfury missile
• Ironstorm missile pod
• Macharius battle cannon
• Macharius vanquisher cannon - Blast shells
• Manticore missile
• Medusa siege cannon
• Medusa siege gun - Breacher shells
• Medusa siege gun - Standard shells
• Missile launcher - Frag missile
• Mole launcher
• Mori quake cannon
• Mortar
• Multiple rocket pod
• Omega pattern plasma blastgun - Standard
• Omega pattern plasma blastgun - Supercharge
• Plasma blastgun- - Supercharge
• Plasma blastgun- Standard
• Plasma cannon - Standard
• Plasma cannon - Supercharge
• Praetor launcher - Firestorm
• Praetor launcher - Foehammer
• Praetor launcher - Pilum
• Reaver melta cannon
• Reaver volcano cannon
• Stormhammer cannon
• Stormsword siege cannon
• Sunfury plasma annihilator
• Tauros grenade launcher - Frag grenade
• Titan plasma blastgun - Normal
• Titan plasma blastgun - Overcharged
• Twin battle cannon
• Twin earthshaker cannon
• Whirlwind castellan launcher
• Whirlwind vengeance launcher

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ASTRA MILITARUM 7

 3w e r
po
Mukaali Riders
NAME M WS BS S T W A Ld Sv
Mukaali Rider 8" 4+ 4+ 3 4 3 1 6 4+

Mukaali Sergeant 8" 4+ 4+ 3 4 3 2 7 4+

This unit contains 2 Mukaali Riders and a Mukaali Sergeant. It can include up to 3 additional Mukaali Riders (Power Rating +1 per model).
Each model is armed with a laspistol, hunting lance and frag grenades, and rides a mukaali that attacks with stomping feet.
WEAPON RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Rider
Flamer 8" Assault D6 4 0 1 This weapon automatically hits its target.
Grenade launcher When attacking with this weapon, choose one of the profiles below.
- Frag grenade 24" Assault D6 3 0 1 Blast
- Krak grenade 24" Assault 1 6 -1 D3 -
Laspistol 12" Pistol 1 3 0 1 -
If the target is within half range of this weapon, roll
Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 two dice when inflicting damage with it and discard the
lowest result.
Plasma gun When attacking with this weapon, choose one of the profiles below.
- Standard 24" Rapid Fire 1 7 -3 1 -
On a hit roll of 1, the bearer is slain after all of this
- Supercharge 24" Rapid Fire 1 8 -3 2
weapon’s shots have been resolved.
Plasma pistol When attacking with this weapon, choose one of the profiles below.
- Standard 12" Pistol 1 7 -3 1 -
- Supercharge 12" Pistol 1 8 -3 2 On a hit roll of 1, the bearer is slain.
Each time the bearer fights, it can make 1 additional
Chainsword Melee Melee User 0 1
attack with this weapon.
A model may only attack with this weapon on a turn in
Hunting lance Melee Melee +2 -2 D3
which it has made a charge move.
Power axe Melee Melee +1 -2 1 -
Power lance Melee Melee +2 -1 1 -
Power maul Melee Melee +2 -1 1 -
Power sword Melee Melee User -3 1 -
Frag grenade 6" Grenade D6 3 0 1 -
Mukaali
After a model riding a mukaali makes its close
Stomping feet Melee Melee 5 0 1 combat attacks, you can attack with its mount. Make 3
additional attacks, using this weapon profile.
WARGEAR OPTIONS • The Mukaali Sergeant can replace their laspistol with a plasma pistol.
• The Mukaali Sergeant can replace their hunting lance with a chainsword, power axe, power lance, power maul or
power sword.
• Up to two Mukaali Riders can each replace their hunting lances with one of the following:
‒‒Flamer
‒‒Grenade launcher
‒‒Meltagun
‒‒Plasma gun
ABILITIES Flanking Manoeuvres: During deployment, you can set up this unit on the army’s flank instead of placing it on the
battlefield. At the end of any of your Movement phases, this unit can race in to encircle the foe – set it up so that all
models in the unit are within 7" of a battlefield edge of your choice and more than 9" away from any enemy models.
FACTION KEYWORDS Imperium, Astra Militarum, Tallarn
KEYWORDS Cavalry, Mukaali Riders

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ASTRA MILITARUM 8

INDEX: FORCES OF THE ADEPTUS ASTARTES
Indomitus Version 1.0
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
All datasheets in this publication (excluding Grey Knights,
Adepta Sororitas and Inquisition datasheets), as well as the
Gabriel Angelos datasheet (available in the July 2019 issue
of White Dwarf) and the following datasheets (available
for download from the Forge World website): Astraeus
Super-heavy Tank; Relic Sicaran Omega Tank Destroyer;
Relic Sicaran Arcus Strike Tank; Carab Culln the Risen;
Casan Sabius
Add the following ability:
‘Angels of Death
This unit has the following abilities: And They Shall Know No
Fear, Bolter Discipline, Shock Assault and Combat Doctrines.’
All Grey Knights datasheets in this publication
Add the following ability:
‘Shock Assault: If this unit makes a charge move, is charged
or performs a Heroic Intervention, add 1 to the Attacks
characteristic of models in this unit until the end of the turn.’
Terrax-pattern Termite Assault Drill datasheet (available for
download from the Forge World website)
Add the following ability if this unit is taken from the Space
Marines Faction:
‘Angels of Death
This unit has the following abilities: And They Shall Know No
Fear, Bolter Discipline, Shock Assault and Combat Doctrines.’
Page 4 – Additional Rules, Relic
Change the first paragraph to read:
‘If your army is Battle-forged, no Detachment can contain more
Relic units than it does non-Relic units of the same Battlefield
Role. You can, however, include a single Relic Lord of War unit
in your army even if it contains no non-Relic Lord of War units
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ADEPTUS ASTARTES
(you cannot include second and subsequent Relic Lord of War
units unless they are taken in a Detachment that contains at
least as many non-Relic Lord of War units).’
*Pages 9-12, 17-22, 34-40 and 51-53 – Relic Land Raider
Proteus, Land Raider Helios, Land Raider Prometheus, Land
Raider Achilles, Relic Spartan Assault Tank, Relic Typhon
Heavy Siege Tank, Relic Cerberus Heavy Tank Destroyer, Relic
Fellblade Super-Heavy Tank, Relic Falchion Super-heavy Tank
Destroyer, Relic Mastodon Super-heavy Siege Transport, Storm
Eagle Assault Gunship, Storm Eagle Assault Gunship – ROC
Pattern, Fire Raptor Assault Gunship, Caestus Assault Ram,
Thunderhawk Assault Gunship, Thunderhawk Transporter,
Sokar Pattern Stormbird, Grey Knights Vortimer Pattern Land
Raider Redeemer, Grey Knights Thunderhawk Assault Gunship
and Inquisition Land Raider Prometheus, Abilities, Power of the
Machine Spirit
Delete this ability.
Page 9 – Relic Land Raider Proteus, Abilities
Add the following ability to this datasheet:
‘Heavy Armour: A model with this ability has a 5+
invulnerable save.’
Page 14 – Relic Sicaran Venator Tank Destroyer,
unit description
Change the unit description to read:
‘A Relic Sicaran Venator is a single model. It is equipped with a
neutron pulse cannon and a heavy bolter.’
*Page 17-22 – Relic Spartan Assault Tank, Relic Typhon
Heavy Siege Tank, Relic Cerberus Heavy Tank Destroyer, Relic
Fellblade Super-Heavy Tank, Relic Falchion Super-Heavy Tank
Destroyer and Relic Mastodon Super-Heavy Siege Transport,
Abilities, Steel Behemoth
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model is selected to shoot while
it is within Engagement Range of any enemy units, it can
make attacks against eligible enemy units that are not within
Engagement Range of it as if there were no enemy models within
Engagement Range of it.’
Page 19 – Relic Cerberus Heavy Tank Destroyer,
unit description
Change ‘Heavy neutron laser array’ to read ‘Heavy neutron
pulse array’ on this datasheet’s unit description.
*Page 20 and 75 – Relic Fellblade Super-heavy Tank and
Adeptus Astartes Wargear list, demolisher cannon
Change Type characteristic to Heavy D6 and Abilities to ‘Blast’.
1

Page 20 – Relic Fellblade Super-heavy Tank, Wargear Options
Change the first wargear option to read:
‘• A
 Relic Fellblade may replace its two quad lascannon with two
laser destroyers.’
Page 21 – Relic Falchion Super-heavy Tank Destroyer,
Wargear Options
Change the first wargear option to read:
‘• A
 Relic Falchion may replace its two quad lascannon with two
laser destroyers.’
Pages 26 and 28 – Contemptor Mortis Dreadnought and Relic
Contemptor Dreadnought, Wargear Options
Add the following to both models’ wargear options:
‘• This model may take a cyclone missile launcher.’
Page 27 – Chaplain Dreadnought, Abilities
Add the following ability to this datasheet:
‘Dreadnought Character: This model may not be given
any Relics.‘
Page 27 – Chaplain Venerable Dreadnought, Wargear Options
Add the following to the list under the second bullet point:
‘– Heavy Plasma cannon’
Page 27 – Chaplain Venerable Dreadnought (excluding
Deathwatch, Space Wolves, Dark Angels and Blood Angels
models, as well as models from their successor Chapters)
Add the Priest keyword
Add to this datasheet the row:
‘PRIEST This model knows the Litany of Hate (see below) and
one litany from the Litanies of Battle (see Codex: Space
Marines). At the start of the battle round, this model
can recite one litany it knows that has not already been
recited by a friendly model that battle round. Roll one
D6; on a 3+ the recited litany is inspiring and takes
effect until the end of that battle round.
L
 itany of Hate: If this litany is inspiring, you can re-
roll hit rolls for attacks made with melee weapons by
models in friendly <Chapter> units whilst their unit is
within 6" of this model.’
Page 29 – Relic Deredeo Dreadnought, Abilities,
Atomantic Pavaise
Change the first sentence to read:
‘If equipped with an atomantic pavaise, all friendly <Chapter>
units that are wholly within 6" of the Relic Deredeo
Dreadnought gain a 5+ invulnerable save.’
Page 30 – Relic Leviathan Dreadnought, Wargear Options
Add the following bullet point:
‘• Th
 is model may take up to three hunter-killer missiles.’
Page 32 – Relic Javelin Attack Speeder, Abilities, Gravitic
Augur Haze
Change to read:
‘Your opponent subtracts 1 from all hit rolls made for models
that target this model at ranges greater than 8".’
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ADEPTUS ASTARTES
Page 32 – Relic Javelin Attack Speeder, Wargear Options
Add the following wargear option:
‘• A
 Relic Javelin may take up to two hunter-killer missiles.’
Page 36 – Fire Raptor Assault Gunship, Wargear Options
Add the following wargear option:
‘• Th
 is model may replace its two quad heavy bolters with two
twin autocannon.’
Page 39 – Thunderhawk Transporter, Transport
Change the second bullet point to read:
‘Up to two of the following: Rhino, Razorback, Predator,
Whirlwind, Whirlwind Hyperios, Hunter, Stalker, Vindicator,
Relic Whirlwind Scorpius.’
Page 42 – Whirlwind Hyperios
Remove the Whirlwind keyword.
Page 43 – Relic Whirlwind Scorpius
Remove the Whirlwind keyword.
Page 43 – Rapier Carrier, Abilities, Space Marine Gunners
Change to read:
‘When a Rapier Carrier is set up on the battlefield, its Space
Marine Gunners are set up in unit coherency with it. From that
point onwards the Space Marine Gunners are treated as one unit
and the Rapier Carrier as another. The Space Marine Gunners
may only be chosen as a target in the Shooting phase if they are
the closest visible enemy unit to the firer.’
Page 43 – Rapier Carrier, Wargear Options
Change the wargear option to read:
‘• A
 Rapier Carrier may replace its quad heavy bolter for either a
laser destroyer or a quad launcher’
Page 45 – Lucius Pattern Dreadnought Drop Pod and
Deathstorm Drop Pod, Abilities, Immobile
Change to read:
‘After this model has been set up on the battlefield it cannot
move for any reason, and no units can embark upon it.’
*Page 47 – Castellum Stronghold, Abilities, Firing Ports
Change the last sentence to read:
‘In both cases, embarked models may shoot even if enemy
models are within Engagement Range of their Bunker.’
Pages 51 and 80 – Grey Knights Vortimer Pattern Land Raider
Redeemer and Grey Knights Wargear, flamestorm cannon
Change Range characteristic to 12".
*Page 53 – Inquisition Land Raider Prometheus,
Abilities, Quarry
Change to read:
‘See Psychic Awakening: Pariah – Index: Inquisition.’
2
*Page 54 – Sororitas Repressor, Abilities, Firing Ports
Change to read:
‘Up to 6 models embarked on this model can attack in their
Shooting phase. Measure the range and draw line of sight
from any point on this model. If they do so, any restrictions or
modifiers that apply to this model also apply to its passengers;
for example, the passengers cannot shoot if this model has Fallen
Back in the same turn, cannot shoot (except with Pistols) if this
model is within Engagement Range of an enemy unit, and so on.’
Page 56 – Lord High Commander Carab Culln and Lugft
Huron, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Teleport Strike: During deployment, you can set up this model
in a teleportarium chamber instead of placing him on the
battlefield. At the end of any of your Movement phases, he can
teleport into battle – set him up anywhere on the battlefield that is
more than 9" from any enemy models.’
Page 58 – Lord Asterion Moloc
Change this model’s Wounds characteristic to read ‘7’.
Page 59 – Chaplain Ivanus Enkomi
Remove the Litanies of Hate ability.
Add the Priest and Master of Sanctity keyword.
Add to this datasheet the row:
‘PRIEST This model knows the Litany of Hate (see below) and
two litanies from the Litanies of Battle (see Codex: Space
Marines). At the start of the battle round, this model
can recite two litanies it knows that have not already
been recited by a friendly model that battle round. Roll
one D6; on a 3+ the recited litany is inspiring and takes
effect until the end of that battle round.
L
 itany of Hate: If this litany is inspiring, you can re-roll
hit rolls for attacks made with melee weapons by models
in friendly Minotaurs units whilst their unit is within 6"
of this model.’
Page 60 – Chaplain Dreadnought Titus
Add the Priest keyword
Add to this datasheet the row:
‘PRIEST This model knows the Litany of Hate (see below) and
one litany from the Litanies of Battle (see Codex: Space
Marines). At the start of the battle round, this model
can recite one litany it knows that has not already been
recited by a friendly model that battle round. Roll one
D6; on a 3+ the recited litany is inspiring and takes
effect until the end of that battle round.
L
 itany of Hate: If this litany is inspiring, you can re-roll
hit rolls for attacks made with melee weapons by models
in friendly Howling Griffons units whilst their unit is
within 6" of this model.’
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ADEPTUS ASTARTES
Page 60 – High Chaplain Thulsa Kane
Remove the Litanies of Hate ability.
Add the Priest and Master of Sanctity keyword
Add to this datasheet the row:
‘PRIEST This model knows the Litany of Hate (see below) and
two litanies from the Litanies of Battle (see Codex: Space
Marines). At the start of the battle round, this model
can recite two litanies it knows that have not already
been recited by a friendly model that battle round. Roll
one D6; on a 3+ the recited litany is inspiring and takes
effect until the end of that battle round.
 itany of Hate: If this litany is inspiring, you can re-roll
L
hit rolls for attacks made with melee weapons by models
in friendly Executioners units whilst their unit is within
6" of this model.’
Page 64 – Harath Shen, Master Apothecary of the
Salamanders Chapter
Change this model’s Save characteristic to read ‘3+’.
Page 69 – Hecaton Aiakos
Add ‘storm bolter’ to the list of weapons this model is
equipped with.
Page 72 – Adeptus Astartes Points Values, Ranged Weapons
Add the following lines:
‘Cyclone missile launcher | 50’
Page 75 – Adeptus Astartes Wargear, Ranged Weapons
Add the following profile:
‘Cyclone missile launcher | When attacking with this weapon,
choose one of the profiles below:
- Frag missile | 36" | Heavy 2D3 | 4 | 0 | 1 | Blast
- Krak missile | 36" | Heavy 2 | 8 | -2 | D6 | -’
Page 76 – Adeptus Astartes Wargear, Ranged Weapons
Change the hellfire plasma carronade’s Type to read ‘Heavy 5’.
Change the heavy neutron pulse array’s Damage characteristic to
read ‘3+D6’.
3

FAQs
Q: Are there any restrictions on which Chapter I can choose when
replacing the <Chapter> Faction keyword on datasheets within
this book?
A: Yes. You cannot choose for any of these units to be from the
Legion of the Damned or Grey Knights Chapters. They can be
from any other Chapter though, including Blood Angels, Dark
Angels, Space Wolves and Deathwatch.
Q: Which part of a Drop Pod or Dreadnought Drop Pod should I
measure distances from and to, especially if the model has been
assembled so it’s doors can be opened or closed?
A: Measure all distances to and from any part of the model,
including its doors. If this model has been assembled such that
you can lower and raise its doors, then when this model is first
set up in the battlefield choose whether the doors will be lowered
or raised – you cannot raise or lower the doors thereafter during
the battle.

Q: There is no datasheet for Bran Redmaw – is there a datasheet I Designer’s Note: Choosing to set this model up in the ‘raised doors
should use for this character? position’ simply represents the doors closing the instant after its
A: Use the Wolf Lord datasheet from Codex: Space Wolves to passengers have disembarked.
represent this character.

Q: There is no datasheet for Shadow Captain Korvydae – is there a

datasheet I should use for this character?
A: Use the Space Marine Captain datasheet from Codex: Space
Marines to represent this character.

Q: There is no datasheet for Minotaurs Sergeant Hamath Kraatos –

is there a datasheet I should use for this character?
A: Use this model to represent a Devastator Space Marine, using
the Devastator Squad datasheet from Codex: Space Marines.

Q: There is no datasheet for Veteran Sergeant Haas – is there a

datasheet I should use for this model?
A: Use this model to either represent a Sergeant, using the Tactical
Squad datasheet, or a Veteran Sergeant, using the Sternguard
Veteran Squad datasheet, from Codex: Space Marines.

Q: There is no datasheet for Dreadnought-Brother Halar – is there

a datasheet I should use for this model?
A: Use the Dreadnought datasheet from Codex: Space Marines to
represent this model, and it has an additional wargear option; it
may replace its assault cannon with a flamestorm cannon.

Q: Can a Stormraven Gunship transport a Relic Deredeo

Dreadnought or a Relic Leviathan Dreadnought?
A: No. For the purposes of determining what Dreadnoughts
a Stormraven Gunship can transport, compare the Wounds
characteristic of the model to that of a Redemptor Dreadnought
(13): a Stormraven Gunship cannot transport a Dreadnought that
has a Wounds characteristic equal to or higher than this.

Q: Can Wulfen embark onto any of the Space Marines Transports

whose datasheets are in Imperial Armour – Index: Forces of the
Adeptus Astartes?
A: Wulfen models can embark onto any Space Wolves Transport
vehicle described in this book so long as Terminator models can
also embark in that vehicle. In these cases, each Wulfen model
takes the space of two other models.

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ADEPTUS ASTARTES 4

BLAST APPENDIX AIRCRAFT APPENDIX
The following weapons gain the Blast ability, as described in the The following datasheets gain the Aircraft keyword:
Warhammer 40,000 Core Book:
• Caestus Assault Ram
• Aiolos missile launcher • Fire Raptor Assault Gunship
• Air defence missiles • Grey Knights Thunderhawk Assault Gunship
• Castellum air defence missiles • Sokar Pattern Stormbird
• Castellum battle cannon • Storm Eagle Assault Gunship
• Demolisher cannon • Storm Eagle Assault Gunship – ROC Pattern
• Dreadhammer siege cannon • Thunderhawk Assault Gunship
• Dreadnought inferno cannon • Thunderhawk Transporter
• Frag grenade • Xiphon Interceptor
• Grav-flux bombard
• Grenade discharger - Frag grenade
• Heavy plasma cannon - Standard
• Heavy plasma cannon - Supercharge
• Helios launcher
• Hyperios launcher
• Magna-melta cannon
• Missile launcher - Frag missile
• Plasma destroyer
• Quad launcher - Thunderfire shells
• ROC missile launcher
• Scorpius multi-launcher
• Tempest salvo launcher
• Thunderhawk heavy cannon
• Typhoon missile launcher - Frag missile
• Vengeance launcher
• Whirlwind Castellan launcher

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF THE ADEPTUS ASTARTES 5

 INDEX: FORCES OF CHAOS
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
All Heretic Astartes datasheets in this publication, as well as
the Terrax-pattern Termite Assault Drill datasheet (available
for download from the Forge World website) if it is taken from
the Chaos Space Marines faction
Add the following ability:
‘Hateful Assault: If this unit makes a charge move, is charged
or performs a Heroic Intervention, add 1 to the Attacks
characteristic of models in this unit until the end of the turn.’
Page 8 – Chaos Decimator, Keywords
Delete ‘Titanic’ from this datasheet’s Keywords line.
Page 9 – Plague Hulk of Nurgle, Faction Keywords
and Keywords
Add ‘Heretic Astartes, <Legion>’ to this datasheet’s Faction
keyword line and ‘Daemon Engine’ to this datasheet’s
Keywords line.
Page 9 – Plague Hulk of Nurgle, Abilities, Rusting Curse
Change to read:
‘Subtract 1 from saving throws (excluding invulnerable saving
throws) made for Vehicle models whilst their unit is within 1" of
any enemy Plague Hulk of Nurgle models.’
*Page 9 – Kytan Ravager, Abilities, Titanic Daemon Engine
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move,
Advances or Falls Back, it can be moved across other models
(excluding Monster and Vehicle models) as if they were not
there, and when it does it can be moved within Engagement
Range of such models, but cannot finish its move within
Engagement Range of any of them.’
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF CHAOS
*Page 10 – Greater Brass Scorpion of Khorne, Abilities,
Titanic Daemon Engine
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model is selected to shoot while
it is within Engagement Range of any enemy units, it can
make attacks against eligible enemy units that are not within
Engagement Range of it as if there were no enemy models within
Engagement Range of it.’
Page 10 – Greater Brass Scorpion of Khorne, Abilities, Runes of
the Blood God
Delete the words ‘(friendly or enemy)’ from this ability.
Add the following:
‘Furthermore, this model cannot be targeted by psychic powers
manifested by friendly Psykers.’
Page 12 – Hellforged Contemptor Dreadnought, Abilities,
Containment Breach
Change the third sentence to read:
‘Each unit within 6" suffer D3 mortal wounds unless it is a
Psyker, in which case it suffers D6 mortal wounds instead.’
Pages 12, 20 and 22 – Hellforged Contemptor Dreadnought,
Hellforged Deredeo Dreadnought and Hellforged
Leviathan Dreadnought
Add ‘Helbrute’ to the Keywords line of all these datasheets.
Page 12 – Hellforged Contemptor Dreadnought,
Wargear Options
‘• A Hellforged Contemptor may replace one deathclaw and one
combi-bolter with one of the following weapons (both death
claw and combi-bolter must be replaced). Alternatively, it can
replace both deathclaws and both combi-bolters for two of the
following weapons:
• Twin heavy bolter
• Multi-melta
• Twin autocannon
• Ectoplasma cannon
• Kheres assault cannon
• C-beam cannon
• Butcher cannon
• Twin lascannon’
Add the following wargear option:
‘• This model may take a havoc launcher.’
1
Pages 12-29 – Abilities, Machina Malefica
Change to read:
‘At the end of each Fight phase, roll a number of D6 for this
model equal to the number of models that were slain by it
during this phase; for each dice that scores a 5+, this model
regains one lost wound. This model cannot regain lost wounds
by any other means.’
Pages 13 and 14 – Hellforged Land Raider Proteus and
Hellforged Land Raider Achilles, Abilities, Containment Breach
Change the third sentence of this ability to read:
‘Each unit within 6" suffers D6 mortal wounds unless it is a
Psyker, in which case it suffers 2D3 mortal wounds.’
*Page 19 and 25-29 – Hellforged Spartan Assault Tank,
Hellforged Cerberus Heavy Destroyer, Hellforged Typhon
Heavy Siege Tank, Hellforged Fellblade, Hellforged Falchion and
Hellforged Mastodon, Abilities, Steel Behemoth
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model is selected to shoot while
it is within Engagement Range of any enemy units, it can
make attacks against eligible enemy units that are not within
Engagement Range of it as if there were no enemy models within
Engagement Range of it.’
Page 20 – Hellforged Deredeo Dreadnought, Wargear Options
Change the second wargear option to read:
‘• A
 Hellforged Deredeo Dreadnought may be equipped with
one of the following:
- Greater havoc launcher
- Hellfire veil’
Page 20 – Hellforged Deredeo Dreadnought, Abilities,
Hellfire Veil
Change the first sentence of this ability to read:
‘If equipped with a Hellfire veil, all friendly units with the
Chaos and <Legion> keywords that are wholly within 6" of the
Hellforged Deredeo Dreadnought gain a 5+ invulnerable save.’
Page 21 – Hellforged Rapier Battery, Abilities, Chaos Space
Marine Crew
Change this ability to read:
‘When a Hellforged Rapier Battery is set up on the battlefield, all
models are set up in unit coherency. From that point onwards,
all the Hellforged Rapiers are treated as one unit and all the
Chaos Space Marine Crew are treated as another. Chaos Space
Marine Crew may only be chosen as a target in the Shooting
phase if they are the closest visible unit to the firer.’
Page 21 – Hellforged Rapier Battery, Keywords
Change the keyword lines to read:
‘(Hellforged Rapier): Vehicle, Artillery, Hellforged,
Hellforged Rapier Battery
(Chaos Space Marines): Infantry, Hellforged Rapier Crew’
Page 22 – Hellforged Leviathan Dreadnought, Wargear Options
Change the second wargear option to read:
‘• A
 Hellforged Leviathan may replace one siege claw and one
meltagun for one of the following weapons (or it can replace
both siege claws and both meltaguns for two of the following):’
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF CHAOS
Pages 22 and 81 – Hellforged Leviathan Dreadnought and
Hellforged Melee Weapons list, hellforged siege claw, Abilities
Add the following:
‘Re-roll failed wound rolls against Infantry.’
Page 23 – Hellforged Dreadclaw Drop Pod, Transport
Change to read:
‘This model can transport 10 <Legion> Infantry models. Each
Jump Pack or Terminator model takes up the space of two other
models. This model can instead transport a single Hellforged
Contemptor Dreadnought, Chaos Decimator or Helbrute, and
no other models. It cannot transport a Hellforged Leviathan
Dreadnought or a Hellforged Deredeo Dreadnought.’
Page 24 – Hellforged Kharybdis Assault Claw, Transport
Change the first sentence to read:
‘This model can transport 20 <Legion> Infantry models.’
Page 27 and 80 – Hellforged Fellblade and Hellforged Ranged
Weapons list, fellblade accelerator cannon, HE shells
Change the Damage characteristic of this profile to 2.
*Page 27 and 80 – Hellforged Fellblade and Hellforged Ranged
Weapons list, demolisher cannon
Change Type characteristic to Heavy D6 and Abilities to ‘Blast’.
Page 27 – Hellforged Fellblade, Wargear Options
Change the first wargear option to read:
‘• A
 Hellforged Fellblade may replace its two quad lascannon
with two laser destroyers.’
Page 28 – Hellforged Falchion, Wargear Options
Change the first wargear option to read:
‘• A
 Hellforged Falchion may replace its two quad lascannon
with two laser destroyers.’
*Pages 32-36 – Chaos Hell Talon, Chaos Storm Eagle
Assault Gunship, Chaos Fire Raptor Assault Gunship, Chaos
Thunderhawk Assault Gunship and Chaos Sokar Pattern
Stormbird Gunship, Abilities, Daemonic Machine Spirit
Delete this ability.
*Page 37 – Chaos Xiphon Interceptor, Abilities,
Terminal Targeting
Delete this ability.
Pages 33 and 34 – Chaos Storm Eagle Assault Gunship and
Chaos Fire Raptor Assault Gunship, Damage Tables
Change the third value under ‘BS’ to read ‘5+’
Page 39 – Zhufor the Impaler, Faction Keywords
Change this datasheet’s Faction Keywords line to read:
‘Chaos, Heretic Astartes, Khorne, World Eaters, Skulltakers’
Page 41 – Lord Arkos, Faction Keywords
Change this datasheet’s Faction Keywords line to read:
‘Chaos, Heretic Astartes, Alpha Legion, The Faithless’
2
Page 49 – Aetaos’rau’keres, Abilities, Dark Jealousy
Change to read:
‘If, at the beginning of the controlling player’s Shooting phase,
another Lord of Change or Daemon Prince is within 12" of
Aetaos’rau’keres, roll one D6. On a 4+ the Staff of Cataclysm’s
ranged attack must be used against the closest Lord of Change
or Daemon Prince, other than Aetaos’rau’keres (friend or foe,
contrary to the usual rules for targeting Characters).’
Page 49 – Aetaos’rau’keres, Staff of Cataclysm, Abilities
Change the second sentence to read:
‘If a unit of at least 10 Infantry models has its last models slain
by this attack, a unit of 3 Flamers of Tzeentch is added to your
army and immediately placed within 6" of the slain unit and
more than 1" from any enemy models before it is removed.’
Page 50 – Mamon Transfigured, Faction Keywords
Change this datasheet’s Faction Keywords line to read:
‘Chaos, Heretic Astartes, Daemon, Death Guard, The Tainted’
Pages 45-56 – Faction Keywords
Add ‘Daemon’ to all these units’ Faction Keywords line (and
delete it from their Keyword line).
Page 53 – Pox Riders of Nurgle, Keywords
Add ‘Plaguebearer’ to this datasheet’s Keywords line.
Page 54 – Spined Chaos Beast, Abilities, Daemonic Allegiance
Change to read:
‘When this model is chosen as part of an army, the controlling
player must select one of the following keywords, replacing its
<Allegiance> keyword: Khorne, Tzeentch, Nurgle or Slaanesh.
This model will gain one additional ability based on the chosen
keyword; if Khorne is chosen, it gains Unstoppable Ferocity; if
Tzeentch is chosen, it gains Ephemeral Form; if Nurgle is chosen,
it gains Disgustingly Resilient; and if Slaanesh is chosen, it
gains Quicksilver Swiftness.’
*Pages 54 and 85, Spined Chaos Beast and Children of the
Warp Melee Weapons list, warp spines, Abilities
Change to read:
‘Normal attacks cannot be made with this weapon. Instead, roll
a D6 each time a Spined Chaos Beast ends a charge move within
Engagement Range of an enemy unit, or an enemy unit ends a
pile-in move within Engagement Range of the Spined Chaos
Beast. On a 2+, that enemy unit suffers a single automatic hit.’
Page 55 – Giant Chaos Spawn
Add <Allegiance> to this unit’s Faction Keywords line.
Add the following ability:
‘Daemonic Allegiance: When this model is chosen as part
of an army, the controlling player must select one of the
following keywords, replacing its <Allegiance> keyword:
Khorne, Tzeentch, Nurgle or Slaanesh. This model will
gain one additional ability based on the chosen keyword; if
Khorne is chosen, it gains Unstoppable Ferocity; if Tzeentch is
chosen, it gains Ephemeral Form; if Nurgle is chosen, it gains
Disgustingly Resilient; and if Slaanesh is chosen, it gains
Quicksilver Swiftness.’
IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF CHAOS
Add the following abilities from the Spined Chaos Beast
datasheet to this datasheet:
Unstoppable Ferocity, Ephemeral Form, Disgustingly Resilient
and Quicksilver Swiftness.
Pages 42 and 43 – Chaos Hellwright and Chaos Hellwright on
Dark Abeyant, Abilities, Master of Mechanisms
Change ‘Questor Traitorous’ to read ‘Questor Traitoris’.
Pages 58-64 – Renegade Knight Acheron, Renegade Knight
Lancer, Renegade Knight Castigator, Renegade Knight Atropos,
Renegade Knight Magaera, Renegade Knight Porphyrion and
Renegade Knight Styrix, Keywords
Change ‘Questor Traitorous’ to read ‘Questor Traitoris’.
*Pages 58-64 – Renegade Knight Acheron, Renegade Knight
Lancer, Renegade Knight Castigator, Renegade Knight Atropos,
Renegade Knight Magaera, Renegade Knight Porphyrion and
Renegade Knight Styrix, Abilities, Infernal Knight Titan
Replace this ability with the following:
‘Super-heavy Walker: This model is eligible to declare a charge
in a turn in which it Fell Back. Each time this model makes a
Normal Move, Advances or Falls Back, it can be moved across
other models (excluding Monster and Vehicle models) as if
they were not there, and when it does it can be moved within
Engagement Range of such models, but cannot finish its move
within Engagement Range of any of them.’
*Pages 67, 69 and 70 – Chaos Warlord Battle Titan, Chaos
Reaver Battle Titan and Chaos Warhound Scout Titan, Abilities,
Infernal God-engine
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move,
Advances or Falls Back, it can be moved across other models
(excluding Monster and Vehicle models) as if they were not
there, and when it does so it can be moved within Engagement
Range of such models, but cannot finish its move within
Engagement Range of any of them.’
Pages 62, 64 and 86 – Renegade Knight Magaera, Renegade
Knight Styrix and Traitor Questoris Melee Weapons,
reaper chainsword
Change the Strength characteristic of this weapon to ‘+6’.
Page 63 – Renegade Knight Porphyrion, Abilities
Delete the ‘Explodes’ ability from this datasheet.
3

FAQs
Q: Are there any restrictions on which Legion I can choose when
replacing the <Legion> Faction Keyword on datasheets within
this book?
A: Yes, as follows:
You can only choose for a unit to be from the World Eaters
Legion if it has the Khorne keyword, or if it has the <Mark of
Chaos> keyword and you choose to replace that with Khorne.
You can only choose for a unit to be from the Thousand Sons
Legion if it has the Tzeentch keyword, or if it has the <Mark of
Chaos> keyword and you choose to replace that with Tzeentch.
You cannot choose for a Hellforged Rapier Battery, a Chaos
Hellwright or a Chaos Hellwright on Dark Abeyant to be from
the Thousand Sons.
You can only choose for a unit to be from the Death Guard Legion
if it has the Nurgle keyword, or if it has the <Mark of Chaos>
keyword and you choose to replace that with Nurgle. You cannot
choose for a Hellforged Rapier Battery, a Chaos Hellwright or a
Chaos Hellwright on Dark Abeyant to be from the Death Guard.
You can only choose for a unit to be from the Emperor’s
Children Legion if it has the Slaanesh keyword, or if it has
the <Mark of Chaos> keyword and you choose to replace that
with Slaanesh.
Q: Can a Chaos Vindicator Laser Destroyer make use of the
Linebreaker Bombardment Stratagem from Codex: Chaos
Space Marines?
A: No.
Q: Is the plasma destroyer supposed to have an ability that can
inflict mortal wounds upon the firer if a hit roll of 1 is made for it?
A: No.
Q: Can a Hellforged Contemptor Dreadnought, Hellforged
Deredeo Dreadnought or a Hellforged Leviathan Dreadnought
use the Fire Frenzy Stratagem from e.g. Codex: Chaos
Space Marines?
A: No.
Q: Does the Plague Pact Stratagem in Codex: Death Guard affect
Arch-daemonic Rituals?
A: No.
Q: How many times can a Chaos Decimator armed with two
soulburner petards suffer a mortal wound as a result of a hit roll
of 1 for an attack made with this weapon?
A: Once per weapon (i.e. in the case of a model armed with two
soulburner petards, this model could suffer 1 mortal wound
when resolving the attacks of the first weapon, then another
mortal wound when resolving the attacks of the second weapon).

Otherwise, any of the units in this book can be from any Legion.

Q: There is no datasheet for a Ferrum Infernus Chaos

Dreadnought – is there a datasheet I should use for this model?
A: Use the Helbrute datasheet on page 33 of Index: Chaos.

Q: There is no datasheet for an Emperor’s Children Sonic

Dreadnought – is there a datasheet I should use for this model?
A: Use the Helbrute datasheet on page 33 of Index: Chaos. It
must replace its <Mark of Chaos> keyword with Slaanesh, it
must replace its <Legion> keyword with Emperor’s Children,
and it has two additional wargear options; it may take a doom
siren, and it may replace its multi-melta with two blastmasters.

Q: There is no datasheet for a Chaos Vindicator Laser Destroyer –

is there a datasheet I should use for this model?
A: Use the Deimos Pattern Vindicator Laser Destroyer datasheet
on page 8 of Imperial Armour Index: Forces of the Adeptus
Astartes. It gains the Hellforged keyword and must replace
all of its Faction keywords with the following: Chaos, Heretic
Astartes, <Mark of Chaos>, <Legion>.

In addition, it gains the following ability:

‘Machina Malefica: At the end of each Fight phase, roll a
number of D6 for this model equal to the number of models that
were slain by it during this phase; for each dice that scores a 5+,
this model regains one lost wound. This model cannot regain
lost wounds by any other means.’

In addition, it gains the following weapon:

‘Weapon Range Type S AP D Abilities
Infernal Hunger Melee Melee User -3 1 -’

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF CHAOS 4

BLAST APPENDIX AIRCRAFT APPENDIX
The following weapons gain the Blast ability, as described in the The following datasheets gain the Aircraft keyword:
Warhammer 40,000 Core Book:
• Chaos Fire Raptor Assault Gunship
• Balefire missiles • Chaos Hell Blade
• Belicosa volcano cannon • Chaos Hell Talon
• Blight grenade • Chaos Sokar Pattern Stormbird Gunship
• Dreadhammer siege cannon • Chaos Storm Eagle Assault Gunship
• Dual turbo-laser destructor • Chaos Thunderhawk Assault Gunship
• Fellblade accelerator cannon - HE shells • Chaos Xiphon Interceptor
• Grav-flux bombard
• Greater havoc launcher
• Ironstorm missile pod
• Magna-melta cannon
• Mori quake cannon
• Plasma Destroyer
• Reaver laser blaster
• Reaver melta cannon
• Rot cannon
• Scorpius multi-launcher
• Soulburner bombard
• Soulstalker missiles
• Sunfury plasma annihilator
• Thunderhawk heavy cannon
• Titan plasma blastgun - Normal
• Titan plasma blastgun - Overcharged
• Turbo-laser destructor
• Twin volcano cannon
• Vengeance launcher

IMPERIAL ARMOUR – INDEX: FORCES OF CHAOS 5

 CODEX: ORKS
Indomitus Version 1.0
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 83 – Ork Wargear Lists, Battlewagon Equipment
Add the following sentence:
‘Each item can only be taken once.’
Pages 86 and 120 – Big Mek with Shokk Attack Gun and
Ranged Weapons list, shokk attack gun
Change the first sentence of this weapon’s ability to read:
‘Each time this unit is chosen to shoot with, roll once to
determine the Strength characteristic of this weapon.’
*Page 88 – Boss Snikrot, Sneakiest Git
Change to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to the bearer while it
is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 2 to any
armour saving throw made against that attack.’
*Page 92 – Mad Dok Grotsnik, One Scalpel Short of a Medpack
Change to read:
‘At the start of your Charge phase, if Mad Dok Grotsnik is not
within 3" of another friendly Ork Infantry unit, not within
Engagement Range of any enemy units, and is within 12" of an
enemy unit, he will automatically attempt to charge the nearest
enemy unit. He can do so even if he Advanced or Fell Back in
the same turn.’
*Page 97, 98 and 99 – Nobz, Nob with Waaagh! Banner,
Meganobz and Nobz on Warbikes, Keepin Order
Change to read:
‘While a <Clan> unit is within 3" of any friendly <Clan> units
with this ability, each time a model would flee that unit as a
result of a failed Morale or Combat Attrition test, roll one D6:
on a 6, that model does not flee.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ORKS
Page 97 – Nob with Waaagh! Banner
Add the following wargear option:
‘• This model may take a power klaw.’
*Page 99 – Kommandos, Sneaky Gits
Change to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to a model in this unit
while it is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to
any armour saving throw made against that attack.’
Page 101 – Kustom Boosta-blastas, grot blasta
Change the Strength of this weapon to ‘3’.
*Page 101 – Shokkjump Dragsta, Grot Gunner and
Targetin’ Squig
Change to read:
‘Each time this model makes an attack with its kustom shokk
rifle, this model has a BS characteristic of 3+ for that attack.’
Page 102 – Megatrakk Scrapjets, Abilities
Add the following ability:
‘Grot Gunner: Add 1 to hit rolls for attacks made with one of
this model’s twin big shootas.’
*Page 106, 108 and 121 – Deff rolla, Abilities
Change to read:
‘Each time an attack is made with this weapon, the bearer has a
WS characteristic of 2+ for that attack.’
*Page 106, 107 and 108 – Battlewagon, Gun Wagon and
Bonebreaka, Mobile Fortress
Delete this ability.
*Page 106 and 113 – Battlewagon and Trukk, Open-topped
Change the third sentence to read:
‘When they do so, any restrictions or modifiers that apply to this
model also apply to its passengers.’
Add the following:
‘While this transport is within Engagement Range of any enemy
units, embarked units cannot shoot, except with any Pistols they
are equipped with.’
*Page 110 and 111 – Morkanaut and Gorkanaut, Big ‘n’ Stompy
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which it
Fell Back.’
Page 111 – Lootas, kustom mega-blasta
Change the Damage of this weapon to ‘D6’.
1
Pages 111 & 119 – Lootas, deffgun
Change this weapon’s ability to read:
‘Each time this unit is chosen to shoot with, roll one D3 to
determine the Type characteristic of all deffguns that models in
this unit are equipped with when resolving those attacks.’
Page 112 – Flash Gitz, Kaptin
Change Leadership characteristic to ‘7’.
*Page 116 – Wazbom Blastajet,
Mekbrain-enhanced Weapon-sights
Delete the first sentence.
*Page 117 – Stompa, Bigger ’n’ Stompier
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move,
Advances or Falls Back, it can be moved across other models
(excluding Monster and Vehicle models) as if they were not
there, and when it does it can be moved within Engagement
Range of such models, but cannot finish its move within
Engagement Range of any of them.’
*Page 118 – Mekboy Workshop, Ork Structure
Change to read:
‘After this model is set up, it becomes an Obstacle terrain feature
with the following terrain traits: Defence Line, Light Cover,
Heavy Cover, Defensible, Unstable Position, Difficult Ground
(see the Warhammer 40,000 Core Book).’
Page 125 – Clan Kulturs, Blood Axes: Taktiks
Change the second sentence of rules text to read:
‘In addition, units with this kultur can shoot or charge (but not
both) even if they Fell Back in the same turn – if such a unit is
embarked, it can only do so if the Transport that Fell Back also
has this kultur.’
Page 126 – Stratagems, Mob Up
Change the first and second sentences of this Stratagem to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the end of your Movement phase,
before setting up any reinforcement units in your army on the
battlefield (if any). Select two <Clan> Boyz units from your army
that are within 2" of each other.’
Page 126 – Stratagems, Warphead
Add the following sentence:
‘Each Weirdboy model can only be selected for this Stratagem
once per battle.’
Page 126 – Stratagems, Get Stuck In, Ladz!
Change the first sentence of rules text to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the end of the Fight phase.’
Page 127 – Stratagems, Grot Shields
Change the rules text to read:
‘Use this Stratagem after a <Clan> Infantry unit from your army
(excluding units comprised entirely of Gretchin models) has
been hit by a ranged weapon. Until the end of the phase, you
can roll a D6 each time an attack made with a ranged weapon
wounds that unit if there is a friendly unit comprised entirely
of <Clan> Gretchin Infantry models within 6" of it, and the
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ORKS
Gretchin unit is closer to the attacking model than the target
unit. On a 2+ one model of your choice in that Gretchin unit is
slain and the attack sequence ends.’
Page 127 – Stratagems, Loot It!
Change the first and second sentences of rules text to read:
‘Use this Stratagem when a Vehicle unit is destroyed. Select an
Ork Infantry unit from your army that was either within 3" of
the vehicle or embarked within it when it was destroyed. Improve
the Save characteristic of that infantry unit by 1 (e.g. a Save
characteristic of 6+ will become a Save characteristic of 5+), to a
maximum of 2+.’
Page 128 – Stratagems, Drive-by Krumpin’
Change the first sentence of rules text to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the end of your Shooting phase.’
*Page 133 – Deathskulls: Opportunist
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for a weapon this Warlord is
making an attack with, you can ignore the Look Out, Sir rule, if
the target is within 18".’
Page 133 – Warlord Traits, Goffs: Proper Killy
Change the rules text to read:
‘Add 1 to your Warlord’s Attacks characteristic. In addition,
improve the Armour Penetration characteristic of melee
weapons this Warlord is equipped with by 1 during any turn in
which they made a charge move, were charged, or performed a
Heroic Intervention (e.g. AP -1 becomes AP -2).’
FAQs
Q: When a Nob replaces their slugga and choppa with items
from the Nob Weapons list, can they take two weapons from
the first list and one weapon from the second list, for a total of
three weapons (e.g. a big choppa, killsaw and a kombi-weapon
with skorcha)?
A: No. They can take two weapons from the first list or only one
if it is taken from the second list.
Q: If a Goff Gorkanaut attacks a unit with the Crush profile of
the Klaw of Gork (or possibly Mork), and the unmodified hit roll
is a 6 (allowing him to make an extra hit roll with the Klaw due
to the No Mukkin’ About kultur), does the extra hit roll have to be
made using the same profile, or can it be made with the weapon’s
other profile instead?
A: The extra hit roll is made using the same profile.
Q: Do Evil Sunz models that have a set value when they
Advance – like a Deffkilla Wartrike using the Fuel-mixa Grot
ability or a Deffkopta, due to Turbo-boost – also benefit from the
Red Ones Go Fasta kultur?
A: Yes, add 7" to their Move characteristic for that Advance
move in these cases.
Q: Does the Grots ability mean that units such as Mek Gunz and
Killa Kans do not benefit from a Clan Kultur?
A: Yes – they do not benefit from a Clan Kultur. Furthermore,
Ork Stratagems can only be used on these units if they explicitly
state so (e.g. the Grot Shields Stratagem).
2
Designer’s Note: Although many grots follow a particular Q: When the Showin’ Off Stratagem is used on a Bad Moons
clan into war, due to their puny and feeble nature they do not Infantry unit, can it select a different target for the second set
themselves exhibit the traits of any particular clan (for example, of attacks?
the teef of grots within a Bad Moons warband do not grow any A: Yes. The shooting sequence is followed again, thus allowing
faster). For this reason, grots do not benefit from any Clan Kultur. them to ‘choose targets’ again.
This includes Big Gunz from Index: Xenos 2, and Grot Tanks and
Grot Mega-tanks from Imperial Armour – Index: Xenos, all of
which are, for rules purposes, considered to be units comprised
entirely of Gretchin.

Q: If a Freebooterz unit comprised entirely of Gretchin

destroys an enemy unit in a phase, do other friendly units within
24" that have the Competitive Streak kultur add 1 to their hit rolls
until the end of that phase?
A: Yes, unless the friendly unit in question is also comprised
entirely of Gretchin.

Q: Do Snakebite Gretchin units from my army benefit from

the Monster Hunters Stratagem?
A: No.

Q: When using the Mob Up Stratagem, does either unit count

as being destroyed for the purposes of any victory conditions or
secondary objectives?
A: No.

Q: When using the Mob Up Stratagem, do any of the rules effects

that were being applied to the selected units get applied to the
merged unit? For example, if one unit had Advanced or Fallen
Back, does the merged unit count as having Advanced or Fallen
Back, or if one unit is under the effect of a psychic power, is the
merged unit still under its effects?
A: Yes, each rule effect that was being applied to each of the
selected units is applied to the merged unit.

Q: What happens when the Mob Up Stratagem is used to merge a

<Clan> Infantry unit that has a Clan Kultur with a <Clan>
Infantry unit without a Clan Kultur?
A: The merged unit would not have a Clan Kultur. The merged
unit only has a Clan Kultur if the selected units both had it.

Q: When using the Tellyporta Stratagem on a Transport,

do I include the Power Rating of units embarked inside when
calculating if the Power Rating is 20 or less?
A: No.

Q: Do Stratagems used on a Transport affect units embarked

within that transport? For example, if I use More Dakka! on
a Battlewagon, do any units embarked inside benefit from it?
In addition, can you use Stratagems on units embarked within
a transport (e.g. can you use Showin’ Off on a Bad Moons
Infantry unit embarked within a Battlewagon)?
A: No to both.

Q: If an attack inflicts mortal wounds in addition to the normal

damage on a Trukk and the damage is subsequently reduced to
1 as a result of the Ramshackle ability, are the mortal wounds
inflicted included in this damage reduction?
A: No. Any mortal wounds would be inflicted in addition to the
damage of 1.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: ORKS 3

 THE EDGE OF SILENCE
Indomitus Version 1.1

These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
The <Chapter> Keyword
Indomitus has been released and the forces of the Adeptus
Astartes have been reinforced. On the datasheets for the new
miniatures within The Edge of Silence, there is the <Chapter>
Faction keyword, meaning these units belong to Space Marine
Chapters from Codex: Space Marines. You can, however, take
these units as part of another Space Marine Chapter not found
within that publication. To do so, replace the <Chapter>
keyword in every instance on that unit’s datasheet with Blood
Angels (or the keyword of a Blood Angels successor Chapter, e.g.
Flesh Tearers), Dark Angels (or the keyword of a Dark Angels
successor Chapter, e.g. Angels of Absolution), Deathwatch
or Space Wolves. For example, if you include an Assault
Intercessors unit and you decide it is from the Blood Angels
Chapter, its keyword becomes Blood Angels.

UPDATES & ERRATA

Designer’s Note: When we wrote Edge of Silence, we created
some new rules for the relic shield and storm shield. When used in
isolation – say, when playing through the missions in Edge of Silence
– these rules work perfectly well, but when used with a Battle-forged
army, it is possible to upgrade a Character with Artificer Armour,
and in doing so have a model with a Save characteristic of 1+. This
was not our intention, and so we are changing the rules for both
these items of wargear as they appear on these datasheets.

Please also note that while some abilities, weapons and other
items of wargear (e.g. storm shields) for the Space Marines and
Necrons datasheets in this booklet appear in other places with
slightly different rules, the rules for them that appear in Edge of
Silence should not apply to other units – you should continue to
use the rules as printed in your current Codex for the time being.

Page 16 – Primaris Captain, Other Wargear, relic

shield, Abilities
Change this to read:
‘Add 1 to armour saving throws made for the bearer. In addition,
each time the bearer would lose a wound as the result of a
mortal wound, roll one D6: on a 4+, that wound is not lost.’

Page 16 – Primaris Lieutenant, Other Wargear, storm

shield, Abilities
Change this to read:
‘The bearer has a 4+ invulnerable save. In addition, add 1 to
armour saving throws made for the bearer.’

Page 18 – Bladeguard Veteran Squad, Other Wargear, storm

shield, Abilities
Change this to read:
‘The bearer has a 4+ invulnerable save. In addition, add 1 to
armour saving throws made for the bearer.’

WARHAMMER 40,000 – THE EDGE OF SILENCE 1

 WHITE DWARF: HARLEQUINS
Indomitus Version 1.0

These documents collect amendments to the rules and present

our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.

As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a

version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.

UPDATES & ERRATA

Page 46 – Harvester of Torment
Change the first sentence of this ability to read:
‘Each time this model shoots with the shuriken profile of
a shrieker cannon (or the shuriken profile of a Relic which
replaces a shrieker cannon), if the target contains 6 or more
models, each successful hit roll scores 3 hits instead of 1.’

Page 47 – Stratagem, Twilit Encore

Change the last sentence of this Stratagem to read:
‘After that enemy unit has moved, that Harlequins Troupe unit
can consolidate up to 6"; each model in that Harlequins Troupe
unit must end that move closer to the closest model from the unit
that Fell Back, or, if another enemy unit is now closer, the closest
enemy model.’

FAQs
Q: Does Cegorach’s Lament count as a shrieker cannon for the
purpose of the Shrieking Doom Stratagem?
A: No.

Q: Does an attack made by a model with the Jest Inescapable

Pivotal Role always ignore cover, or only on a wound roll of 6?
A: Only on a wound roll of 6.

Q: Is the Warrior Acrobats Stratagem cumulative with the

Solitaire’s Chromatic Rush Pivotal Role, adding 12" to that
model’s Move characteristic when it Advances?
A: No.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – WHITE DWARF: HARLEQUINS 1

IMPERIUM NIHILUS: VIGILUS DEFIANT
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 171 – Victrix Honour Guard, Abilities, Honour Guard
of Macragge
Change to read:
‘When a friendly Ultramarines Character model within 3" of
this unit would lose any wounds as a result of an attack made
against that model, this unit can attempt to intercept that attack.
Roll one D6; on a 2+ the model does not lose those wounds and
this unit suffers 1 mortal wound for each of those wounds. Only
one attempt can be made to intercept each attack.’
Page 174 – Reliquary of Gathalamor
Remove this Relic from this Specialist Detachment. It is replaced
by a Relic with the same name in Codex: Space Marines.
Page 174 – Indomitus Crusaders, Warlord Trait Grey Shield
Change the first paragraph to read:
‘Once per battle, at the start of your Movement phase, if your
Warlord is on the battlefield, you can choose for Indomitus
Crusader units in the same Detachment as your Warlord to gain
an additional Chapter Tactic until the start of your next turn.
Pick the additional Chapter Tactic from the following: Codex
Discipline, Lightning Assault, Siege Masters, Righteous Zeal,
Forged in Battle, Shadow Masters, The Flesh is Weak, No Matter
the Odds (see Codex: Space Marines).’
Page 175 – Indomitus Crusaders, Stratagems
Remove the Bolt Storm, Rapid Fire, Target Sighted and Veteran
Intercessors Stratagems from this Specialist Detachment.
Designer’s Note: Updated versions of these Stratagems can be
found in Codex: Space Marines.
WARHAMMER 40,000 – IMPERIUM NIHILUS: VIGILUS DEFIANT
*Page 175 – Target Sighted
Change the third sentence to read:
‘Until the end of the phase, stalker bolt rifles the models in that
unit are armed with gain the following ability: ‘Each time you
select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the Look Out, Sir
rule. If you roll a wound roll of 6+ for this weapon, it inflicts a
mortal wound in addition to its normal damage.’’
Page 176 – Ultramarines Victrix Guard, Warlord Trait, Warden
of Ultramar
Change the rules text to read:
‘Once per battle, at the start of the Fight phase, this Warlord can
inspire his warriors. When they do, until the end of that phase
you can re-roll wound rolls for attacks made by friendly Victrix
Guard units whilst they are within 6" of this Warlord.’
Pages 176 – Ultramarines Victrix Guard, Relics of Ultramar
Add the following:
‘If you have created your army using the additional rules found
in Codex Supplement: Ultramarines, you cannot select the
Soldiers Blade and The Standard of Macragge Inviolate Relics
from this Specialist Detachment. They are replaced with new
Relics with the same names in Codex Supplement: Ultramarines.’
Page 178 – Imperial Fists Siegebreaker Cohort, Warlord
Trait, Indomitable.
Change this Warlord Trait to read:
‘Friendly Imperial Fists Infantry units within 6" of your Warlord
automatically pass Morale tests and receive the benefit to their
saving throws for being in cover, even while they are not wholly
on or within a terrain feature, unless your Warlord moved in
your previous Movement phase.’
Page 181 – Black Templars Sword Brethren, Relics of the Eternal
Crusader, The Holy Orb
Change the rules text to read:
The Holy Orb has the following profile:
WEAPON RANGE TYPE S AP D
The Holy Orb 6" Grenade 1 - - -
Abilities: You can only use this weapon once per battle. This
weapon automatically hits its target (no hit rolls are made).
When this weapon hits a target, roll one D6 for every 10 models
in the target unit (rounding up). For each roll of 2+ that unit
suffers D3 mortal wounds.
1
*Page 182 – Swiftstrike
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem in the Fight phase after an Attack Squadron
unit (excluding Aircraft) from your army has fought.’
Page 183 – Space Wolves Stalker Pack, Warlord Trait, Saga of
the Savage
Change the first paragraph to read:
‘Add 1 to the Attacks characteristics all models in a unit affected
by this saga if it made a charge move in the same turn.’
Page 188 – Windrider Host, Specialist Detachment,
Windrider Host
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Pick a Craftworlds Detachment from your army (other than a
Detachment that includes any Ynnari units) to be a Windrider
Host Specialist Detachment.’
Page 189 – Wraith Host, Specialist Detachment, Wraith Host
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Pick a Craftworlds Detachment from your army (other than a
Detachment that includes any Ynnari units) to be a Wraith Host
Specialist Detachment.’
*Page 199 – Da Souped Up Shokka
Change the first sentence of this weapon’s ability to read:
‘Each time this unit is chosen to shoot with, roll once to
determine the Strength characteristic of this weapon.’
FAQs
Q: Does the Rise from the Shadows campaign rule affect hit rolls
made for Overwatch?
A: No.
Q: Does the Deadly Contagion campaign rule affect Infantry
units that start the game embarked aboard Transports?
A: No.
Q: In the Crucible of War: Convoy mission, how does the Signal
Flare Stratagem work in the following example: a unit with 9
bolters and a missile launcher fires its missile launcher at a target
and scores a hit – if the Stratagem is then used, can I re-roll hit
rolls of 1 for the attacks made with the bolters?
A: Attacks can be made one at a time, as per the core rules. Once
the first model has hit the target, you can play the Stratagem and
re-roll hit rolls of 1 for all remaining attacks made by that unit
(and other units) that target that same enemy unit in that phase.
Q: In the Crucible of War: Hold Your Gains mission, does a
unit count as moving for the purposes of the Dug-in Defences
Stratagem if it redeploys via a rule such as the Craftworlds
Phantasm Stratagem?
A: Yes.
Q: When paying Command Points to upgrade a Detachment
into a Specialist Detachment, is the Relic they are able to give to
a Character in addition to the Relic they would typically get
from their Warlord’s faction?
A: No. The Relic(s) listed within a Specialist Detachment can
be given to a Character from your army instead of one from
your Warlord’s codex. Don’t forget, however, that many codexes
WARHAMMER 40,000 – IMPERIUM NIHILUS: VIGILUS DEFIANT
contain Stratagems that enable you to gain additional Relics.
Q: Do modifications to Haarken Worldclaimer’s Attacks
characteristic due to his Head-claimer ability last until the end of
the battle?
A: Yes.
Q: Is a Blood Angels, Dark Angels, Space Wolves or
Deathwatch Detachment also a Space Marines Detachment?
A: No. As defined in Codex: Space Marines, a Space Marines
Detachment is a Detachment that only includes units with one
of the following Faction keywords: <Chapter>, Ultramarines,
Imperial Fists, Salamanders, White Scars, Raven Guard, Iron
Hands, Crimson Fists or Black Templars.
Q: If a unit makes a shooting attack outside of the Shooting
phase (such as a Soulburst action in the Fight phase) against
a Liberator Strike Force unit, can it retaliate with the
Paragons of Dorn Stratagem?
A: No.
Q: If High Marshal Helbrecht is part of a Sword Brethren
Specialist Detachment, can he have the Master Swordsman
Warlord Trait from that Detachment?
A: No. High Marshal Helbrecht must always have the
Oathkeeper Warlord Trait as detailed in Codex: Space Marines.
Q: Is the Vengeful Arbiter a bolt weapon, for rules that interact
with such weapons (e.g. the Bolter Drill Stratagem)?
A: Yes.
Q: What are the differences between the Stalker Pack’s Saga of the
Savage and the Saga of the Wolfkin?
A: The Saga of the Savage has a Deed of Legend that is slightly
easier to achieve, but its effects only work when an affected
model has made a charge move, while the Saga of the Wolfkin
works not only when an affected unit makes a charge move, but
also when it is charged or performs a Heroic Intervention.
Q: How does the Stalker Pack’s Blood Scent Stratagem work
against Ork units that have used the Mob Up Stratagem? Is the
number of models in the unit when it is merged considered to be
the unit’s initial size, or are prior casualties from either of the
original units enough to allow the use of this Stratagem?
A: If either of the units that were combined with the Mob Up
Stratagem had suffered casualties before the Stratagem was used,
the merged unit counts as having suffered casualties for the
purposes of this Stratagem.
Q: Is the Master of Biosplicing Warlord Trait from the Servitor
Maniple Specialist Detachment treated as an ability that repairs
a friendly Adeptus Mechanicus model for the purposes of the
Autocaduceus of Arkhan Land Relic?
A: Yes.
Q: If a Tech-Priest Dominus takes the Doctrina Foreas Servo-
Skull, what D6 roll is required to change the battle protocols of
Kastelan Robots?
A: 2+.
Q: When using the Anointed Throng’s Devotion Till Death
Stratagem, can a model slain in this manner pile in and fight even
2
if this move would take the model out of coherency?
A: No. It must end its pile-in move closer to the nearest enemy
model, but if this would take it out of unit coherency, the move
cannot be made.

Q: What is the Armour Penetration characteristic of an attack

made with a shuriken weapon by a Windrider Host Farseer
Skyrunner model if the wound roll is a 6+ and it is being
affected by the Tempest of Blades Stratagem?
A: -4.

Q: If a unit of Wraithblades is targeted by the Psytronome of

Iyanden relic and the Wrath of the Dead Stratagem, what is their
Attacks characteristic that phase?
A: 5. When modifying characteristics you always apply any
multiplication or division (rounding fractions up) before
applying any addition or subtraction.

Q: Can an Emperor’s Fist unit that Advanced use the Unyielding

Advance Stratagem to shoot its turret weapon twice?
A: Yes.

Q: Does the Hammer of Sunderance Relic count as a turret

weapon for the purposes of Grinding Advance?
A: Yes.

Q: For the purposes of the Tempestus Drop Force Specialist

Detachment, what is a Militarum Tempestus Detachment?
A: A Militarum Tempestus Detachment is an Astra Militarum
Detachment that has the Storm Troopers Regimental Doctrine.

Q: Are Killa Kans able to use the Dread Waaagh!, Kustom

Ammo or Mek Connections Stratagems, despite having the
Gretchin keyword?
A: Yes.

Q: Can a Bad Moons Big Mek in a Dread Waaagh!

Detachment use both the Showin’ Off Stratagem and the Kustom
Ammo Stratagem to fire three times in a single Shooting phase?
A: No. Both Stratagems only allow the unit to fire two times in
the phase.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – IMPERIUM NIHILUS: VIGILUS DEFIANT 3

 CODEX: TYRANIDS
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
*Page 88 – Old One Eye, Alpha Leader
Add the following to the end of this ability:
‘In addition, while any other friendly <Hive Fleet> Carnifex
units are within 3” of this model, enemy models cannot target
this model with ranged attacks.’
*Page 93 – Lictor, Abilities, Chameleonic Skin
Change to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to this model while it
is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to any
armour saving throw made against that attack.’
*Page 93 – Deathleaper, Abilities, Superior Chameleonic Skin
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to this model while it
is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to any
armour saving throw made against that attack.’
*Page 100 – Tyrannofex, Bio-tank
Delete this ability.
*Page 101 and 113 – Toxicrene and ranged weapons list, massive
toxic lashes (shooting), Abilities
Change to read:
‘You can re-roll failed wound rolls for this weapon.’
Page 101 – Biovores, Abilities, Spore Mine Launcher
Change the first sentence of the second paragraph to read:
‘Each time a spore mine launcher misses its target, set up a
single <Hive Fleet> Spore Mine model anywhere within 6" of
the target unit and more than 3" from any enemy model (if the
Spore Mine cannot be placed it is destroyed).’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: TYRANIDS
Page 109 – Harpy, Abilities, Spore Mine Cysts
Change the first sentence of the second paragraph to read:
‘Each time a Spore Mine misses its target, set up a single <Hive
Fleet> Spore Mine anywhere within 6" of the target unit and
more than 3" from any enemy model (if the Spore Mine cannot
be placed it is destroyed).’
*Page 110 – Sporocyst, Abilities, Bio-fortress
Delete this ability.
Page 110 – Sporocyst, Abilities, Spawn Spore Mines
Change the second sentence to read:
‘If it does so, add a new unit of 3 <Hive Fleet> Spore Mines or
1 <Hive Fleet> Mucolid Spore to your army and set it up on the
battlefield so that it is wholly within 6" of the Sporocyst and
more than 1" from the enemy (any models that cannot be placed
are destroyed).’
Page 110 – Sporocyst, Abilities, Spore Node
Change the first sentence of the second paragraph to read:
‘Each time a spore node attack misses its target, add a new unit
of 3 <Hive Fleet> Spore Mines or 1 <Hive Fleet> Mucolid Spore
to your army and set it up on the battlefield so that it is wholly
within 6" of the target unit and more than 3" from any enemy
model (any models that cannot be placed are destroyed).’
Page 110 – Sporocyst, Abilities, Bombardment Organism
Change this ability to read: ‘When you set up this unit during
deployment, it can be set up anywhere on the battlefield that
is more than 9" from the enemy deployment zone and any
enemy models.’
Page 116, The Shadow in the Warp
Change the first sentence to read:
‘In this section you’ll find rules for Battle-forged armies that
include Tyranids Detachments.’
Add the following section before ‘Abilities’:
‘Tyranids Units
In the rules described in this section we often refer to ‘Tyranids
units’. This is shorthand for any Tyranids unit that also has the
<Hive Fleet> keyword. A Tyranids Detachment is therefore one
which only includes units with both the Tyranids and <Hive
Fleet> keyword.
Note that although Genestealer Cults are devoted to the Hive
Mind and will willingly fight alongside their xenos masters, they
deviate significantly in terms of organisation and tactics, not to
mention physiology! Genestealer Cults units therefore cannot
make use of any of the rules listed in this section (this includes
the Detachment abilities, Stratagems, bio-artefacts, psychic
1
powers, Warlord Traits and Tactical Objectives described in this
section), and instead have their own rules.’
Page 117 – Hive Fleet Adaptations, Jormungandr: Tunnel
Networks, rules text
Change the second sentence to read:
‘If the unit Advances or declares a charge, however, it loses
the benefit of this adaptation until the start of your next
Movement phase.’
Page 119 – Stratagems, Pathogenic Slime, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the start of your Shooting phase.’
Page 119 – Stratagems, Sporefield, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem after both armies have deployed but before
the first battle round begins.’
Pages 119 and 120 – Stratagems, Sporefield and Call the Brood,
rules text
Add the following:
‘This unit must belong to the same Hive Fleet as another unit
from your army.’
Page 119 – Stratagems, Pheromone Trail, rules text
Add the following:
‘You cannot use this Stratagem to affect a unit of reinforcements
being set up by the Genestealer’s Infestation ability, or that are
added to your army due to a unit’s ability.’
Page 120 – Stratagems, The Enemy Below, rules text
Change the third sentence to read:
‘Whenever you set up a unit of Raveners, a Mawloc, Trygon or a
Trygon Prime at the end of your Movement phase (a burrowing
unit), you can also set up any number of units you set up within
the tunnels.’
Page 120 – Stratagems, Hyper-toxicity, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the start of the Fight phase.’
*Page 120 – Stratagems, Digestive Denial
Change to read:
‘Use this Stratagem after deployment but before the first battle
round begins. Select one Area Terrain feature. Until the end of
the battle, that terrain feature loses the Light Cover and Heavy
Cover terrain traits (see Warhammer 40,000 Core Book).’
Page 121 – Hive Mind Discipline, The Horror, rules text
Change the second sentence of this psychic power to read:
‘If manifested, select one enemy unit within 24" of and visible to
the psyker.’
Page 124 – Warlord Traits, Alien Cunning, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘At the start of the first battle round, but before the first turn
begins, you can remove your Warlord from the battlefield and
set them up again as described in the Deployment section of the
mission you are playing.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: TYRANIDS
FAQs
Q: Can a unit affected by the Onslaught psychic power Advance
and fire Heavy weapons?
A: No.
Q: Is a unit under the effect of the Onslaught psychic power
treated as remaining stationary, even if it has moved (for
example, for the purposes of the Weapon Beast ability)?
A: No.
Q: Does the Instinctive Behaviour ability apply to Tyranids units
whilst they are embarked within a Fortification?
A: Yes – that means that you must subtract 1 from hit rolls made
for that unit when shooting at any target other than the nearest
visible enemy unit.
Q: When a unit is set up in a locale other than the battlefield, can
they change that locale (other than to be set up on the battlefield)?
For example, if a unit is set up ‘within the tunnels’ as part of The
Enemy Below, must they be set up on the battlefield following that
Stratagem, or can they be set up in another fashion?
A: They cannot change their locale. In the example, they can
only be set up on the battlefield following the conditions of The
Enemy Below.
Q: When a unit is chosen to make a charge move and fails the
charge, do they still count as having charged? Specifically, can
a unit that has failed a charge move be chosen to pile in – and
potentially consolidate – towards the enemy?
A: A unit only counts as having charged if they made a charge
move. If a charge fails, and no models make a charge move, they
do not count as having charged. As such, they cannot be chosen
to fight in the Fight phase (and so cannot pile in or consolidate)
unless an enemy unit moves within 1" of them.
Q: Can a unit ever Advance twice in a single phase?
A: No.
Q: If a unit has Advanced in a phase, and is given the
opportunity to move again in the same phase, what is their
Move characteristic?
A: Their Move characteristic for the second move would still be
the value as modified from the Advance.
For example, if a unit with a Move characteristic of 5" Advances
in a Movement phase, and the result of the dice rolled for the
Advance is 4, its Move characteristic would be modified for that
phase to 9". As such, if it was given the opportunity to move
again in that phase, its Move characteristic would still be 9".
Q: How many heavy venom cannons and stranglethorn cannons
can a model be armed with?
A: A model can be armed with either one heavy venom cannon
or one stranglethorn cannon, not one of each.
Q: Can a Broodlord use the Genestealers’ Infestation ability to be
set up during the battle near an infestation node?
A: No.
2
Q: Deathleaper’s Superior Chameleonic Skin infers a -2 modifier
on attacks that target it. Given that these rolls cannot be modified
by more than -1 or +1, when would this ability ever be useful?
A: While hit rolls and wounds rolls cannot be modified by more
than -1 or +1, this limit takes effect after all applicable modifiers
have been applied, some of which may cancel each other out.
For example, an enemy Red Terror model makes a melee attack
against Deathleaper. The Red Terror’s Feeding Frenzy ability applies
a +1 modifier to that attack’s hit roll, and the Deathleaper’s Superior
Chameleonic Skin also gives a -2 modifier to the roll. Applying both
of these modifiers to the hit roll results in a final modifier of -1.
Q: If you use a Maleceptor’s Psychic Overload ability, can that
Maleceptor attempt to manifest any psychic powers in that
Psychic phase?
A: No.
Q: If a model has more than one pair of scything/monstrous
scything/massive scything talons, does it make 1 additional
attack with one of those pairs, or 1 additional attack with each of
those pairs?
A: 1 additional attack with one of those pairs.
Q: If a model has more than one ‘pair’ of boneswords, does it
make 1 additional attack with one of those pairs, or 1 additional
attack with each of those pairs?
A: 1 additional attack with one of those pairs.
Q: Do Hive Fleet Jormungandr units gain the cover bonus twice if
they are in ruins?
A: No.
Q: Does the Psychic Barrage Stratagem prevent all three units
of Zoanthropes from attempting to manifest psychic powers
that turn?
A: Yes.
Q: If a Genestealer, Lictor, Toxicrene or Venomthrope from my
army attacks an enemy Character in the Fight phase, reducing
it to 1 wound, and I use the Implant Attack Stratagem to kill that
character, can I then use the Feeder Tendrils Stratagem?
A: Yes.
Q: If I use the Metabolic Overdrive Stratagem on a unit in the
Movement phase, and then Onslaught on the same unit in the
Psychic phase, can that unit charge?
A: No.
Q: Do you pay reinforcement points in matched play for Spore
Mines brought into the game using the Sporefield Stratagem?
A: Yes.
Q: If my opponent has units that are set up after both armies have
deployed, when do I use the Sporefield Stratagem – before or after
those units are set up? If before, how do you determine who would
place their units first?
A: You use the Stratagem before any such units are set up. If
both players then have units with abilities that allow them to be
set up after both armies have deployed, the players should roll
off and the winner decides who sets up their units first.
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: TYRANIDS
Q: When using the Pheromone Trail Stratagem, can you bring the
Lictor onto the battlefield in the same turn as the unit that it acts
as a homing beacon for?
A: Yes – simply bring the Lictor onto the battlefield before the
other unit.
Q: If a Character with a damage table uses the Death Frenzy
Stratagem to make a final attack before it is removed from the
battlefield, which line on its damage table should you use for
that attack?
A: Treat the character as having 1 wound remaining when
referring to its damage table.
Q: Do you pay reinforcement points in matched play for units
brought back into the game using the Endless Swarm Stratagem?
A: Yes.
Q: If a unit with adrenal glands is affected by the Opportunistic
Advance Stratagem, how is their movement for that
phase calculated?
A: Adrenal glands don’t modify either the Movement
characteristic of a unit, or the dice rolled for an Advancing unit.
As such, you would use Opportunistic Advance, roll the dice,
double the result, add that to the Movement characteristic, and
then use the adrenal glands to add 1" to the distance the unit
can move.
Q: Is a unit that is affected by the Opportunistic Advance
Stratagem treated as having Advanced for the purposes of
shooting or charging later in that turn?
A: Yes.
Q: Do the Scythes of Tyran allow you to re-roll hit rolls of 1?
A: No.
Q: My Behemoth Hive Tyrant, armed with toxin sacs and the
Reaper of Obliterax, has the Monstrous Hunger Warlord Trait.
If I were to roll a 6 to wound in the Fight phase, would the final
damage be (3 for the bonesword lash + 1 for toxin sacs + 1 for the
Warlord Trait) × 2 for the Reaper of Obliterax’s ability for a total
of 10, or 3 for the bonesword lash × 2 for the Reaper of Obliterax’s
ability + 1 for toxin sacs + 1 for the Warlord Trait for a total of 8?
A: You multiply the weapon damage for the Reaper of Obliterax
ability, and then add 2 for the combination of Monstrous
Hunger and toxin sacs for a total of 8.
Q: If a Warlord has been given the Heightened Senses Warlord
Trait, can it still suffer from negative modifiers to its Weapon Skill
or Ballistic Skill?
A: Yes, the Heightened Senses Warlord Trait only exempts it
from penalties to the hit roll, not to any negative modifiers to the
Warlord’s characteristics.
3
 GRAND TOURNAMENT 2020 MISSION PACK
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 17 – Crossfire
Change the two 12" horizontal measurements on this mission’s
map to each be 3".
Designer’s Note: The objective markers in this mission should be
12" from the ‘vertical’ centreline of the battlefield, not 12" from
the dotted 9" circle in the centre of the battlefield.
Page 67 – Manifesting Psychic powers, first paragraph
Add the following sentence:
‘The same Psyker unit cannot attempt to manifest Smite more
than once during the same battle round.’
Page 69 – Look Out, Sir
Change this rule to read:
Models cannot target a unit that contains any Character models
with a Wounds characteristic of 9 or less with a ranged weapon
while that Character unit is within 3" of any of the following:
• A friendly unit that contains 1 or more Vehicle or Monster
models with a wounds characteristic of 10 or more.
• A friendly non-Character unit that contains 1 or more
Vehicle or Monster models.
• A friendly non-Character unit that contains 3 or
more models.
In all cases, if that Character unit is both visible to the firing
model and it is the closest enemy unit to the firing model, it
can be targeted normally. When determining if that Character
unit is the closest enemy unit to the firing model, ignore other
enemy units that contain any Character models with a Wounds
characteristics of 9 or less.
WARHAMMER 40,000 – GRAND TOURNAMENT 2020 MISSION PACK
C annot shoot at an enemy Character with 9 or less
wounds while it is within 3" of a friendly unit that
contains 1 Monster, 1 Vehicle or 3+ other models
(excluding Characters models with 9 or less
wounds) unless it is the closest target.
Page 77 – Performing Actions, second paragraph,
fourth sentence
Change this sentence to read:
‘A unit can only attempt to perform one action per battle round.’
Page 85 – Obscuring, second paragraph, first sentence
Change this sentence to read:
‘Models that are on or within terrain feature can see, and can be
seen and targeted normally.’
Page 85 – Heavy Cover
Change this paragraph to read:
‘When an attack made with a melee weapon wounds a model
that is receiving the benefits of cover from this terrain feature,
add 1 to the saving throw made against that attack unless the
model that the attack is allocated to made a charge move this
turn (invulnerable saving throws are not affected).
Page 89 – Rare Rules
Add the following:
DESPERATE BREAKOUT AND RULES THAT PREVENT FALLING BACK
Some rules either prevent enemy units from falling back, or
when a unit is selected to, or otherwise wishes to Fall Back,
triggers a roll-off, test or other dice roll that can result in the
enemy unit being unable to Fall Back. In either cases, a rule
that prevents Falling Back takes precedence over Desperate
Breakout Stratagem (pg 79). This means, in the first case, that
using the Stratagem on a unit would not enable it to Fall Back
- you would be spending CPs only for the chance to destroy
some of your own models. In the second case, if the Desperate
Breakout stratagem is used on a unit, then after rolling to see if
any models in that unit are destroyed, any roll-off, test or other
roll is then triggered and resolved (which may result in the unit
not being able to Fall Back). Note that in either case, if a rule
prevents a unit from Falling Back, no models in that unit can
make (and hence end) a Fall Back move, so no additional models
in that unit are destroyed, but the unit the Stratagem was used
on will still be unable to do anything else this turn.
Rules that prevent Falling Back take precedence over
the Desperate Breakout Stratagem.
1
Page 89 – Rare Rules
Add the following:
MANIFESTING PRIORITY
While manifesting a psychic power, you’ll occasionally find
that two rules are in direct conflict and cannot both apply - for
example, when one rule says that a psychic power cannot be
denied and another rule says that a psychic power is denied (or
resisted). When this happens, rules that say a psychic power
cannot be denied take precedence over rules that say the psychic
power is denied.
If a psychic power is manifested and is affected by
conflicting rules regarding whether it can or cannot
be denied, rules that say that the psychic power
cannot be denied take precedence.
Page 89 – Rare Rules
Add the following:
MULTIPLE ATTACKS THAT INFLICT MORTAL WOUNDS
Some attacks can inflict mortal wounds either instead of, or in
addition to, the normal damage. If, when a unit is selected to
shoot or fight, more than one of its attacks that target an enemy
unit have such a rule, all the normal damage inflicted by the
attacking unit’s attacks are resolved against that target before
any of the mortal wounds are inflicted on it.
If a unit can make multiple attacks that inflict mortal
wounds, all of the normal damage inflicted by all of
the attacking unit’s attacks is resolved before any of
the mortal wounds are resolved.
Page 89 – Rare Rules
Add the following sub-section:
SCORING ADDITIONAL HITS
When a model makes an attack, some rules will let that attack
score one or more additional hits on a particular hit roll (e.g.
‘each time an attack is made with this weapon, an unmodified
hit roll of 6 scores 1 additional hit’). If the attacking model is
also benefiting from any other rules that trigger on a particular
hit roll (e.g. ‘each time an attack is made with this weapon,
an unmodified hit roll of 6 automatically wounds the target’),
then only the original attack benefits from those rules. If any
additional hits are scored as the result of a particular hit roll,
those additional hits are not considered to have been made with
any hit roll – they simply hit the target and you must continue
the attack sequence for them (i.e. make a wound roll).
If a hit roll scores additional hits, those additional hits
do not benefit from any other rule that triggered on
the original attack’s hit roll.
Page 89 – Rare Rules
Add the following:
STRATAGEMS THAT GAIN OR REFUND CPS
The advanced rules for Command points state that you cannot
gain, or have refunded, more than 1 Command point per battle
WARHAMMER 40,000 – GRAND TOURNAMENT 2020 MISSION PACK
round because of any rules (other than via the exceptions listed
on page 245 of the Core Book, such as the Battle-forged CP
Bonus). However, there are a small handful of Stratagems that
let players gain or refund several Command points when used
(e.g. Feeder Tendrils in Codex: Tyranids). So long as such a
Stratagem is used during a phase (i.e. it is not used ‘before the
battle’ or ‘at the end of a battle round’), the limit of gaining or
refunding 1 Command point per battle round does not apply to
any Command points gained via Stratagems.
The limit of gaining or refunding 1 CP per battle round
does not apply to any CPs gained via Stratagems that
are used during a phase.
Page 363 – Rare Rules
Add the following:
MOVING THROUGH MODELS
Some models have a rule that enables them to ‘move through/
over models’, or ‘move through/over models as if they were not
there’. Sometimes such a rule will only apply to specific types of
movement (e.g. Normal Moves, Advance moves, charge moves
etc.) while other times it will apply to all types of movement.
In any case, when moving a model with such a rule, it can be
moved within Engagement Range of enemy models, but it can
never finish a move on top of another model, or its base, and
it cannot finish a Normal Move, Advance or Fall Back move
within Engagement Range of any enemy models, and it can only
end a charge move in Engagement Range of units it declared a
charge against that phase).
Models that can move through/over enemy models
can also be moved within Engagement Range of
enemy models.
Models cannot end a move on top of another model.
Models cannot end a Normal Move, Advance or
Fall Back move within Engagement Range of any
enemy unit.
Models can only end a charge move within
Engagement Range of enemy units that they declared
a charge against that phase.
Page 363 – Rare Rules
Add the following:
IGNORING WOUNDS VS. RULES THAT PREVENT MODELS FROM
IGNORING WOUNDS
Some models have a rule that says that they cannot lose more
than a specified number of wounds in the same phase/turn/
battle round, and that any wounds that would be lost after
that point are not lost. When such a model is attacked by a
weapon or model with a rule that says that enemy models
cannot use rules to ignore the wounds it loses, that rule takes
precedence over the previous rule, and if that attack inflicts
any damage on that model, it loses a number of wounds
equal to the Damage characteristic of that attack, even if it
has already lost the specified number of wounds already this
phase/turn/battle round.
2
 R
 ules that say models ‘cannot use rules to ignore the
wounds they lose’ take precedence over rules that
say that a model ‘cannot lose more than a specified
number of wounds, and any wounds lost after that
point are not lost.

FAQs
Q: Does the Deploy Scramblers action need to be completed by the
same unit three times in order for you to score victory points for
the Deploy Scramblers secondary objective, or can it be completed
by different units?
A: It can be completed by different units. So long as the action
has been completed a total of three times (once in each of the
specified zones), you score the victory points, irrespective of
which unit(s) from your army completed those actions.

Q: Does the Psychic Ritual psychic action need to be completed by

the same unit three times in order for you to score victory points
for the Psychic Ritual secondary objective, or can it be completed
by different units?
A: This Psychic action must must be completed three times by
the same unit in order for you to score the victory points.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – GRAND TOURNAMENT 2020 MISSION PACK 3

 MUNITORUM FIELD MANUAL 2020
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 4 – Space Marines, Heavy Support
Change the Land Raider Redeemer entry to read:
HEAVY SUPPORT MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL*
Land Raider Redeemer 1 245
Page 7 – Blood Angels, Elites
Change this table’s header to read:
ELITES MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL*
Page 10 – Dark Angels, Ranged Weapons
Change the multi-melta (Infantry/other model) to read:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Multi-melta (Infantry/other model) 20/25
Page 12 – Space Wolves, Fast Attack
Change the Inceptors and Suppressors entries to read:
FAST ATTACK MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL*
Inceptors 3-6 40
Suppressors 3 33
Page 13 – Space Wolves, Ranged Weapons
Change the twin assault cannon and twin ironhail autocannon
entries to read:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Twin assault cannon 40
Twin ironhail autocannon 0
WARHAMMER 40,000 – MUNITORUM FIELD MANUAL 2020
Add the following new entry:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Las fusil 10
Page 15 – Grey Knights, Elites
Delete the Brotherhood Champion entry.
Page 21 – Adeptus Mechanicus, Melee Weapons
Add the following entry:
MELEE WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Power maul 5
Page 29 – Chaos Knights, Ranged Weapons
Change the plasma decimator and volcano lance entries to read:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Plasma decimator 0
Volcano lance 10
Page 32 – Necrons, Heavy Support
Add the following entry:
HEAVY SUPPORT MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL*
Canoptek Spyders 1-3 50
Page 36 – T’au Empire, Drones
Add the following entry:
DRONES MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL**
MV37 Advanced Guardian Drone N/A 10
Page 40 – Unaligned Fortifications
Change the Chaos Bastion entry to read:
FORTIFICATION MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL*
Chaos Bastion 1 150
Page 43 – Adeptus Astartes, Ranged Weapons
Add the following entries:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Melta-cutter 0
Omega plasma array 0
Twin rotary missile launcher 0
Change the magna-melta cannon entry to read:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Magna-melta cannon 40
1
Page 43 – Grey Knights, Ranged Weapons
Change the flamestorm cannon entry to read:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Flamestorm cannon 0
Page 44 – Adeptus Mechanicus, Ranged Weapons
Change the heavy flamer entry to read:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Heavy flamer 15
Page 44 – Adeptus Mechanicus, Melee Weapons
Add the following new entry:
MELEE WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Termite drill 0
Page 46 – Astra Militarum, Ranged Weapons
Add the following new entries:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Dominus triple bombard 0
Melta-cutter drill 0
Page 46 – Astra Militarum, Melee Weapons
Remove the powerlifter entry.
Page 48 – Questor Imperialis, Lords of War Change the prism rifle entry to read:
Change the Questoris Knight Magaera and Questoris Knight
Styrix entries to read:
LORDS OF WAR MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL*
Questoris Knight Magaera 1 435
Questoris Knight Styrix 1 420
Page 48 – Questor Imperialis, Ranged Weapons
Add the following entry:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Graviton pulsar 5
Page 49 – Hellforged, Heavy Support
Add the following entry:
HEAVY SUPPORT MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL*
Hellforged Vindicator Laser Destroyer 1 200
Page 49 – Hellforged, Fast Attack
Add the following entry:
FAST ATTACK MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL*
Hellforged Kharybdis Assault Claw 1 350
Page 49 – Hellforged, Ranged Weapons
Add the following entries:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Hunter-killer missile 5
Laser volley cannon 0
WARHAMMER 40,000 – MUNITORUM FIELD MANUAL 2020
Change the infernal flamestorm cannon and lascannon entries
to read:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Infernal flamestorm cannon 45
Lascannon 20
Page 50 – Eyrine Cults, Ranged Weapons
Add the following entry:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Reaper autocannon 10
Page 51 – Questor Traitoris, Lords of War
Change the Questoris Knight Magaera and Questoris Knight
Styrix entries to read:
LORDS OF WAR MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL*
Questoris Knight Magaera 1 435
Questoris Knight Styrix 1 420
Page 51 – Questor Traitoris, Ranged Weapons
Add the following entry:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Graviton pulsar 5
Page 52 – Asuryani, Ranged Weapons
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Prism rifle 0
Page 52 – Necrons, Ranged Weapons
Add the following new entries:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Singularity generator 0
Synaptic obliterator 0
Transdimensional projector 0
Change the tesla cannon entry to read:
RANGED WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Tesla cannon 0
Page 52 – Necrons, Melee Weapons
Add the following entry:
MELEE WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON
Titanic forelimbs 0
Page 54 – Orks
Remove the Warboss on Warbike entry.
Page 54 – Orks
Add the following entries:
NAMED CHARACTERS MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL**
Mek Boss Buzzgob 1 90
Zhadsnark da Ripper 1 100
2
Page 54 – Orks, Heavy Support
Add the following entry:

HEAVY SUPPORT MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL*

Squiggoth 1 175

Page 54 – Orks, Melee Weapons

Add the following entry:

MELEE WEAPONS POINTS/WEAPON

Gorin’ horns 0

Page 54 – T’au Empire, Lords of War

Change the KX139 Ta’unar Supremacy Armour entry to read:

LORDS OF WAR MODELS/UNIT POINTS/MODEL*

KX139 Ta’unar Supremacy Armour 1 1040

WARHAMMER 40,000 – MUNITORUM FIELD MANUAL 2020 3

 CORE BOOK
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
BLAST AND MULTIPLE DICE ROLLS
In addition to the errata here, we wanted to briefly add an
additional example to explain how the Blast rule works when
shooting a weapon that requires more than one dice roll to
determine its number of attacks. For example, if a Heavy 2D3
weapon with the Blast rule targets a unit that has 6 or more models,
and you roll a double 1 to determine how many attacks are made,
that result is less than 3 and so that weapon makes 3 attacks
against that target. If the same weapon targets a unit that has 11 or
more models, that weapon makes six attacks against that unit.
OBSCURING AND DENSE COVER
Obscuring and Dense Cover are two terrain traits introduced
with ninth edition that interact with visibility. These rules do not
overwrite the normal rules for determining visibility, though - they
are in addition to them. Specifically, even though the Obscuring
rules state that Aircraft and models with a Wounds characteristic
of 18+ can be seen through Obscuring terrain, they are still only
visible (and hence eligible) targets if the firing model can physically
see them (so if the terrain in question is solid and opaque, they
are still not eligible targets). Also, in the same way that Obscuring
terrain ‘blocks’ visibility when it is in between the firing model
and its intended target, Dense Cover terrain imposes a hit penalty
whenever it is between the firing model and its intended target
(with the noted exceptions). It is not required for a unit to be
fulfilling the criteria of ‘gaining the benefits of cover’, as described
for Obstacles and Area Terrain, for this penalty to hit rolls to apply
(but also note that any rule that ignores the benefits of cover, or
that ignores the benefits of cover that impose a penalty on hit rolls,
would still ignore that penalty).
WARHAMMER 40,000 CORE BOOK
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 215 – Manifesting Psychic Powers, first paragraph
Add the following sentence:
‘The same Psyker unit cannot attempt to manifest Smite more
than once during the same battle round.’
Page 219 – Look Out, Sir
Change this rule to read:
Models cannot target a unit that contains any Character models
with a Wounds characteristic of 9 or less with a ranged weapon
while that Character unit is within 3" of any of the following:
• A friendly unit that contains 1 or more Vehicle or Monster
models with a wounds characteristic of 10 or more.
• A friendly non-Character unit that contains 1 or more
Vehicle or Monster models.
• A friendly non-Character unit that contains 3 or
more models.
In all cases, if that Character unit is both visible to the firing
model and it is the closest enemy unit to the firing model, it
can be targeted normally. When determining if that Character
unit is the closest enemy unit to the firing model, ignore other
enemy units that contain any Character models with a Wounds
characteristics of 9 or less.
C annot shoot at an enemy Character with 9 or
less wounds while it is within 3" of a friendly unit
that contains 1 Monster, 1 Vehicle or 3+ other
models (excluding Character models with 9 or less
wounds) unless it is the closest target.
Page 247
Add the following sub-section:
FORTIFICATIONS
Units with the Fortifications Battlefield Role are terrain features
that are part of your army. Unless otherwise stated, when
setting Fortifications up on the battlefield, they cannot be set up
within 3" of any other terrain feature that is not part of its own
datasheet (excluding hills, page 260). If it is not possible to set up
a Fortification as a result, it cannot be deployed and counts as
having been destroyed. Fortifications can never be placed into
Strategic Reserves (pg 256).
1
 Fortifications cannot be setup within 3" of other
terrain features (except hills).
Fortifications cannot be placed into Strategic Reserves.
Page 258 – Performing Actions, second paragraph,
fourth sentence
Change this sentence to read:
‘A unit can only attempt to perform one action per battle round.’
Page 263 – Obscuring, second paragraph, first sentence
Change this sentence to read:
‘Models that are on or within terrain feature can see, and can be
seen and targeted normally.’
Page 263 – Heavy Cover
Change this paragraph to read:
‘When an attack made with a melee weapon wounds a model
that is receiving the benefits of cover from this terrain feature,
add 1 to the saving throw made against that attack unless the
model that the attack is allocated to made a charge move this
turn (invulnerable saving throws are not affected).
Page 290 – Incursion Mission, Crossfire
Change the two 12 horizontal measurements on this mission’s
map to each be 3".
Designer’s Note: The objective markers in this mission should be
12" from the ‘vertical’ centreline of the battlefield, not 12" from
the dotted 9" circle in the centre of the battlefield.
Page 322 – Master-crafted Armour
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Add 1 to armour saving throws made for the bearer.’
Page 333 – 8. Place Objective Markers
Change the first sentence to read:
‘The players now set up objective markers on the battlefield.’
Page 363 – Rare Rules
Add the following:
DESPERATE BREAKOUT AND RULES THAT PREVENT FALLING BACK
Some rules either prevent enemy units from falling back, or
when a unit is selected to, or otherwise wishes to Fall Back,
triggers a roll-off, test or other dice roll that can result in the
enemy unit being unable to Fall Back. In either cases, a rule
that prevents Falling Back takes precedence over Desperate
Breakout Stratagem (pg 255). This means, in the first case, that
using the Stratagem on a unit would not enable it to Fall Back
- you would be spending CPs only for the chance to destroy
some of your own models. In the second case, if the Desperate
Breakout stratagem is used on a unit, then after rolling to see if
any models in that unit are destroyed, any roll-off, test or other
roll is then triggered and resolved (which may result in the unit
not being able to Fall Back). Note that in either case, if a rule
prevents a unit from Falling Back, no models in that unit can
make (and hence end) a Fall Back move, so no additional models
in that unit are destroyed, but the unit the Stratagem was used
on will still be unable to do anything else this turn.
WARHAMMER 40,000 CORE BOOK
Rules that prevent Falling Back take precedence over
the Desperate Breakout Stratagem.
Page 363 – Rare Rules
Add the following:
MANIFESTING PRIORITY
While manifesting a psychic power, you’ll occasionally find
that two rules are in direct conflict and cannot both apply - for
example, when one rule says that a psychic power cannot be
denied and another rule says that a psychic power is denied (or
resisted). When this happens, rules that say a psychic power
cannot be denied take precedence over rules that say the psychic
power is denied.
If a psychic power is manifested and is affected by
conflicting rules regarding whether it can or cannot
be denied, rules that say that the psychic power
cannot be denied take precedence.
Page 363 – Rare Rules
Add the following:
MULTIPLE ATTACKS THAT INFLICT MORTAL WOUNDS
Some attacks can inflict mortal wounds either instead of, or in
addition to, the normal damage. If, when a unit is selected to
shoot or fight, more than one of its attacks that target an enemy
unit have such a rule, all the normal damage inflicted by the
attacking unit’s attacks are resolved against that target before
any of the mortal wounds are inflicted on it.
If a unit can make multiple attacks that inflict mortal
wounds, all of the normal damage inflicted by all of
the attacking unit’s attacks is resolved before any of
the mortal wounds are resolved.
Page 363 – Rare Rules
Add the following sub-section:
SCORING ADDITIONAL HITS
When a model makes an attack, some rules will let that attack
score one or more additional hits on a particular hit roll (e.g.
‘each time an attack is made with this weapon, an unmodified
hit roll of 6 scores 1 additional hit’). If the attacking model is
also benefiting from any other rules that trigger on a particular
hit roll (e.g. ‘each time an attack is made with this weapon,
an unmodified hit roll of 6 automatically wounds the target’),
then only the original attack benefits from those rules. If any
additional hits are scored as the result of a particular hit roll,
those additional hits are not considered to have been made with
any hit roll – they simply hit the target and you must continue
the attack sequence for them (i.e. make a wound roll).
If a hit roll scores additional hits, those additional hits
do not benefit from any other rule that triggered on
the original attack’s hit roll.
2
Page 363 – Rare Rules
Add the following:
STRATAGEMS THAT GAIN OR REFUND CPS
The advanced rules for Command points state that you cannot
gain, or have refunded, more than 1 Command point per battle
round because of any rules (other than via the exceptions listed
on page 245, such as the Battle-forged CP Bonus). However,
there are a small handful of Stratagems that let players gain or
refund several Command points when used (e.g. Feeder Tendrils
in Codex: Tyranids). So long as such a Stratagem is used during
a phase (i.e. it is not used ‘before the battle’ or ‘at the end of a
battle round’), the limit of gaining or refunding 1 Command
point per battle round does not apply to any Command points
gained via Stratagems.
The limit of gaining or refunding 1 CP per battle round
does not apply to any CPs gained via Stratagems that
are used during a phase. Breakout Stratagem.
Page 363 – Rare Rules
Add the following:
Page 363 – Rare Rules
Add the following:
IGNORING WOUNDS VS. RULES THAT PREVENT MODELS FROM
IGNORING WOUNDS
Some models have a rule that says that they cannot lose more
than a specified number of wounds in the same phase/turn/
battle round, and that any wounds that would be lost after
that point are not lost. When such a model is attacked by a
weapon or model with a rule that says that enemy models
cannot use rules to ignore the wounds it loses, that rule takes
precedence over the previous rule, and if that attack inflicts
any damage on that model, it loses a number of wounds
equal to the Damage characteristic of that attack, even if it
has already lost the specified number of wounds already this
phase/turn/battle round.
R
 ules that say models ‘cannot use rules to ignore the
wounds they lose’ take precedence over rules that
say that a model ‘cannot lose more than a specified
number of wounds, and any wounds lost after that
point are not lost.

MOVING THROUGH MODELS

Some models have a rule that enables them to ‘move through/
over models’, or ‘move through/over models as if they were not
there’. Sometimes such a rule will only apply to specific types of
movement (e.g. Normal Moves, Advance moves, charge moves
etc.) while other times it will apply to all types of movement.
In any case, when moving a model with such a rule, it can be
moved within Engagement Range of enemy models, but it can
never finish a move on top of another model, or its base, and
it cannot finish a Normal Move, Advance or Fall Back move
within Engagement Range of any enemy models, and it can only
end a charge move in Engagement Range of units it declared a
charge against that phase).

Models that can move through/over enemy models

can also be moved within Engagement Range of
enemy models.
Models cannot end a move on top of another model.
Models cannot end a Normal Move, Advance or
Fall Back move within Engagement Range of any
enemy unit.
Models can only end a charge move within
Engagement Range of enemy units that they declared
a charge against that phase.

WARHAMMER 40,000 CORE BOOK 3

PSYCHIC AWAKENING: WAR OF THE SPIDER
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of Codex:
Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons appear
in this publication, they are updated to match. The weapons in
question, and the updated profile for them, are found at the end
of this document, and should be changed wherever they appear in
this book.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 36 – Shield of Honour
Replace the first sentence of this Stratagem with the following:
‘Use this Stratagem in any phase when an Imperium Character
unit (excluding Vehicle units) from your army is chosen as the
target of an opponent model’s attacks.’
Page 38 – Ten Thousand Heroes
Add the following sentence to the end of this Stratagem:
‘If a model is given a Warlord Trait using this Stratagem, that
model does not gain a second one if they are selected for the
Shoulder the Mantle Stratagem during the battle.’
*Page 38 – Vengeance of the Machine Spirit
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem in any phase, when an Adeptus Custodes
Vehicle model (excluding Dreadnought models) from your army
is destroyed.’
Page 38 – Ancient Artifice
Change this Stratagem to read:
‘Use this Stratagem when an Adeptus Custodes Dreadnought
model from your army is chosen as the target for an attack.
WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: WAR OF THE SPIDER
Until the end of the phase, when resolving an attack made
against that model, you can reduce any damage suffered by 1, to
a minimum of 1 (this is not cumulative with any other rules that
reduce the damage).’
*Page 44 – Prosecutors, Prosecution Protocols
Change to read:
‘Each time you select a target for a ranged weapon a model in
this unit is making an attack with, you can ignore the Look Out,
Sir rule if the target is a Psyker.’
*Page 52 – Vindicare Assassin, Deadshot
Change the first sentence to read:
‘‘Each time you select a target for a weapon this model is making
an attack with, you can ignore the Look Out, Sir rule.’
*Page 63 – Warp Toll
Change the second and third sentences to read:
‘Until the end of the phase, while an enemy unit is within 7" of
that model:
• Add 1 to Morale tests taken for that unit.
• Two models flee for each failed Combat Attrition test taken
for that unit.’
Page 64 – Contaminated Monstrosity
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Select one Death Guard unit (excluding Chaos Cultists,
Possessed and Titanic units) from your army with a Wounds
characteristic of 12 or less for 1CP, or 13 or more for 2CP.’
Page 65 – Warlord Traits
Change this to read:
‘If a Death Guard <Plague Company> Character model gains a
Warlord Trait, they can have the relevant <Plague Company>
Warlord Trait instead of a Warlord Trait from Codex: Death Guard.’
Page 65 – Putrescent Relics
Change the first sentence to read:
‘If your army is led by Mortarion or a Death Guard <Plague
Company> Warlord, you can give the relevant <Plague Company>
Putrescent Relic to a Death Guard <Plague Company> Character
model from your army instead of giving them a Relic of Decay
from Codex: Death Guard.’
*Page 66 – Rotskull Bomb, Abilities
Add the following:
‘Blast’
1

FAQs
Q: If an enemy Psyker that is within 18" of a Sisters of Silence
unit successfully manifests a psychic power that targets an
Adeptus Custodes unit from my army, can I use both the Fortress
of Willpower and Empyric Severance Stratagems to attempt to
negate the effects of that power? If my army also includes an
Adepta Sororitas Detachment, and the enemy Psyker is within
24" of an Adepta Sororitas unit from my army, could I also use
the Purity of Faith Stratagem from Codex: Adepta Sororitas
to give me a third attempt to negate the power? If so, how is
this resolved?
A: Yes. Each Stratagem must be used subsequently. If the
first Stratagem you use fails, you can then choose to spend
Command points to use another, and so on.
Q: When The Emperor’s Auspice Stratagem is used, does the
effect also prevent re-rolls that are not part of the Making Attacks
sequence, such as the number of attacks made for a weapon that
makes a random number of attacks?
A: No.
Q: Can Typhus select The Harbinger’s Shamblerot Warlord Trait
instead of the one specified in Codex: Death Guard?
A: No.
Q: The Vindicare Assassin’s Stealth Suit ability can subtract 2
from the hit roll; given that these rolls cannot be modified by more
than -1 or +1, how does this work?
A: While hit rolls and wounds rolls cannot be modified by more
than -1 or +1, this limit takes effect after all applicable modifiers
have been applied, some of which may cancel each other out.
For example, if a model that is making an attack against a
Vindicare Assassin which is in cover (thereby conferring a -2
modifier to the hit roll) also has a rule that applies a +1 modifier
to the hit roll, then, after applying both of these modifiers to the
roll, there would be a final modifier of -1.

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Flamer 12” Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Hunter-killer missile 48” Heavy 1 10 -2 D6 The bearer can only shoot with each hunter-killer missile it is equipped with once per battle.

MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES

Power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 1 -

WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: WAR OF THE SPIDER 2

PSYCHIC AWAKENING: THE GREATER GOOD
Indomitus Version 1.2
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of Codex:
Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons appear in
this publication, they are updated to match. We have also updated
the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that would explode or
inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that they now only do
so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in question, and the
updated profiles for them, are found at the end of this document,
and should be changed wherever they appear in this book.
Having updated several weapon profiles, we have also reviewed
those Relics that replace one of the updated weapons. As a result,
we have decided to update a few Relics to ensure that they are not
worse (e.g. have a lower Strength characteristic) than the weapons
they replace.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 36 – Prototype Weapons Systems
Add the following to the end of the first paragraph:
‘No unit can have more than one Prototype Weapons System and
all the Prototype Weapons Systems in your army must be different.’
*Page 37 – Prototype Weapons Systems, Amplified Ion
Accelerator, Abilities
Change to read:
‘For each unmodified hit roll of 1 made for attacks with this
weapon’s overcharge profile, the bearer suffers 1 mortal wound after
shooting with this weapon.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: THE GREATER GOOD
*Page 37 – Prototype Weapons Systems, High-powered
Incinerators, weapon profile
Change the ‘Range’ characteristic to ‘12"’
Page 38 – T’au Empire Stratagems, Modulated Weaponry
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem in your Shooting phase, when a Riptide,
Ghostkeel or Vehicle model (other than a Titanic model) from
your army is chosen to shoot with.’
Page 47 – Cyclic ion blaster, Overcharge, ability
Change this weapon’s Overcharge profile ability to read:
‘If you roll one or more hit rolls of 1, the bearer’s unit
suffers a mortal wound after all of this weapon’s shots have
been resolved.’
Page 48 – Abilities (Farsight), Master of War
Change this ability to read:
‘Master of War (pg 46)’
*Page 46 – Including The Eight in your army
Change the second sentence to read:
‘If your army is Battle-forged, you can only include this
datasheet in a Super-heavy Auxiliary Detachment; if you do, you
cannot give any model in your army a Signature System.’
Page 50 – Forces of the Enclaves, Abilities
Change this to read:
‘All Farsight Enclaves units in Farsight Enclaves Detachments
– that is, any Detachment that only includes Farsight Enclaves
units – gain the Aggressive Footing ability:’
Page 51 – Farsight Enclaves Stratagems, Veteran Cadre
Change the third sentence to read:
‘Models in that unit (excluding Drones) have a Weapon Skill
characteristic of 4+ and a Ballistic Skill characteristic of 3+.’
Page 52 – Enclave Relics, Seismic Fibrillator Node
Change this Relic to read:
‘Once per battle, at the start of your opponent’s turn, you can
choose to activate this Relic. If you do, until the end of that
turn, when a model starts or ends a move (excluding pile-in or
consolidation moves) within 6" of a model with this Relic, roll
one D6: on a 1 that model’s unit suffers 1 mortal wound.’
1
*Page 65 – The Eight, Abilities (Ob’Lotai 9-0), Advanced
Scan Feeds
Change to read:
‘This model can Advance and fire Heavy weapons, but you must
subtract 1 from its hit rolls when it does so.’
*Page 66 – Heirlooms of the Regiments, Emperor’s
Fury, Abilities
Change to read:
‘If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this
weapon’s supercharge profile, the bearer is destroyed after shooting
with this weapon.’
Page 66 – Heirlooms of the Regiments, Blessed Boltgun
Change this Heirloom to the following:
‘Blessed Bolt Pistol
Two-dozen sisters of the Order of the Glowing Chalice have
prayed over this holy bolt pistol.
9th Iotan Gorgonnes model equipped with a bolt pistol only.
This Relic replaces a bolt pistol and has the following profile:
WEAPON RANGE TYPE S AP
Blessed bolt pistol 12" Pistol 2 5 -2
Abilities: Each time you select a target for this weapon, you can ignore the Look Out,
Sir rule. When resolving an attack made with this weapon against a Psyker unit, this
weapon has a Damage characteristic of 3 for that attack.
Page 69 – Militarum Tempestus Stratagems,
Tactical Misdirection
Change the second sentence to read:
‘In your opponent’s next Shooting phase, when resolving an
attack made by an enemy model against a unit other than that
55th Kappic Eagles unit, subtract 1 from the hit roll if that 55th
Kappic Eagles unit is the closest visible unit from your army to
that model and it is not within 1" of any enemy models.’
*Page 74 – Cult Creeds, Agile Outriders
Change this Cult Creed to read:
‘If a Biker unit with this Cult Creed Advances, until the end
of the turn, all models in that unit treat all Pistol and Rapid
Fire weapons they are equipped with as Assault weapons.
Biker models with this Cult Creed do not suffer the penalty for
Advancing and firing Assault weapons.’
*Page 74 – Cult Creeds, Thralls of the Patriarch
Change to read:
‘Each time a Morale test is failed for a unit with this Cult Creed,
until the end of the phase, halve the number of models that
flee that unit due to failed Combat Attrition tests (rounding
fractions down).’
FAQs
Q: Does a rule that allows you to take a second Signature System
from Codex: T’au Empire allow you to instead take a second
Prototype Weapons System?
A: Yes.
Q: Do reactive countermeasures replace the model’s airbursting
fragmentation projector?
A: No. The ability gained is in addition to the weapon (which
can be fired normally).
WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: THE GREATER GOOD
Q: Do accelerated-photon grenades replace the model’s
photon grenades?
A: No. The ability gained is in addition to the weapon (which
can be fired normally).
Q: Does the cross-linked stabiliser jets Prototype Weapons System
apply to all models in the unit, or just one?
A: It applies to all models in the unit.
Q: How does the Hybridised Weaponry tenet apply to pulse
blasters? Does it add 4" to the maximum range of the weapon (so
increasing long range to 19"), or does it add 4" to all the profiles
(close, medium and long range)?
A: It adds 4" to the maximum range of the weapon (increasing
long range to 19").
Q: Does the Up-gunned tenet also improve the Armour
Penetration characteristic of high-output burst cannons and long-
barreled burst cannons?
A: No.
D Q: Are the hit roll modifiers from accelerated-photon grenades
2 cumulative with those from photon grenades?
A: Yes.
Q: If a model with the Aggressive Footing ability shoots at a unit
within 12" that has zero markerlight counters on it, does it treat
that unit as having one markerlight counter instead?
A: Yes.
Q: The Onager Gauntlet and Fusion Blades (melee) have slightly
different abilities than those printed in Codex: T’au Empire. Is
this on purpose?
A: Yes, when wielded by the heroes of The Eight, use the slightly
improved abilities for these weapons. Continue to use the
rules as printed in Codex: T’au Empire if they are equipped on
another Character.
Q. Can the Full Payload Tank Ace ability be used to affect the
mortal wound output of Deathstrike missiles?
A: No. Full Payload only affects the Damage characteristic of a
weapon, not any abilities the weapon may have.
Q: Are units who have been ordered to Move! Move! Move!
Considered to have Advanced for the purposes of the Wilderness
Survivors Regimental Doctrine?
A: Yes, they are considered to have Advanced.
Q: Are the Militarum Tempestus Regimental Doctrines taken
in addition to the Storm Troopers Regimental Doctrine listed in
Codex: Astra Militarum, or instead of it?
A: They are taken instead of the Storm Troopers Regimental
Doctrine in Codex: Astra Militarum. Note, if you wish to
continue using your Militarum Tempestus Detachments as you
currently have been, you can simply select the Storm Troopers
Regimental Doctrine from page 65 in Psychic Awakening: The
Greater Good.
2
WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Cyclic ion blaster When attacking with this weapon, choose one of the profiles below.
- Standard 18" Assault 3 7 -1 1 -
- Overcharge 18" Assault 3 8 -1 D3 If you roll one or more unmodified hit rolls of 1, the bearer’s unit suffers a mortal wound
after all of this weapon’s shots have been resolved.
Ion accelerator When attacking with this weapon, choose one of the profiles below.
- Standard 72" Heavy D6 8 -3 D3 Blast
- Overcharge 72" Heavy D6 9 -3 3 Blast. If you roll one or more unmodified hit rolls of 1, the bearer suffers a mortal wound
after all of this weapon profile’s shots have been resolved.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: THE GREATER GOOD 3

PSYCHIC AWAKENING: SAGA OF THE BEAST
Indomitus Version 1.3

These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
Page 77 – Da Pincha
Change this weapon’s ability to read:
‘Each time the bearer fights, it can only make a single attack
with this weapon. When resolving an attack made with this
weapon, if the target unit contains any Vehicle or Monster
models, the bearer has a WS characteristic of 2+ for that attack.’

As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a FAQs

version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a, Q: Can I use the Kustom Job Stratagem if I do not have a Mekboy
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language, Workshop in my army?
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When A: Yes.
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata Q: Do Da Boomer and Zagzap kustom jobs count as a killkannon
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta. and a zzap gun respectively for the purposes of the Periscope
ability of a Gunwagon?
A: Yes.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 70 – Ghazghkull Thraka, Great Waaagh!
Change the first line of this ability to read:
‘Friendly Ork Infantry and Monster units within 6" of this
model can be chosen to charge with even if they Advanced
this turn.’

Page 70 – Ghazghkull Thraka, Grand Warboss

Change the first line of this ability to read:
‘Grand Warboss: This model can be included in an Ork
Detachment without preventing other units from that
Detachment from gaining a Clan Kultur or Subkultur.’

Page 70 – Makari
Add the following ability to this datasheet:
‘Da Boss’ Best Grot: This model can be included in an
Ork Detachment without preventing other units from that
Detachment from gaining a Clan Kultur or Subkultur if that
Detachment also includes Ghazghkull Thraka. Note, however,
that this model does not benefit from any Clan Kultur.’

Page 71 – Big Mek with Kustom Force Field

Change this ability to read:
‘Kustom Force Field: Friendly Ork units have a 5+ invulnerable
save against ranged attacks whilst they are wholly within
9" of this model. While this model is embarked, the
model transporting it has a 5+ invulnerable save against
ranged attacks.’

Page 71 – Big Mek with Kustom Force Field

Change this model’s Power Rating to 4 and points value to 75.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: SAGA OF THE BEAST 1

PSYCHIC AWAKENING: RITUAL OF THE DAMNED
Indomitus Version 1.2
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 66 – Masters of the Warp
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Psyker units with this ability gain a bonus depending on which
of the Tides of the Warp is dominant (see below).’
*Page 68 – Big Guns Never Tire
Delete this Stratagem.
Page 69 – Duty Eternal Stratagem
Change this Stratagem to read:
‘Use this Stratagem when a Grey Knights Dreadnought model
from your army is chosen as the target for an attack. Until the
end of the phase, when resolving an attack made against that
model, you can reduce any damage suffered by 1, to a minimum
of 1 (this is not cumulative with any other rules that reduce
the damage).’
Page 79 – Pythic Brazier
Change the sentence to read:
‘When a Cult of Prophecy unit within 6" of a friendly model
with this Relic is chosen to shoot or fight with, you can re-roll
one hit roll, one wound roll, or one damage roll.’
*Page 79 – Warlord Traits
Change to read:
‘If a Thousand Sons <Cult> Character model gains a Warlord
Trait, they can have the relevant <Cult> Warlord Trait instead of
a Warlord Trait from Codex: Thousand Sons.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: RITUAL OF THE DAMNED
*Page 79 – Sorcerous Arcana
Change the first sentence to read:
‘If your army is led by Magnus the Red or a Thousand Sons
<Cult> Warlord, you can…’
FAQs
GREY KNIGHTS
Q: Can a Warlord with the Loremaster Warlord Trait know
psychic powers from both the Sanctic and Dominus disciplines?
A: No. When choosing to generate psychic powers from the
Dominus discipline, a model replaces all of the psychic powers
that they would have known from the Sanctic discipline with
ones from the Dominus discipline. This includes the additional
power from the Loremaster Warlord Trait.
Q: If a unit affected by the Powerful Adept Stratagem manifests
the Vortex of Doom psychic power, what ranges are used?
A: The vortex will open over the nearest visible enemy model
within 18", but the power will still only affect other units within
3" of that model.
THOUSAND SONS
Q: If I manifest the Warp Reality psychic power with a unit that
has the Brotherhood of Sorcerers ability, can I use that ability to
select one enemy unit within 9" of the terrain feature?
A: No. The Brotherhood of Sorcerers ability allows you to select
a terrain feature within 24" of the Psyker.
Q: Can the ability from the Guided by the Whispers Warlord Trait
be used by a model that cannot fire Overwatch due to not having
a ranged weapon, not having line of sight or being out of range?
A: Yes, unless another rule would prevent them from being able
to fire Overwatch (such as being within Engagement Range of
any enemy units or being under the effects of a rule that prevents
the model from firing Overwatch).
Q: If I have a <Cult> Warlord and I use the Magister Stratagem
to give a Thousand Sons Character from a different <Cult> a
Warlord Trait, can I select their relevant <Cult> Warlord Trait?
A: Yes, as they are regarded as your Warlord for the purposes of
that Warlord Trait.
Q: If I have a <Cult> Warlord and I use the Relics of the
Thousand Sons Stratagem to give a Thousand Sons Character
from a different <Cult> a Sorcerous Arcana, can I select their
relevant <Cult> Sorcerous Arcana?
A: No, as you can only select that Sorcerous Arcana if your
Warlord is from that <Cult>.
1
 PSYCHIC AWAKENING: PARIAH
Indomitus Version 1.1

These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
*Page 58 – Relics of the Inquisition, Ignis Judicium, Abilities
Change to read:
‘When resolving an attack made with this weapon against a
unit that is within half range or that has the Chaos or Psyker
keyword, that attack has a Damage characteristic of D6+2.’
FAQs
Q: Do the Inquisition rules in Index: Inquisition replace those
found in White Dwarf?
A: Yes.
Q: Can a unit be affected by more than one source of
Inconceivable Customisation ability from Jokaero Weaponsmiths
in a single Shooting Phase?
A: Yes (note, however, that duplicated results will have no effect).

DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of Codex:
Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons appear in
this publication, they are updated to match. We have also updated
the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that would explode or
inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that they now only do
so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in question, and the
updated profiles for them, are found at the end of this document,
and should be changed wherever they appear in this book.

Having updated several weapon profiles, we have also reviewed

those Relics that replace one of the updated weapons. As a result,
we have decided to update a few Relics to ensure that they are not
worse (e.g. have a lower Strength characteristic) than the weapons
they replace.

UPDATES & ERRATA

*Page 38 – Inquisitor Greyfax, Psyocculum
Change to read:
‘Each time you select a target for a ranged weapon this model is
making an attack with, you can ignore the Look Out, Sir rule if
you select a Psyker Character or Daemon Character unit.’

*Page 48 – Psychic Pursuit

Change the last sentence to read:
‘Until the end of your next Shooting phase, each time you select
a target for a ranged weapon a model in that <Ordo> Infantry
unit is making an attack with, you can ignore the Look Out, Sir
rule if you select that Character unit.’

WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: PARIAH 1

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Combi-flamer Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon profile, that attack automatically hits
the target.
Combi-melta Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon profile targets a unit within half range, that
attack has a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Combi-plasma Before selecting targets, select one or two of the profiles below to make attacks with (you can only select one of the plasma gun profiles). If
you select two, then each time an attack is made with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Plasma gun (standard) 24" Rapid Fire 1 7 -3 1 -
- Plasma gun (supercharge) 24" Rapid Fire 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon
Inferno pistol 6" Pistol 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Master-crafted multi-melta 30" Heavy 2 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Multi-melta 24" Heavy 2 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Plasma gun Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 24" Rapid Fire 1 7 -3 1 -
- Supercharge 24" Rapid Fire 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Plasma pistol Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 12" Pistol 1 7 -3 1 -
- Supercharge 12" Pistol 1 8 -3 2 On a hit roll of 1, the bearer is destroyed after all of this weapon’s shots have been resolved.

MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES

Barbarisater Melee Melee +1 -3 D3 When making an attack with this weapon, add 1 to the hit roll.
Force axe Melee Melee +2 -2 D3 -
Force stave Melee Melee +3 -1 D3 -
Force sword Melee Melee +1 -3 D3 -
Master-crafted power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 2 -
Power fist Melee Melee x2 -3 2 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
Power maul Melee Melee +3 -1 1 -
Power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 1 -
Thunder hammer Melee Melee x2 -2 3 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: PARIAH 2

 PSYCHIC AWAKENING: FAITH & FURY
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
ERRATA
*Page 62 – Cursed Despoilers
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Select one Obstacle or Area Terrain feature.’
*Page 73 – Headhunter
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for a weapon this Warlord is
making an attack with, you can ignore the Look Out, Sir rule.’
Page 74 – Sabotaged Armoury
Add the following sentence to the end of this Stratagem:
‘(if the affected Vehicle would explode on a roll of 6, it will
explode on a roll of 6+ instead.)’
Page 93 – Banner of Rage
Change the third sentence to read:
‘If they do, until the end of the phase, add 1 to the Attacks
characteristic of models in friendly World Eaters units whilst
their unit is within 6" of that model.’
FAQs
CHAOS
Q: If a unit has an ability that allows it to be set up in a location
other than the battlefield, can this be done when they are selected
for the Tactical Perfection Stratagem?
A: Yes, unless the mission specifies that the unit cannot be set up
in that manner. For example, the mission may specify the unit
must be set up on the battlefield.
WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: FAITH & FURY
Q: Can the Scorn of Sorcery Stratagem be used after attempting to
Deny the Witch?
A: Yes.
Q: If the Dour Duty Stratagem is used on a unit that is within 6"
of a model with the Bastion Warlord Trait, will enemy attacks
with an Armour Penetration characteristic of -2 that are made
against that unit be treated as AP -1 or AP 0?
A: The attacks will be treated as AP 0. The Dour Duty Stratagem
turns any attacks with AP-2 that are made against that unit into
AP -1, at which point the Bastion Warlord Trait will cause them
to be treated as AP 0.
Q: When using the Red Butchers Stratagem, can a Terminator
Character unit be selected?
A: Yes.
Q: What happens when two models that both have the Vox
Daemonicus Relic are within 6" of each other?
A: The player whose turn it is chooses the order in which the two
Relics take effect.
Q: When using the Daemon Shell Stratagem on a model attacking
with the Hydra’s Teeth Relic, does that attack automatically hit?
A: Yes
Q: If a weapon can target units that are not visible to the bearer,
how does it interact with an Alpha Legion unit that has been
selected for the Conceal Stratagem?
A: The Alpha Legion unit must still be the closest target.
Q: Must a model with the Helm of Furore declare a charge if it is
not eligible to do so, such as if it Advanced or Fell Back this turn?
A: No. It must only declare a charge if it is otherwise able to do so.
1
 PSYCHIC AWAKENING: ENGINE WAR
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of Codex:
Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons appear in
this publication, or where a relic appears that replaces one of those
weapons, they are updated to match.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 36 – Serberys Raiders
Add the following to the end of the Skirmishing Line ability:
‘This unit can only be moved once before the start of each battle.’
*Page 36 – Serberys Raiders, Eye of Serberys
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time you select a target for a weapon a model in this unit is
making an attack with, you can ignore the Look Out, Sir rule.’
Page 37 – Pteraxii Sterylizors
Replace the third sentence of the unit description with
the following:
‘The Pteraxii Sterylizor Alpha is equipped with: flechette blaster;
taser goad; pteraxii talons.’
*Page 39 – Skorpius Dunerider, Hover Platform
Delete this ability.
*Page 39 – Skorpius Disintegrator, Hover Platform
Delete this ability.
Page 40 – Archaeopter Transvector
Add ‘Skitarii’ to this unit’s Faction keyword line.
WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: ENGINE WAR
Page 41 – Archaeopter Stratoraptor
Add ‘Skitarii’ to this unit’s Faction keyword line.
Page 42 – Archaeopter Fusilave
Add ‘Skitarii’ to this unit’s Faction keyword line.
Page 47 – Fabrications of the Artisan
Replace the third bullet point with the following:
‘Enhanced Engine Interfaces: Friendly <Forge World> Vehicle
models within 6" of this Warlord can shoot in a turn in which
they Fell Back.’
*Page 50 – Machine God’s Chosen
Change to read:
‘Each time a Morale test is failed for a unit with this dogma,
until the end of the phase, halve the number of models that
flee that unit due to failed Combat Attrition tests (rounding
fractions down).’
Page 52 – Forge World Canticles of the Omnissiah
Add the following to the end of the first paragraph:
‘When a Forge World canticle from the list below is chanted,
it only affects units from the appropriate <Forge World>. For
example, your army includes a Warlord model from the Ryza
Forge World. You can replace one Canticle from the Canticles
of the Omnissiah with the Citation in Savagery Canticle.
When this Canticle is chanted, it only affects Ryza units from
your army.’
*Page 69 – Artefact of Tyranny, Serpentstrike, Abilities
Change to read:
‘Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit
within half range, that attack has a Damage characteristic
of D6+2.’
*Page 80 – Scourging Whip (Shooting)
Delete this weapon’s abilities.
*Pages 81 & 83 – Living Whip
Delete this weapon’s abilities.
1
Page 83 – Keeper of Secrets
Change the damage table to the following: FAQs
Q: Can the Mechanicus Locum Stratagem be used to give
DAMAGE characters other than your warlord one of the Holy Order
Some of this model’s characteristics change as Warlord Traits?
it suffers damage, as shown below:
A: No. The Character is only considered your Warlord for the
REMAINING W M A SNAPPING CLAWS purposes of the Warlord Trait itself, not for what Warlord Traits
9-16+ 14" 6 4 it has access to.
5-8 11" 5 3
1-4 7" 4 2 Q. Does the Panegyric Procession Canticle allow a transuranic
arquebus to be fired after moving?
Page 83 – Keeper of Secrets A: No.
Change this model’s Shining Aegis ability to read:
‘Shining Aegis: If this model has a shining aegis, then when it Q: Is the Thunderfire Cannon’s Operated Artillery ability
would lose a wound, roll one D6; on a 6 that wound is not lost. considered an aura ability for the purposes of the Electro-filament
If that wound would be lost as a result of a mortal wound, that Countermeasures Stratagem?
wound is not lost on a 5+ instead of 6.’ A: No.

*Pages 84, 85 & 86 – Lashes of Torment, Abilities
Change to read:
‘This weapon can be fired even if there are enemy units within
Engagement Range of the bearer, and attacks made with this
weapon can target enemy units within Engagement Range of
friendly units.’
Page 86 – Herald of Slaanesh on Hellflayer
Change the Damage characteristic of this model’s Ravaging
claws to 2.
Page 94 – Exalted Bloodthirster
Add the following to the end of the first paragraph of
this Stratagem:
‘Each model can only be affected by this Stratagem once.’
Page 96 – Exalted Lord of Change
Add the following to the end of the first paragraph of
this Stratagem:
‘Each model can only be affected by this Stratagem once.’
Q: Can the Tactica Obliqua Stratagem be used if the unit in
question could not fire overwatch due to an ability, psychic
power, etc.?
A: Yes.
Q: Can Pteraxii Skystalker and Pteraxii Sterylizor models embark
upon a Skorpius Dunerider?
A: Yes.
Q: When using the Arc Grenade Cluster ability for a unit of
Pteraxii Skystalkers, is the number of D6 rolled equal to the
number of models in that Pteraxii Skystalkers unit?
A: Yes.
Q: If the Luminescent Blessing Canticle of the Omnissiah is in
effect, are affected models with an invulnerable save that is better
than 4+ (such as Fulgurite Electro-Priests under the effect of
their Siphoned Vigour ability) affected, effectively reducing their
invulnerable save to 4+?
A: No.

Page 98 – Exalted Great Unclean One Q: Does the Endless Torment Dread Household Bond allow you
Add the following to the end of the first paragraph of to re-roll a single dice for each weapon that makes a random
this Stratagem: number of attacks a model is equipped with?
‘Each model can only be affected by this Stratagem once.’ A: Yes.

*Page 99 – Effluvior, Abilities

Delete the first sentence.

Page 100 – Exalted Keeper of Secrets

Add the following to the end of the first paragraph of
this Stratagem:
‘Each model can only be affected by this Stratagem once.’

*Page 101 – Whip of Agony, Abilities

Delete the first sentence.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: ENGINE WAR 2

PSYCHIC AWAKENING: BLOOD OF BAAL
Indomitus Version 1.1

These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
Q: Does the Bio-metallic Cysts Hive Fleet Adaptation also
improve the Armour Penetration characteristic of massive
scything talons and monstrous scything talons?
A: No.
Q: Does the Cranial Channelling Hive Fleet Adaptation allow
each Psyker unit with this adaptation to re-roll one Psychic test
per turn, or a single Psyker unit with this Adaptation in your
army to re-roll one Psychic test per turn?
A: It allows a single Psyker unit with this Adaptation in your
army to re-roll one Psychic test per turn.

UPDATES & ERRATA

*Page 75 – Hive Fleet Adaptations, Morphic Sinews
Change to read:
‘Monster models with this adaptation do not suffer the penalty
incurred to their hit rolls for firing at enemy units that are
within Engagement Range of them, and do not suffer the penalty
incurred to their hit rolls for firing Assault weapons in a turn in
which they Advanced.’

Page 76 – Adaptive Physiology

Add the following at the end of the first paragraph:
‘Named characters cannot be given an Adaptive Physiology.’

*Page 76 – Infantry Adaptive Physiologies,

Dynamic Camouflage
Change to read:
‘Each time a ranged attack is allocated to a model in this unit
while it is receiving the benefits of cover, add an additional 1 to
any armour saving throw made against that attack.’

FAQs
Q: If an Exocrine model is affected by the Symbiotic Devastation
Stratagem in the same turn that it Advanced, can it then shoot
that turn?
A: No, because it has still Advanced that turn.

Q: Can the Hive Instinct Stratagem be used after a charge roll is

failed for a unit from your army?
A: Yes. However, it will not affect the charge roll that was just
failed, as the number of dice to roll for that charge roll will have
already been determined by that point.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – PSYCHIC AWAKENING: BLOOD OF BAAL 1

 CODEX: THOUSAND SONS
Indomitus Version 1.2
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons
appear in this publication, they are updated to match. We have
also updated the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that
would explode or inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that
they now only do so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in
question, and the updated profiles for them, are found at the end
of this document, and should be changed wherever they appear in
this book.
Having updated several weapon profiles, we have also reviewed
those Relics that replace one of the updated weapons. As a result,
we have also decided to update a few Relics to ensure that they
are not worse (e.g. have a lower Strength characteristic) than the
weapons they replace.
PSYCHIC FOCUS
Many veteran Thousand Sons players are unclear whether or not a
matched play rule called Psychic Focus, which was published in the
previous edition of the game and enabled their Psykers to ignore
the increasing Warp Charge cost of Smite, should continue to apply
or not. For clarity, this rule is not a feature of the 9th edition of
Warhammer 40,000, and Thousand Sons Psykers manifest Smite
just like any other Psyker unit. Rest assured that the psychic might
of this army can be reflected using the additional updates and rules
found within Psychic Awakening: Ritual of the Damned, and we
will be building upon this even more in the 9th edition version of
Codex: Thousand Sons.
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: THOUSAND SONS
UPDATES & ERRATA
All Thousand Sons datasheets (excluding Chaos Cultists
and Tzaangor)
Add the following ability:
‘Hateful Assault: If this unit makes a charge move, is charged
or performs a Heroic Intervention, add 1 to the Attacks
characteristic of models in this unit until the end of the turn.’
Page 68 – Daemon Prince of Tzeentch
Add ‘Psyker’ to the keywords line.
Page 73 – Tzaangors, Wargear Options
Add the following bullet point:
‘• One Tzaangor can take an Icon of Flame (pg 90)’
Page 74 – Horrors, Power Rating
Change the Power Rating to read ‘4’.
Page 74 – Horrors, unit description
Change the second sentence to read:
‘It can include up to 10 additional Horrors (Power Rating +4) or
up to 20 additional Horrors (Power Rating +8).’
Page 74 – Horrors, Abilities, Magic Made Manifest
Change this ability to read:
‘Magic Made Manifest: A unit of Horrors can attempt to
manifest one psychic power in each friendly Psychic phase, and
attempt to deny one psychic power in each enemy Psychic phase.
However, when you do so, only roll a single D6 for the Psychic
test or Deny the Witch test, and use the result to determine
the outcome. Note that this means the Horrors can’t roll a
double 1 or 6 to suffer Perils of the Warp. In addition, if the unit
manifests the Smite psychic power whilst it contains less than 10
Pink Horrors, it only inflicts 1 mortal wound rather than D3.’
*Page 79 – Chaos Spawn, Abilities, Mutated Beyond Reason,
Designer’s Note
Change the last sentence to read:
‘Each has a points value of 23 (this includes all of its weapons).’
*Page 82 and 91 – Chaos Vindicator and Ranged Weapons list,
demolisher cannon
Change Type characteristic to Heavy D6 and Abilities to ‘Blast’.
*Page 83 – Chaos Land Raider, Abilities, Daemonic
Machine Spirit
Delete this ability.
1
Page 96 – Stratagems, Fire Frenzy, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem in your Shooting phase, just before a
Thousand Sons Helbrute from your army shoots.’
Page 96 – Stratagems, Cabalistic Focus
Change to read:
‘Use this Stratagem before attempting to manifest a psychic
power with a Thousand Sons Psyker from your army that is
within 6" of at least two other friendly Thousand Sons Psyker
units. Add 2 to the Psychic test.’
Page 96 – Stratagems, Killshot, rules text
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Add 1 to the wound rolls and damage for all of the Predators’
attacks that target Monsters or Vehicles this phase.’
*Page 97 – Boon of Tzeentch, Spawndom
Change the third sentence to the following:
‘If you do so, set up the Chaos Spawn within 6" of the Character
and not within Engagement Range of any enemy units before
removing them as a casualty.’
Page 97 – Stratagems, Warpflame Gargoyles, rules text
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Pick a Thousand Sons Vehicle from your army (but not a
Helbrute or Heldrake) and roll a D6 for each other unit (friend
or foe) within 3" of it, subtracting 2 from the roll if the unit
being rolled for is a Character or Vehicle.’
*Page 98 – Stratagems, The Flesh-Change, rules text
Change the fourth sentence to the following:
‘If you do so, set up the Chaos Spawn within 6" of the Character
and not within Engagement Range of any enemy units before
removing them as a casualty.’
*Page 99 – Sorcerous Arcana, Seer’s Bane
Change the Strength characteristic of this weapon to ‘+1’.
*Page 99 – Sorcerous Arcana, The Prismatic Staff
Change the Strength characteristic of this Relic to ‘+3’.
*Page 101 – Dark Hereticus Discipline, Gift of Chaos, rules text
Change the fourth sentence to read:
‘If a Character is destroyed by this power, you can add one
Chaos Spawn to your army within 6" of the Character and not
within Engagement Range of any enemy units before they are
removed as a casualty.’
Page 101 – Discipline of Tzeentch, Bolt of Change rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Bolt of Change has a warp charge value of 8.’
*Page 101 – Discipline of Tzeentch, Bolt of Change, rules text
Change the fourth sentence to read:
‘If a Character is destroyed by this power, you can add a Chaos
Spawn to your army within 6" of the Character and not within
Engagement Range of any enemy units before they are removed
as a casualty.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: THOUSAND SONS
Page 101 – Discipline of Tzeentch, Gaze of Fate, rules text
Change the second sentence to read:
‘If manifested, until the end of the turn you can re-roll one
single dice roll that you have rolled.’
Page 101 – Discipline of Tzeentch, Treason of Tzeentch,
rules text
Change the third and fourth sentences to read:
‘If the result is greater than the Character’s Leadership
characteristic, until the end of the following Fight phase treat
that Character as if it were a friendly model from your army in
your Shooting, Charge and Fight phases.’
*Page 101 – Warptime
Change the second sentence to read:
‘If manifested, pick a Heretic Astartes unit (excluding Aircraft)
within 3" of the Psyker.’
FAQs
Q: Can a Tzaangor unit be equipped with both a brayhorn (from
Codex: Thousand Sons) and an instrument of Chaos (from
Index: Chaos)?
A: No. The brayhorn and instrument of Chaos are intended to be
the same wargear option with an updated name.
Q: If I select my Warlord for the Flesh Change Stratagem, can my
opponent achieve any relevant victory conditions or objectives as
a result of them being destroyed?
A: Yes.
Q: When a model’s datasheet states that it knows, for example,
three psychic powers from the Discipline of Change and/or Dark
Hereticus discipline, does this mean I can choose six psychic
powers for them in total?
A: No, it means you can choose three psychic powers for them,
in one of the following combinations:
1) three from the Discipline of Change.
2) three from the Dark Hereticus discipline.
3) one from one discipline and two from the other.
Q: The Brotherhood of Sorcerers ability increases the range of
psychic powers by 6". If a psychic power has a secondary effect that
has a range (such as Infernal Gateway, which has an initial range
of 12" but then affects all other units within 3"), does the range
increase apply to the initial range, the secondary range, or both?
A: It only applies to the initial range; so in the case of Infernal
Gateway, you would identify the nearest visible enemy model
within 18" of the Psyker, rather than within 12". That model’s
unit and every other unit within 3" of that model would then
suffer D3 mortal wounds.
Q: Can I replace the Smite psychic power when using the Chaos
Familiar Stratagem?
A: Yes.
Q: If I manifest the Gift of Chaos psychic power, and target a unit
whose models have different Toughness characteristics, which one
should I use?
A: Use the highest Toughness characteristic in the target unit.
2
Q: How should Perils of the Warp be resolved against units led by
an Aspiring Sorcerer or Scarab Occult Sorcerer?
A: Any mortal wounds suffered are applied to Sorcerer’s unit, so
can be applied to another model if you wish (if a model in that
unit has already suffered any wounds, it must still be applied to
this model first).

Q: If the Aspiring Sorcerer or Scarab Occult Sorcerer from a unit

has been destroyed, is this unit still treated as being a Psyker?
A: Yes.

Designer’s Note: Whilst these units would not be able to manifest

or deny any psychic powers, any abilities, objectives or effects
which affect Psykers are still likely to affect these warp-infused,
animated suits of armour.

Q: Can the Killshot Stratagem be used to affect

Hellforged Predators?
A: No. The Killshot Stratagem can only be used to affect models
using the Chaos Predator datasheet.

Q: If a Character is being treated as part of the opponent’s army

due to the Treason of Tzeentch psychic power, must units from
that Character’s actual army fight it in the Fight phase if they are
within Engagement Range of that Character?
A: Yes.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: THOUSAND SONS 3

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Combi-flamer Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon profile, that attack automatically hits
the target.
Combi-melta Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon profile targets a unit within half range, that
attack has a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Demolisher cannon 24" Heavy D6 10 -3 D6 Blast
Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Heavy bolter 36" Heavy 3 5 -1 2 -
Heavy flamer 12" Heavy D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Helbrute plasma cannon 36" Heavy D3 8 -3 2 Blast. Each time an unmodified hit roll of 1 is made for an attack with this weapon, the
bearer suffers 1 mortal wound after shooting with this weapon.
Multi-melta 24" Heavy 2 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Plasma pistol Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 12" Pistol 1 7 -3 1 -
- Supercharge 12" Pistol 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Reaper autocannon 36" Heavy 4 7 -2 1 -
Twin heavy bolter 36" Heavy 6 6 -1 2 -
Twin heavy flamer 12" Heavy 2D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.

MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES

Force stave Melee Melee +3 -1 D3 -
Force sword Melee Melee +1 -3 D3 -
Power sword Melee Melee +1 -3 1 -

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: THOUSAND SONS 4

 CODEX: IMPERIAL KNIGHTS
Indomitus Version 1.1
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons
appear in this publication, they are updated to match. We have
also updated the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that
would explode or inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that
they now only do so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in
question, and the updated profiles for them, are found at the end
of this document, and should be changed wherever they appear in
this book.
Having updated several weapon profiles, we have also reviewed
those Relics that replace one of the updated weapons. As a result,
we have also decided to update a few Relics to ensure that they
are not worse (e.g. have a lower Strength characteristic) than the
weapons they replace.
UPDATES & ERRATA
Page 89 – High King Tybalt’s Crusading Host
Change the last paragraph to read:
‘This army fulfills the requirements of two Super-heavy
Detachments (High King Tybalt’s Detachment and Baron
Capulan’s Detachment) and one Super-heavy Auxiliary
Detachment (Sir Hekhtur). As it is also Battle-forged, its player
receives twelve Command Points – the army receives 3 for being
Battle-forged, High King Tybalt’s Detachment contains three
Titanic units, so contributes 6 additional Command Points,
whilst Baron Capulan’s Detachment contains a single Titanic
unit, so contributes another 3. Sir Hekhtur is in a Super-heavy
Auxiliary Detachment, so contributes no Command Points.’
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: IMPERIAL KNIGHTS
*Page 91 and 102 – Armiger autocannon, Abilities
Change to read:
‘-’
*Page 92-100 – Knight Preceptor, Knight Paladin, Knight
Errant, Knight Gallant, Knight Warden, Knight Crusader, Canis
Rex, Knight Castellan and Knight Valiant, Super Heavy Walker
Change to read:
‘This model is eligible to declare a charge in a turn in which
it Fell Back. Each time this model makes a Normal Move,
Advances or Falls Back, it can be moved across other models
(excluding Monster and Vehicle models) as if they were not
there, and when it does it can be moved within Engagement
Range of such models, but cannot finish its move within
Engagement Range of any of them.’
Page 101 – Sacristan Forgeshrine, Autosacristan ability
Change the second sentence of the Ritual of Reloading
paragraph to read:
‘If it is not, or if it has its full complement of shieldbreaker
missiles, choose one ranged weapon the Vehicle is equipped
with (not an Heirloom of the Noble Houses).’
Page 101 – Sacristan Forgeshrine, Ritual of Repairing
Change the second sentence to read:
‘If there is a Tech-Priest, Techmarine or Iron Priest from your
army on the Sacristan Forgeshrine, and they have not used their
ability to repair another Vehicle this turn, they can aid in the
ritual of repairing instead of using that ability this turn; if they
do so, the Vehicle regains 3 lost wounds instead.’
*Page 101 – Sacristan Forgeshrine, Sector Mechanicus Structure
Change to read:
‘After this model is set up, it becomes an Area Terrain feature
with the following terrain traits: Scaleable, Breachable, Dense
Cover, Defensible (see Warhammer 40,000 Core Book).’
*Page 106 – Knight Lances ability
Change the last sentence to read:
‘If your Warlord has the Imperial Knights keyword, Imperial
Knights Super-heavy Detachments in your army gain the
following Command Benefits: ‘Select one of the following: +3
Command Points if your Warlord is part of this Detachment;
+6 Command Points if your Warlord is part of this Detachment
and has the Titanic keyword.’
Page 108 – Rotate Ion Shields
Change the last sentence of this Stratagem to read:
‘Until the end of the phase, that Vehicle unit’s invulnerable save
is improved by 1 (to a maximum of 4+).’
1
Page 109 – Death Grip
Change the penultimate sentence of this Stratagem to read:
‘If your opponent rolled a 6, and/or if their result is equal to or
higher than yours, the enemy model breaks free; otherwise, the
enemy model suffers an additional D3 mortal wounds and both
players roll off as before.’
*Page 109 – Oathbreaker Guidance System
Change the Command Point cost of this Stratagem to 3CP.
Change the second sentence to read:
‘When you select a target for that shieldbreaker missile, you can
ignore the Look Out, Sir rule.’
Page 111 – Order of Companions
Change the Command Point cost of this Stratagem to 3CP.
Page 111 – Our Darkest Hour
Change the Command Point cost of this Stratagem to 3CP.
*Page 116 – Heirlooms of the Noble Houses, Cawl’s Wrath
Change the second sentence of this Relic’s abilities to read:
‘When firing the supercharge profile, for each unmodified hit roll
of 1, the bearer suffers 1 mortal wound after all of this weapon’s
shots have been resolved.’
Q: The Death Grip Stratagem is used after an Imperial Knights
model has fought, but at what specific point in the Fight sequence
does this happen?
A: After the Consolidate step.
Q: If an Imperial Knight charges in its turn, destroys the unit it
declared a charge against and then consolidates into a new unit
that it did not declare a charge against, can it use the Death Grip
Stratagem against that unit?
A: No. The Stratagem allows you to make an extra attack with
that weapon, but because you charged this turn you can still only
make that attack against a unit you declared a charge against.
Q: If an Imperial Knight with a thunderstrike gauntlet (or the
Paragon Gauntlet or Freedom’s Hand) destroys an enemy Vehicle
or Monster and I roll a 4+ to inflict mortal wounds on a nearby
unit, are those inflicted immediately, or after I have resolved my
Knight’s remaining attacks (if any)?
A: Pick the enemy unit as soon as you destroy the enemy Vehicle
or Monster unit and roll a 4+, but inflict the mortal wounds after
you have resolved all your remaining attacks.
Q: If a model is equipped with four shieldbreaker missiles, how
many can it fire each turn?
A: One.

Q: The Cognis Heavy Stubbers Stratagem grants an ability that

FAQs
Q: Imagine a House Vulker model with the Firestorm Protocols
Household Tradition with two ranged weapons, which targets two
different enemy units, one of which is the closest enemy unit. I
resolve the attacks against the closest enemy unit first, re-rolling
hit rolls of 1 when doing so. If, as a result of those attacks, that
enemy unit is destroyed, and the target of the next weapon is now
the closest enemy unit, do I also get to re-roll hit rolls of 1 against
that unit?
A: No. The ability to re-roll hit rolls of 1 only applies to the enemy
unit that is the closest to the firing model at the ‘Select Target’ step
of the Shooting sequence.
modifies hit rolls by more than -1 or +1. Given that hit rolls cannot
be modified by more than this, what effect does this rule have?
A: While hit rolls and wounds rolls cannot be modified by more
than -1 or +1, this limit takes effect after all applicable modifiers
have been applied, some of which may cancel each other out.
For example, if a weapon applies a -2 modifier to that attack’s
hit roll, and is used to attack an enemy model that was selected
for the Duty of the Forsworn Warlord Trait (which confers a +1
modifier to the hit roll), then applying both of these modifiers to
the hit roll results in a final modifier of -1.

Q: Can a Freeblade model in a Super-heavy Auxiliary Detachment

have Qualities and Burdens?
A: Yes.

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Heavy flamer 12" Heavy D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Plasma decimator Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 48" Heavy 2D6 7 -3 1 Blast
- Supercharge 48" Heavy 2D6 8 -3 2 Blast. Each time an unmodified hit roll of 1 is made for an attack with this weapon, the
bearer suffers 1 mortal wound after shooting with this weapon.
Twin meltagun 12" Assault 2 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: IMPERIAL KNIGHTS 2

 CODEX: GREY KNIGHTS
Indomitus Version 1.2
These documents collect amendments to the rules and present
our responses to players’ frequently asked questions. Often
these amendments are updates necessitated by new releases or
community feedback; these can be identified by the presence
of an asterisk before the page reference. At other times, these
amendments are errata designed to correct mistakes or add
clarity to a rule that is not as clear as it might be.
As they’re revised regularly, each of these documents has a
version number; where a version number has a letter, e.g. 1.1a,
this means it has had a local amendment, only in that language,
to clarify a translation issue or other minor correction. When
a document is revised, the version number will be incremented
and new updates will be highlighted in blue, while new errata
and FAQs will be highlighted in magenta.
DESIGNER’S NOTES
WEAPON UPDATES
Several weapon profiles were updated in the 2020 edition of
Codex: Space Marines. As a result, where those same weapons
appear in this publication, they are updated to match. We have
also updated the wording of certain weapons’ abilities that
would explode or inflict mortal wounds on hit rolls of 1, so that
they now only do so on unmodified hit rolls of 1. The weapons in
question, and the updated profiles for them, are found at the end
of this document, and should be changed wherever they appear in
this book.
STORM SHIELDS
The rules for storm shields were updated in the 2020 edition
of Codex: Space Marines. As a result, wherever the rules for a
storm shield appear in this book, they should be replaced with the
following:
‘Storm Shield: The bearer has a 4+ invulnerable save. In
addition, add 1 to armour saving throws made for the bearer.’
PSYCHIC FOCUS
Many veteran Grey Knights players are unclear whether or not a
matched play rule called Psychic Focus, which was published in the
previous edition of the game and enabled their Psykers to ignore
the increasing Warp Charge cost of Smite, should continue to apply
or not. For clarity, this rule is not a feature of the 9th edition of
Warhammer 40,000, and Grey Knights Psykers manifest Smite
just like any other Psyker unit. Rest assured that the psychic might
of this army can be reflected using the additional updates and rules
found within Psychic Awakening: Ritual of the Damned, and we
will be building upon this even more in the 9th edition version of
Codex: Grey Knights.
WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: GREY KNIGHTS
UPDATES & ERRATA
All datasheets (excluding Servitors)
Add the following ability:
‘Shock Assault: If this unit makes a charge move, is charged
or performs a Heroic Intervention, add 1 to the Attacks
characteristic of models in this unit until the end of the turn.’
Page 72 – Brotherhood Champion, Abilities, The
Perfect Warrior
Change the last sentence to read:
‘If you choose the Blade Shield stance, add 1 to this model’s
saving throws (except saving throws using an invulnerable save)
for that phase.’
*Page 82 – Interceptor Squad, Abilities, Personal Teleporters
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Each time this unit makes a Normal Move, Advances, Falls
Back or makes a charge move, until that move is finished,
models in this unit can move horizontally through models and
terrain features (they cannot finish a move on top of another
model, or its base).’
*Pages 85, 86, 87 and 90 – Land Raider, Land Raider Crusader,
Land Raider Redeemer and Stormraven Gunship, Abilities,
Power of the Machine Spirit
Delete this ability.
Page 87 and 92 – Land Raider Redeemer and Ranged Weapons
list, flamestorm cannon
Change Range characteristic to 12".
Page 98 – Stratagems, Only in Death Does Duty End, rules text
Change the first sentence to read:
‘Use this Stratagem when a Grey Knights Character (other
than a Brotherhood Champion) is destroyed.’
Page 99 – Stratagems, Psybolt Ammunition, rules text
Change the second sentence to read:
‘The Strength and Armour Penetration characteristics of any
boltguns, storm bolters, heavy bolters, twin heavy bolters and
hurricane bolters that unit fires are improved by 1 this phase.’
Page 99 – Stratagems, Armoury of Titan, rules text
Add the following:
‘You can only use this Stratagem once per battle.’
Page 99 – Stratagems, Psychic Channelling, rules text
Change the second sentence to read:
‘Roll an additional D6 and discard the lowest result.’
1
Page 99 – Stratagems, Heed the Prognosticars
Change to read:
‘Use this Stratagem at the start of your turn. Select one Grey
Knights Character. Until the start of your next turn, the
invulnerable save of that Character is improved by 1 (to a
maximum of 3+).’

Page 99 – Stratagems, Finest Hour, rules text

Change the second sentence to read:
‘Select one Grey Knights Character from your army and
increase the range of its aura abilities (e.g. Rites of Battle, Bane
of Evil and Unyielding Anvil) by 6" until the end of the turn.’

Page 101 – Sanctic Discipline, Sanctuary, rules text

Change to read:
‘Sanctuary has a warp charge value of 6. If manifested, pick a
friendly Grey Knights unit within 12" of the Psyker. Until the
start of your next Psychic phase, the invulnerable save of that
unit is improved by 1 (to a maximum of 3+). Models that do not
have an invulnerable save instead gain a 5+ invulnerable save.’

FAQs
Q: When a unit with the And They Shall Know No Fear ability
takes a Morale test, is the number that is added to the dice roll
for the number of models destroyed in that unit for that turn
considered to be a modifier (for the purposes of applying re-rolls
before modifiers)?
A: No, the number added is not considered to be a modifier.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: GREY KNIGHTS 2

WEAPON UPDATES
RANGED WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES
Combi-flamer Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon profile, that attack automatically hits the target.
Combi-melta Before selecting targets, select one or both of the profiles below to make attacks with. If you select both, then each time an attack is made
with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Meltagun 12" Assault 1 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon profile targets a unit within half range, that
attack has a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Combi-plasma Before selecting targets, select one or two of the profiles below to make attacks with (you can only select one of the plasma gun profiles). If
you select two, then each time an attack is made with this weapon this phase, subtract 1 from that attack’s hit roll.
- Boltgun 24" Rapid Fire 1 4 0 1 -
- Plasma gun (standard) 24" Rapid Fire 1 7 -3 1 -
- Plasma gun (supercharge) 24" Rapid Fire 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon
Flamer 12" Assault D6 4 0 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Flamestorm cannon 12" Heavy D6 6 -2 2 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Heavy bolter 36" Heavy 3 5 -1 2 -
Heavy flamer 12" Heavy D6 5 -1 1 Each time an attack is made with this weapon, that attack automatically hits the target.
Heavy plasma cannon Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 36" Heavy D3 7 -3 1 Blast
- Supercharge 36" Heavy D3 8 -3 2 Blast. Each time an unmodified hit roll of 1 is made for an attack with this weapon profile,
the bearer suffers 1 mortal wound after shooting with this weapon.
Hunter-killer missile 48" Heavy 1 10 -2 D6 The bearer can only shoot with each hunter-killer missile it is equipped with once per battle.
Icarus stormcannon 48" Heavy 3 7 -1 2 Each time an attack is made with this weapon against an Aircraft unit, make 2 hit rolls
instead of 1 and add 1 to both those hit rolls.
Multi-melta 24" Heavy 2 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.
Plasma cannon Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 36" Heavy D3 7 -3 1 Blast
- Supercharge 36" Heavy D3 8 -3 2 Blast. If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the
bearer is destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Plasma cutter Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 12" Assault 1 7 -3 1 -
- Supercharge 12" Assault 1 8 -3 2 If any unmodified hit rolls of 1 are made for attacks with this weapon profile, the bearer is
destroyed after shooting with this weapon.
Skyhammer missile launcher 60" Heavy 3 7 -1 D3 Each time an attack is made with this weapon against an Aircraft unit, add 1 to that
attack’s hit roll.
Twin heavy bolter 36" Heavy 6 5 -1 2 -
Twin heavy plasma cannon Before selecting targets, select one of the profiles below to make attacks with.
- Standard 36" Heavy 2D3 7 -3 2 Blast
- Supercharge 36" Heavy 2D3 8 -3 3 Blast. Each time an unmodified hit roll of 1 is made for an attack with this weapon profile,
the bearer suffers 1 mortal wound after shooting with this weapon.
Twin multi-melta 24" Heavy 4 8 -4 D6 Each time an attack made with this weapon targets a unit within half range, that attack has
a Damage characteristic of D6+2.

MELEE WEAPONS RANGE TYPE S AP D ABILITIES

Crozius arcanum Melee Melee +2 -1 2 -
Power axe Melee Melee +2 -2 1 -
Servo-arm Melee Melee x2 -2 3 Each time the bearer fights, no more than one attack can be made with each servo-arm.

WARHAMMER 40,000 – CODEX: GREY KNIGHTS 3